Professional Documents
Culture Documents
2015 N13 Engine Diagnostic Manual
2015 N13 Engine Diagnostic Manual
0000004601
Navistar, Inc.
June 2015
Revision 7
© 2015 Navistar, Inc. All rights reserved. All marks are trademarks of their respective owners.
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Service Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2565
II DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL 1
Foreword
Navistar®, Inc. is committed to continuous research and development to improve products and introduce
technological advances. Procedures, specifications, and parts defined in published technical service literature
may be altered.
NOTE: Photo illustrations identify specific parts or assemblies that support text and procedures; other areas in
a photo illustration may not be exact.
This manual includes necessary information and specifications for technicians to maintain Navistar® diesel
engines. See vehicle manuals and Technical Service Information (TSI) bulletins for additional information.
Technical Service Literature is revised periodically. If a technical publication is ordered, the latest revision will
be supplied.
NOTE: To order technical service literature, contact your International dealer.
2 DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
Service Diagnosis
Service diagnosis is an investigative procedure that must be followed to find and correct an engine application
problem or an engine problem.
If the problem is engine application, see specific vehicle manuals for further diagnostic information.
If the problem is the engine, see specific Engine Diagnostic Manual for further diagnostic information.
Prerequisites for Effective Diagnosis
• Availability of gauges and diagnostic test equipment
• Availability of current information for engine application and engine systems
• Knowledge of the principles of operation for engine application and engine systems
• Knowledge to understand and do procedures in diagnostic and service publications
Technical Service Literature required for Effective Diagnosis
• Engine Service Manual
• Engine Diagnostic Manual
• Diagnostics Forms
• Engine Wiring Schematic Form
• Service Bulletins
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL 3
Safety Information
This manual provides general and specific maintenance procedures essential for reliable engine operation and
your safety. Since many variations in procedures, tools, and service parts are involved, advice for all possible
safety conditions and hazards cannot be stated.
Read safety instructions before doing any service and test procedures for the engine or vehicle. See related
application manuals for more information.
Disregard for Safety Instructions, Warnings, Cautions, and Notes in this manual can lead to injury, death or
damage to the engine or vehicle.
Safety Terminology
Three terms are used to stress your safety and safe operation of the engine: Warning, Caution, and Note
Warning: A warning describes actions necessary to prevent or eliminate conditions, hazards, and unsafe
practices that can cause personal injury or death.
Caution: A caution describes actions necessary to prevent or eliminate conditions that can cause damage to
the engine or vehicle.
Note: A note describes actions necessary for correct, efficient engine operation.
Safety Instructions
Work Area
• Keep work area clean, dry, and organized.
• Keep tools and parts off the floor.
• Make sure the work area is ventilated and well lit.
• Make sure a First Aid Kit is available.
Safety Equipment
• Use correct lifting devices.
• Use safety blocks and stands.
Protective Measures
• Wear protective safety glasses and shoes.
• Wear correct hearing protection.
• Wear cotton work clothing.
• Wear sleeved heat protective gloves.
• Do not wear rings, watches or other jewelry.
• Restrain long hair.
Vehicle
• Make sure the vehicle is in neutral, the parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked before servicing
engine.
4 DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
Table of Contents
Step 7 Verify Engine Control Module (ECM) communicates with Electronic Decision
Service Tool (EST), obtain vehicle health report, and check for current
ECM calibration.
A. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ (page 2044) software and log-in. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report (page 2011).
Is EST communicating with the ECM, and is ECM calibration current?
No, EST not
communicating with
ECM: Diagnosis and
repair EST, Controller
Area Network (CAN),
vehicle diagnostic
connector, ECM, or power
/ ground problem. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No, ECM calibration
not current: Ensure
vehicle has latest ECM
calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
28 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 8 Review results from previous steps, Repair Order (RO), vehicle history, and operator complaint.
Go to operational checkout procedure for specific symptom:
• 2.0 Engine Does Not Start Operational Checkout Procedure (page 29)
• 3.0 Engine Hard to Start Operational Checkout Procedure (page 30)
• 4.0 Engine Performance Problem Operational Checkout Procedure (page 31)
• 5.0 Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure (page 33)
• 6.0 Engine Oil System Operational Checkout Procedure (page 36)
• 7.0 Fuel System Operational Checkout Procedure (page 38)
• 8.0 Engine Compression Brake Operational Checkout Procedure (page 40)
• 9.0 SCR Aftertreatment Operational Checkout Procedure (page 42)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 29
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine no start conditions and avoid
unnecessary work and repairs.
Step 2 Check for no start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for no start
related SPN.
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• SPN 636 Camshaft Position (CMP)
• SPN 637 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
• SPN 108, 158, 628, 629, 1110 Engine Control Module (ECM)
• SPN 5541, 5542 Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
• SPN 3251 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
• SPN 3610 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
• SPN 51, 3464, Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• SPN 102 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
• SPN 2797, 2789 Injector
• SPN 157, 3055 Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP)
• SPN 633 Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV)
Does EST DTC list have any active fault codes listed above?
No: Go to Step 3.
NOTE: It is normal for Fuel Rail Pressure sensor to read up to 1000 psi at Key-On Engine-Off.
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine hard to start conditions and avoid
unnecessary work and repairs.
Step 2 Check for hard to start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for no start
related SPN.
• SPN 3055 Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP)
• SPN 636 Camshaft Position (CMP)
• SPN 637 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
• SPN 5541, 5542 Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
• SPN 3251 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
• SPN 3610 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
Does EST DTC list have any active fault codes listed above?
No: Go to Step 3.
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine performance problems and avoid
unnecessary work and repairs.
Step 3 Determine if engine has a misfire, rough idle, and / or runs rough. Decision
Does vehicle have a misfire, rough idle, and / or runs rough? Yes: Go to 4.1 Misfire /
Rough Idle / Runs Rough
(page 52).
No: Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Determine if engine has popping noises coming from the engine intake. Decision
Does vehicle have popping noises coming from the engine intake? Yes: Go to 4.2 Popping
Noise from Intake (page
55).
No: Go to Step 5.
Step 6 Determine if engine has a surge or inconsistent RPM during steady Decision
state.
Does engine surge or is engine speed (RPM) inconsistent during steady state? Yes: Go to 4.4 Surge
(Inconsistent Engine
RPM During Steady
State) (page 61).
No: Review operator
complaint.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 33
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine cooling system problems and avoid
unnecessary work and repairs.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Step 2 Determine if air flow thru cooling package is restricted or cooling system Decision
components are damaged.
A. Inspect for restrictions and debris in front of and between radiators and Yes: Clear restrictions
other cooling package components. and clean debris from
cooling package.
B. Inspect cooling fan blades, fan shroud, accessory drive belt(s), drive belt
Repair damaged
tensioner(s), cooling package, and other cooling system components for
cooling system
damage.
components. After
Were restrictions or debris found, or are cooling system components damaged? repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 3.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before working with
components.
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine oil system problems and avoid
unnecessary work and repairs.
Step 3 Check for engine oil related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for SPN
100 / FMI 3, 4.
• SPN 100 / FMI 3, 4 Engine Oil Pressure (EOP)
Does EST DTC list have SPN 100 / FMI 3, 4 Active or Pending?
No: Go to Step 4.
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot fuel system problems and avoid
unnecessary work and repairs.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not start or run engine if fuel system has contamination.
CAUTION: To prevent personal injury or death, keep fuel away from flames and sparks.
Step 3 Determine if metal is in fuel system and / or the high-pressure fuel Decision
pump is noisy.
Inspect primary fuel filter and fuel tanks for metal debris. Yes: Go to 7.1 Metal
in Fuel System / Noise
Is metal in the fuel system and / or is the high-pressure fuel pump noisy?
from High-Pressure
Fuel Pump (page 80).
No: Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Check for fuel related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for fuel
related SPN.
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• SPN 157, 3055 Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP)
• SPN 5571 Fuel Rail Pressure System
• SPN 633 Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV)
• SPN 651-656, 2797 Injector (INJ)
Does EST DTC list have any active fault codes listed above?
No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 39
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine compression brake system problems
and avoid unnecessary work and repairs.
NOTE: Verify customer settings match expected engine brake operation. Engine brake has many different
possible customer programmable parameters, and can operate in many different ways.
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) exhaust
aftertreatment system problems and avoid unnecessary work and repairs.
CAUTION: The following service information only applies to N13 engines with SCR aftertreatment systems.
NOTE: During extreme cold weather DEF dosing may be disabled.
NOTE: Aftertreatment Regeneration will not activate if DPF Soot load is below regeneration requirement.
Step 7 Determine if parked regeneration will operate, dose fuel, and exhaust Decision
temperatures rise properly.
A. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software and Yes: End Diagnostics.
log-in.
B. Select: Procedures > KOER Aftertreatment Procedures > DPF
Regeneration.
C. Click Begin Test button.
D. Select: Tools > Start Recording Snapshot.
Do exhaust temperatures meet specification per Soot Load vs. EGT Temperature
Chart (page 2407)?
No: Go to 9.4 Parked
Regeneration Will
Not Activate, or Build
Exhaust Temperature
(page 97).
44 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Determine reason engine cranks too fast, will not crank, or will not crank fast enough to start the engine.
Possible Causes
• Failed batteries or low charge
• Corroded or loose battery cables
• Master battery switch turned Off, or Open / high resistance in battery cable circuit
• Starting system faults
• Crank inhibit fault
• Charging system faults
• Internal engine damage
• Starter or flywheel gear binding or not engaging properly
• Power Take Off (PTO) or engine drive engaged
NOTE: See appropriate Truck Electrical System Troubleshooting Guide for additional starting and charging
system information.
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, ensure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.
Step 4 Determine if valve train components or engine timing problems are Decision
present.
A. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual) Yes: Repair engine
damage. After repairs
B. Inspect valves, valve bridges, camshaft lobes, rocker arms, and rocker
are complete, retest for
shaft for damage or improper operation.
original problem.
C. Check engine timing.
Are any valves sitting too low or valve train components damaged? Is engine
timing out of specification?
No: Go to 2.2 Engine
Cranks But Does Not
Start (page 48).
Step 5 Determine if master battery switch is Off or battery cable circuit has Decision
high resistance.
Turn ignition key to the Run position and observe instrument panel lights. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Do instrument panel lights come On?
No: Turn master battery
switch On, or repair
battery cable circuit. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
CAUTION: Follow instructions and safety procedures suggested by test equipment manufacturers.
NOTE: Cold batteries deliver less current.
Step 6 Determine if batteries are able to deliver appropriate current to start Decision
engine.
Using Midtronics – inTELLECT EXP HD – Battery and Electrical System tester Yes: Go to Step 7.
(EXP1000HD), test fully charged batteries. Follow directions in tester instruction
manual.
Do batteries pass test?
No: Slow charge or
replace each battery that
fails test. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
46 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 8 Determine if engine has internal damage or starter / flywheel gears Decision
are binding.
Using torque wrench set to 162 N-m (120 lb-ft) rotate crankshaft (see Engine Yes: Go to Step 9.
Service Manual “Crankshaft Rotation Procedure”) by hand to determine if starter
/ flywheel gears are binding or engine has internal damage.
Does crankshaft rotate appropriately?
No: Repair starter /
flywheel binding or
internal engine damage.
See Engine Service
Manual. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 47
Overview
Determine reason engine will crank properly but will not start.
Possible Causes
• Low Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP)
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if engine is able to build Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP). Decision
Review Engine Cranking Test (page 2218) data. Yes: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Is FRP in specification?
No: Go to SPN 3055 FMI
1 Fault Code Diagnostics
(page 1233).
Overview
Diagnosis reason extended crank time is required to start engine.
Possible Causes
• Loss of fuel prime
Test Procedure
Overview
Engine is able to start (possibly briefly), but is not able to continue to run.
Possible Causes
• Intake restriction
• Exhaust restriction
• Loss of fuel prime
Test Procedure
Step 2 Check for hard to start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for hard to
start related SPN.
• SPN 731 Knock Detected
• SPN 3251 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
• SPN 5541, 5543 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• SPN 3610 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
Does EST DTC list have any of the fault codes listed above?
No: Go to Step 3.
Overview
Diagnosis reason engine has a misfire, idles rough, or runs rough.
Possible Causes
• Injector mechanical problem
• Engine compression loss of one or more cylinders
• Engine Compression brake (if equipped)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve stuck or sticking
• Viscous fan clutch (if equipped)
• Fuel Rail Pressure
Test Procedure
Step 3 Determine if valve train has damage and / or engine compression Decision
brake is stuck or out of adjustment.
A. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Repair damaged
valve train and / or
B. Inspect valves, valve bridges, camshaft lobes, rocker arms, rocker shaft,
engine compression
and compression brake housing for damage or improper operation.
brake components. After
C. Bar engine over and inspect for sticking valves, proper operation of repairs are complete,
valve train and compression brake components. retest for original
problem.
Are any valve train or engine brake components damaged, or is engine
compression brake stuck or out of adjustment?
No: Check and adjust
valve lash and brake
lash (see Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem. If
problem remains, go to
Step 4.
Step 4 Determine if fuel injector or internal engine damage are present. Decision
A. Replace suspect fuel injector. Yes: Perform Internal
Engine Damage
B. After repairs are complete, retest for original problem.
Inspection (page
Does engine misfire / rough idle / runs rough problem remain? 2366). After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Step 5 Determine if viscous fan clutch is operation properly (if equipped). Decision
A. If vehicle does not have a viscous fan go to Step 6. Yes: Repair or replace
viscous fan clutch. After
B. If vehicle has a viscous fan, unplug viscous fan.
repairs are complete,
C. Run engine at idle or when surge was occurring. retest for original
problem.
Does misfire / rough Idle / runs rough concern stop?
No: Go to Step 6.
Overview
Engine cylinder compression popping back through the air intake.
Possible Causes
• Sticking, damaged, or leaking intake or exhaust valve(s)
• Damaged rocker arm or shaft
• Failed camshaft
Test Procedure
Overview
Diagnose reason vehicle or engine is not able to accelerate properly while under a load.
Possible Causes
• High-pressure fuel system
• Exhaust restriction
• Low boost (turbocharger, wastegate, intake restriction or leak)
• Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) over temp (de-rate)
Test Procedure
Step 2 Record snapshot of engine performance data and determine if engine Decision
has low fuel rail pressure.
A. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software Yes: Go to Step 3.
and log in.
B. Run engine to operating temperature.
C. Perform Lug Down Test (page 2135) while symptom is occurring.
D. Use the playback feature to graph the following signals from the Lug
Down Test:
• Engine Speed (RPM)
• Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP)
• Fuel Rail Pressure Desired (FRPD)
E. Compare snapshot to Lug Down Test (RPM, FRP, and FRP Desired)
Graph (page 2137).
Is FRP signal operating per Lug Down Test (RPM, FRP, and FRP Desired)
Graph?
No: Go to Fault Code
Diagnostics for SPN 3055
FMI 15 (page 1237).
58 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Determine if air flow thru cooling package is restricted or cooling Decision
system components are damaged.
A. Inspect for restrictions and debris in front of and between radiators and Yes: Clear restrictions
other cooling package components. and clean debris from
cooling package. Repair
B. Inspect cooling fan blades, fan shroud, accessory drive belt(s), drive belt
damaged cooling system
tensioner(s), cooling package, and other cooling system components
components. After
for damage.
repairs are complete,
Were restrictions or debris found, or are cooling system components damaged? retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 59
Step 6 Determine if Low Temperature Radiator (LTR) internal flow is restricted. Decision
A. Remove inlet and outlet to the LTR. Yes: Diagnosis and repair
LTR thermostat. After
B. Put a garden water hoses at the LTR inlet and turn water valve to full
repairs are complete,
flow.
retest for original
Is water flow coming out of the LTR consistent with flow going in? problem.
No: Replace LTR. Add
phosphate conditioner
in cooling system. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
Step 10 Inspect for engine air intake (boost) leaks or restrictions. Decision
A. Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2345). Yes: Go to Step 11.
B. Perform Smoke Test (Air Intake System) (page 2233). Inspect hoses
and clamps, interstage cooler, and Charge Air Cooler (CAC).
C. Perform Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Pressure Test .
Is air intake system and CAC system free of restrictions, leaks, and physical
damage?
No: Repair air intake
system leaks, damage, or
restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Overview
Diagnosis reason engine power varies unexpectedly under a load.
Possible Causes
• Viscous fan clutch (if equipped) electrical failure
• EGR valve sticking open or closed
• Intermittent engine wiring harness circuit problem (O2, EGR, ETV, ACV, EBP, IMP, FRP, CKP, CMP, etc.)
Test Procedure
Step 4 Determine if intermittent engine wiring harness circuit problem exists. Decision
A. Check main engine to chassis grounds. Yes: Using results from
Continuous Monitor Test,
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
repair appropriate circuit
C. Start engine. or harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
D. Start Continuous Monitor Test.
original problem.
E. Attempt to recreate engine running problem. Wiggle sensor connectors
and engine wiring harness and view voltages.
Was concern duplicated when harness was wiggled?
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Overview
Determine reason coolant overflows out of deaeration tank with the deaeration tank cap installed.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Possible Causes
• Air compressor
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler
• Cracked cylinder sleeve
• Cylinder head cracked or leaking
• Incorrect cylinder sleeve protrusion
Test Procedure
Step 2 Verify coolant overflow occurs before coolant over temperature. Decision
Does coolant overflow occur before cooling system goes over temperature? Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Go to 5.2 Coolant
Over Temperature (page
66).
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, when replacing cylinder sleeves inspect piston cooling jets for damage
or obstructions.
NOTE: Some cylinder head cracks between intake-to-intake or exhaust-to-exhaust valves are normal and
acceptable.
Step 5 Inspect cylinder sleeves for leaks, staining, pinholes, and cracks. Decision
Perform Cylinder Sleeve Cavitation and Crack Inspection (page 2341). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Are all cylinder sleeves free of coolant leaks, coolant staining, pinholes, and
cracks?
No: Replace leaking
or cracked cylinder
sleeves. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Overview
Determine reason engine cooling system goes over temperature or over heats.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Possible Causes
• Cooling package debris clogging
• Damaged fan belt
• Accessory belt tensioner failure
• Inoperative / slipping fan clutch
• Inoperative / damaged cooling fan or shroud
• Damaged water pump impeller
• Stuck closed thermostats
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 67
Test Procedure
Step 6 Determine if water pump and water distribution housing are Decision
operating properly
A. Remove water pump pulley. See Engine Service Manual. Yes: Replace water
pump and / or water
B. Remove water pump.
distribution housing.
C. Inspect water pump and water distribution housing for damage / After repairs are
cavitation. See Engine Service Manual. complete, retest for
original problem.
Does the water pump or water distribution housing have damage or excess
cavitation / wear?
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Overview
Determine component causing engine coolant to leak into engine oil.
Possible Causes
• Cracked cylinder liner
• Leaking cylinder liner O-ring(s)
• Leaking rear gear train freeze plug
• Failed air compressor
• Leaking oil cooler module or gaskets
NOTE: White condensation under the oil filler cap is normal.
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Overview
Determine component causing engine coolant to leak into air intake.
Possible Causes
• Failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler.
• Failed high-pressure turbocharger air inlet duct.
• Failed Interstage Cooler (ISC).
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
72 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Determine if High-Pressure (HP) turbocharger air inlet duct is leaking. Decision
A. Remove HP turbocharger air inlet duct. See Engine Service Manual. Yes: Replace HP
turbocharger air inlet
B. Inspect HP turbocharger air inlet duct for coolant and / or coolant
duct. After repairs are
residue. Inspect for coolant seeping through the casting (porosity).
complete, retest for
Is HP turbocharger air inlet duct leaking? original problem. Perform
Oxygen (O2) Sensor
Calibration (page 2042).
Change engine oil and oil
filter.
No: Go to Step 5.
Overview
Determine why engine coolant is leaking into the exhaust.
Possible Causes
• Failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Overview
Determine reason engine oil pressure is low and / or oil pressure gauge reads low.
Possible Causes
• Instrument panel engine oil pressure gauge or circuit
• Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor
• Collapsed oil filter / coolant saturated
• Oil pump / gear train
• Oil aeration / pickup tube or O-ring leak
• Piston cooling tubes
• Connecting rod and/or main bearing wear
• Missing / leaking cup plugs
• Oil pressure regulator
NOTE: Low viscosity engine oil will cause lower engine oil pressure in hot ambient temperatures and high engine
loads.
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if instrument panel oil pressure gauge is working properly. Decision
Perform Instrument Panel Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Validation Test (page Yes: Go to Step 3.
2317).
Does ServiceMaxx™ Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) match oil pressure shown on
instrument panel oil pressure gauge?
No: Repair instrument
panel oil pressure gauge
or circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 75
Step 3 Determine if Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor is operating properly. Decision
Perform Oil Pressure Verification Test (page 2311). Yes: Replace EOP
sensor. After repairs
Does pressure gauge read engine oil pressure in specification?
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 4.
Step 5 Determine if oil suction tube, piston cooling tubes, cup plug, main or Decision
connecting rod bearings are causing low oil pressure.
A. Remove oil pan (see Engine Service Manual). Yes, oil suction tube
or O-ring damaged or
B. Perform Oil and Crankcase Inspection (page 2351).
restricted: Install new
C. Inspect for leaking or missing cup plug near #7 main bearing. oil suction tube and
O-ring. After repairs
Is oil suction tube, O-ring, or piston cooling tubes cracked, damaged, or
are complete, retest for
restricted (burnt cylinder); or is cup plug near #7 main bearing leaking or
original problem.
missing; or are connecting rod or main bearings damaged or spun?
Yes, piston cooling
tube(s) damaged or
restricted (burnt cylinder):
Install new piston cooling
tubes (see Engine
Service Manual). After
repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Yes, cup plug near #7
main bearing leaking
or missing: Install new
cup plug. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Yes, visual damage
main and / or connecting
rod bearing: Perform
Connecting Rod, Main
Bearing, and Journal
Inspection (page 2370).
No: Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Determine if leaking or missing cup plugs under the valve cover are Decision
causing low oil pressure.
A. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Install new cup
plug(s). After repairs
B. Perform Cylinder Head, Valve train, and Engine Brake Housing Oil Leak
are complete, retest for
Inspection (page 2356).
original problem.
Are cup plugs under the valve cover leaking or missing?
No: Go to Step 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 77
Step 8 Determine if oil pump, oil pump bushing, or cup plug(s) are causing Decision
low oil pressure.
Perform Oil Pump and Fan Drive Oil Leak Inspection (page 2353). Yes: Replace damaged,
leaking or excessively
Does oil pump, oil pump bushing, gear train or idle gear have damage or
worn components. After
excessive wear; or are cup plugs leaking or missing?
repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Overview
Determine cause of engine oil leaking into the exhaust.
Possible Causes
• Turbocharger failure
• Cylinder liner(s)
• Piston rings
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if engine oil is in the High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler Decision
(HPCAC) piping.
Disconnect piping to the HPCAC and inspect for oil. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is oil inside the HPCAC piping?
No: Go to Step 4.
Overview
If fuel pump fails, it may send debris into the low-pressure fuel lines and tank. Debris comes from the
low-pressure return and gets caught by the fuel filters. Do NOT replace fuel injectors, fuel rail, high-pressure
lines, or Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI).
Possible Causes
• Failed fuel pump
• Debris in fuel system (normal from manufacturing or previous failure)
• Fuel aeration / inlet restriction
• Restricted fuel return
Test Procedure
CAUTION: To prevent personal injury or death, keep fuel away from flames and sparks.
CAUTION: Metal debris in fuel system may be residual from manufacturing or from a previous failure.
Step 2 Determine if metal debris is currently coming from the fuel pump. Decision
A. Connect Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01 to low-pressure fuel inlet Yes: Go to Step 4.
and high-pressure fuel return.
B. Put a magnet in the Clean Fuel Source Tool fuel tank.
C. Start engine and run at idle for 5 minutes, while checking the return
line discharge for metallic debris.
Is metallic debris present in the Clean Fuel Source Tool discharge and / or Clean
Fuel Source Tool fuel tank?
No: Go to Step 3.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not crank engine to prime fuel system.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 81
Step 4 Drain fuel, flush low-pressure fuel system, install new fuel filters, and new high-pressure fuel
pump.
A. Perform Low-Pressure Fuel System Flushing Procedure (page 2286).
B. Install new primary fuel filter and secondary fuel filter.
C. Install new high-pressure fuel pump
D. Use Fuel Priming Tool 12-992-01 to prime the fuel system.
E. After repairs are complete, retest for original problem.
F. Clean out Clean Fuel Source Tool.
Overview
Determine reason Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF), water, or other contaminates are in the engine fuel. Fuel
contamination caused by incorrect servicing is not covered by Navistar® warranty.
Possible Causes
• Incorrect servicing / operator adding coolant, DEF, or other incorrect fluid.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not start or run engine if fuel system has contamination.
CAUTION: To prevent personal injury or death, keep fuel away from flames and sparks.
NOTE: If engine has been run with fuel contamination all high-pressure fuel system components may need to
be replaced.
Test Procedure
Overview
Determine reason fuel is in the engine oil.
Possible Causes
• Cracked or leaking fuel Injector(s)
• Failed fuel injector O-ring(s)
CAUTION: To prevent personal injury or death, keep fuel away from flames and sparks.
Test Procedure
NOTE: Loose fuel injector hold down(s) or missing injector hold down thrust washer(s) can cause fuel to leak
into engine oil.
Overview
Determine reason fuel is leaking into the engine exhaust.
Possible Causes
• Leaking Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
CAUTION: To prevent personal injury or death, keep fuel away from flames and sparks.
Test Procedure
Overview
Engine compression brake will not activate when commanded On.
Possible Causes
• Engine brake solenoid assembly
• Engine brake input inhibitors
• Misadjusted slave piston
• Brake housing leak
• Low oil pressure
Test Procedure
Step 3 Determine if one or both engine brake solenoid will not actuate. Decision
A. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software Yes: Go to Step 4.
and log-in.
B. Select: Tests > KOEO Tests > Actuator Test
C. Start engine
D. In Control Panel tab, Actuator field, select: Engine Compression Brake
1.
E. Select On and click the Start Test button. Wait for test to complete.
F. Select: Engine Compression Brake 2.
G. Select On and click the Start Test button.
Did both engine brake solenoid assemblies fail to actuate?
No, one engine brake
solenoid did not actuate:
Determine which engine
brake solenoid did not
actuate. Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Determine if engine brake housings, injector harness assembly, and Decision
solenoid assemblies are damaged or not working; and verify slave
piston clearances.
A. Remove valve cover. See Engine Service Manual. Yes: Replace failed
engine brake solenoid(s).
B. Inspect engine compression brake housings for cracks and missing cup
After repairs are
plugs, injector harness assembly for rubbing and chafing, and inspect
complete, retest for
solenoid assemblies for damage.
original problem.
C. Measure slave piston clearances.
Are brake housings, injector harness assembly, and solenoid assemblies in good
condition and not damaged; and are slave piston clearances with specification?
No: Repair or replace
damaged components.
Replace failed engine
brake solenoid(s). Adjust
slave piston clearances
to specification. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
Overview
Engine compression brake engaged when Not commanded On.
Possible Causes
• Stuck open brake solenoid
• Engine brake related programmable parameter(s) not set correctly (Road speed limiting)
Test Procedure
NOTE: Vehicles may have customer required road speed limiting programmable parameters set below some
operators desired vehicle speed.
Step 4 Determine if engine brake housings, injector harness assembly, and Decision
solenoid assemblies are damaged or not working; and verify slave
piston clearances.
A. Remove valve cover. See Engine Service Manual. Yes: Replace failed
engine brake solenoid(s).
B. Inspect engine compression brake housings for cracks and missing cup
After repairs are
plugs, injector harness assembly for rubbing and chafing, and inspect
complete, retest for
solenoid assemblies for damage.
original problem.
C. Measure slave piston clearances.
Are brake housings, injector harness assembly, and solenoid assemblies in good
condition and not damaged; and are slave piston clearances with specification?
No: Repair or replace
damaged components.
Replace failed engine
brake solenoid(s). Adjust
slave piston clearances
to specification. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
Overview
Incorrect fluid in the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank.
Possible Causes
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) assembly coolant leak
• Incorrect fluid added
Test Procedure
Overview
Diagnoses excessive black smoke from the exhaust.
Possible Causes
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
• Engine performance problem
• Exhaust leaks or damage
• Intake restriction
NOTE: Some exhaust black smoke and particulate matter is normal during certain driving conditions.
Test Procedure
Step 5 Perform DPF regeneration, and check for exhaust leaks and damage. Decision
Perform DPF Regeneration Procedure (page 2022). While test is running, check Yes: Verify steps were
the following components for exhaust leaks and verify all fasteners, brackets completed correctly and
and clamps are secure and undamaged: the proper decision was
made.
• Low-Pressure (LP) turbocharger outlet pipe
• Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• Flexible mesh pipe to the DOC inlet
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) inlet
Are all components free of exhaust leaks; and all fasteners, brackets and clamps
secure and undamaged?
No: Repair exhaust
leaks, damage, and
loose parts. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 6 Inspect for engine air intake (boost) leaks or restrictions. Decision
A. Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2345). Yes: End Diagnostic
Steps.
B. Perform Interstage Cooler (ISC) Pressure Test, (page 2228) and Charge
Air Cooler (CAC) Pressure Test (page 2221).
Is air intake system and CAC system free of restrictions, leaks, or physical
damage?
No: Repair air intake
system leaks, damage, or
restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Overview
Diagnose cause of white smoke from unburned diesel fuel or coolant passing into the exhaust.
Possible Causes
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler failure
• Fuel Injector fault
• Down Stream Injection (DSI) system
• Low cylinder compression (rings, etc.)
• Engine performance problem
NOTE: Some white smoke is normal during engine warm up, aftertreatment regeneration, and cold ambient
temperatures.
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components.
WARNING: To prevent injury or death, provide proper ventilation when operating an engine in a
closed area. Inhalation of exhaust gas can be fatal.
Step 7 Determine if Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and Diesel Particulate Decision
Filter (DPF) are operating properly?
Perform DPF Regeneration Procedure (page 2022). Yes: Remove and inspect
DOC and DPF. Refer
Is white smoke present during regeneration?
to “DOC and DPF
Reuse Guidelines” in the
Exhaust Aftertreatment
System with DPF and
SCR Service Manual.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: End Diagnostic Steps
Overview
Diagnosis reason a parked aftertreatment regeneration either will not activate or will not increase exhaust
temperatures.
Possible Causes
• Power Take Off (PTO) / Auxiliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) active
• Accelerator Off Idle
• Clutch disengaged
• Engine not warmed up (Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT1) below 150 F° [66C°])
• Regeneration Inhibit switch enabled
• Transmission not in Neutral
• Parking brake not set
• Service brake active
• System fault active
• Vehicle speed too high
• Exhaust gas temperature low
• SCR Inlet temperature low
Test Procedure
Step 3 Verify all operator controls are set properly to allow parked Decision
regeneration.
Verify the following are true: Yes: Go to Step 4.
• Power Take Off (PTO) / Auxiliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) is not active
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed
• Clutch is released
• Engine is warmed up: ECT1 above 150 F° (66 C°)
• Regeneration Inhibit switch is not enabled
• Transmission is in Neutral
• Parking brake is set
• Service brake is not depressed
• Vehicle not moving
• Exhaust gas temperature above 482F (250C)?
• SCR system to operating temperature.
Are all the above conditions true?
No: Bring all operator
controls to proper
condition to allow a
parked regeneration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 4 Use Electronic Service Tool (EST) to determine if parked regeneration Decision
is inhibited.
A. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, and log in. Yes: Repair component
or circuit causing Inhibitor
B. Select: Procedures > KOER Aftertreatment Procedures > DPF
to be “inhibited”. After
Regeneration.
repairs are complete,
C. Select Test Inhibitors tab. retest for original problem.
Are any Inhibitors listed as “inhibited”?
No: Verify each step was
completed correctly.
Overview
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) measures outside air temperature where engine is operating. AAT represents
air temperature for engine cooling performance.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 101
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor temperature differs from Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) by greater than 27°F (15°C) after cold
soak. Diagnostic runs at initial Key ON after being shutdown for a minimum of 8 hours.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
AAT sensor is located inside driver side-view mirror
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4871
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 105
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 pin-1 and pin-2 together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
106 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AAT sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 pin-1 to GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044)
F. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 107
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) voltage is
greater than 4.5 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will immediately illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• SIG GND circuit Open or High resistance
• AAT circuit Open or high resistance
• AAT circuit short to PWR
• Failed AAT sensor
108 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 111
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 pin-1 to a known good
GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
F. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 113
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that the Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) signal
voltage is less than expends.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will immediately illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• AAT circuit short to GND
• Failed AAT sensor
114 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Aftertreatment (AFT) System catalyzes carbon monoxide (CO), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), and Hydrocarbons
(HC), and has three main components: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF),
decomposition reactor tube, and Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst.
SPN 3695 FMI 2 - DPF Regen Inhibit Switch erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects DPF regen inhibit switch is ON, and active
regeneration of aftertreatment system is needed.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
SPN 3703 FMI 31 - DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects regen inhibit switch is enabled when active
regeneration of the aftertreatment system is needed.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault can indicate reason high soot load faults have been logged.
Possible Causes
• Regen Inhibit Switch enabled when active regeneration is needed.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 121
SPN 3750 FMI 31 - DPF Regen inhibited due to low exhaust temperatures
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature
(DPFIT) is less than 500°F (260°C).
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 (EGR) • SPN 51 (ETV) • SPN 2659 (AMS) • SPN 2791 (EGR)
• SPN 3058 FMI 10 (EGR • SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3936 (DPF) • SPN 4796 FMI 31
System Monitor) 4 (DPFDP) (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault code may indicate exhaust temperature is not high enough to actively regenerate aftertreatment
system. Driving vehicle with long-term increased load may increase exhaust temperatures and decrease
aftertreatment regeneration frequency.
Possible Causes
• Degraded Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
• Exhaust leak
• Damaged or missing Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
• Failed DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 123
Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Decision
Perform Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection (page 2346). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged exhaust
components. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3750
FMI 31.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects temperature differential across Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) during active regeneration of aftertreatment system is Not matching expected
temperature increase. Active and parked regeneration of DPF will be disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) valve will be closed, and engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3480 FMI 2, 3, 4,
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT) and 17 (AFTFP)
• SPN 3556 FMI 2 and 5 • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
(AFTFI) 4 (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.
Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks between the turbocharger Decision
outlet and Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) inlet.
A. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER). Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Check for cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system
seams, or other damage.
Is exhaust system between turbocharger outlet and DOC inlet sealed and No: Repair or replace
undamaged? damaged exhaust system
components. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5298
FMI 17.
Step 4 Check for failed Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO) valve. Decision
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO valve.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5298 FMI 17.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects temperature differential across Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) during active regeneration does not indicate a temperature increase.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3556 FMI 18 (AFT) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT) 4 (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect the
entire aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.
Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks between the turbocharger Decision
outlet and Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) inlet.
A. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER). Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Check for cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system
seams, or other damage.
Is exhaust system between turbocharger outlet and DOC inlet sealed and No: Repair or replace
undamaged? damaged exhaust system
components. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5298
FMI 18.
Step 4 Check for failed Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO) valve. Decision
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO valve.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5298 FMI 18.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects time between completion of a successful
active regeneration and request for another active regeneration is less than 2.5 hours.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651 - 656
(INJ/CYL)
• SPN 1322 - 1328 (CYL • SPN 2797 and SPN • SPN 3556 (AFTFI) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
Balance) 2798 (CYL Balance) 4 (DOCIT)
• SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
Fault Facts
An excessive ash accumulation condition reduces soot holding capability of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) and
will cause frequent aftertreatment regenerations.
Step 2 Check DPFDP sensor hoses and tubes for correct routing and Decision
restrictions.
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses and tubes for kinks, improper hose or tube Yes: Go to Step 3.
routing, restrictions, or damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses and tubes routed correctly, free of damage, and No: Repair or replace DPFDP
unrestricted? sensor hose(s) and/or tube(s).
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5397 FMI 31.
Step 5 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) for restrictions, damage, Decision
or contamination.
Remove DPF (see Exhaust System Service Manual). Check DPF for Yes: End diagnostics.
restrictions; oil and coolant contamination; and cracks or damage. Perform DPF regeneration
in ServieMaxx™ to retest for
SPN 5397 FMI 31.
Is DPF unrestricted, free of damage, and free of contamination? No: Clean or replace DPF.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5397 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 133
Overview
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) monitors Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure (AFTFP) signal voltage to calculate
fuel pressure in aftertreatment system feeding Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI). This is used during active
and parked regeneration only.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure (AFTFP)
sensor is stuck in-range. Diagnostics are only performed prior to starting an active regeneration of DPF, or
at Key ON if active regeneration is continuing across key cycles. If diagnostics fail, then regeneration request is
aborted. Active regeneration of aftertreatment DPF will be disabled until next key cycle. Engine torque will be
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 108 (BARO) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 168 FMI 18 (ACM
Power)
• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3480 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3482 FMI 2, 3, 4,
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT) 17 (AFTFP) and 7 (AFTFSO)
• SPN 3490 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3512 FMI 14 • SPN 3556 FMI 2 and 5 • SPN 3936 FMI 7 and 15
(AFTPAV) (VREF 4) (AFTFI) (DPF System)
• SPN 4363 FMI 0 • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4795 FMI 31 (AFT • SPN 4796 FMI 31 (AFT
(SCROT) 4 (DOCIT) System) System)
• SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 19 (DOC/DPF Temp
Sensor Module)
Fault Facts
This fault is detected by comparing measured pressure at three pressure reference states to see if the measured
pressures are unique in all cases. Reference pressure states are 1): Ambient, 2) Air Supply Pressure, and 3)
Fuel Pressure.
• 1: An ambient pressure reading is taken when the AFTFI is open AND the AFTPAV and AFTFSO are closed.
• 2: An air supply pressure reading is taken when the AFTPAV is open AND the AFTFSO and AFTFI are
closed.
• 3: A fuel pressure reading is taken when the AFTFSO is open AND the AFTFI and AFTPAV are closed.
Also, individual measured pressures at each state are checked against their expected pressure range. A fault
is set if any measured value is outside expected range.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure (AFTFP) signal
voltage is more than 4.75 volts for more than 2 seconds. Engine torque may be reduced if engine is operated for
an extended period of time with this fault active. Active regeneration of aftertreatment system may be disabled
until next key cycle.
Lamp Status
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
ACM monitors AFTFP signal voltage to calculate fuel pressure in aftertreatment system.
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for additional
circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4845
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure (AFTFP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to engine harness and leave AFTFP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 141
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal from Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Fuel Pressure (AFTFP) sensor is less than 0.25 volts for 2 seconds. Active aftertreatment regeneration disabled
until next key cycle. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for additional
circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4845
• 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 145
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure (AFTFP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to engine harness and leave AFTFP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
146 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure (AFTFP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to engine harness and leave AFTFP disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 pin-1 to pin-3.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 147
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure (AFTFP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 pin-1 to pin-3.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software, Clear DTC list.
148 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure (AFTFP)
sensor signal is valid but below normal operating range. This diagnostic runs during active regeneration of
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF). When this fault is active, active regeneration of DPF will be disabled until next
key cycle. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Fuel restriction diagnostic runs when Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) is open, Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff
Valve (AFTFSOV) is open, and Aftertreatment Purge Air Valve (AFTPAV) is closed. When enable conditions
are met, a counter will count when fuel pressure is below the minimum to dose threshold. A fault will set when
failure monitor is triggered.
Step 2 Inspect AFT Fuel Doser Module for damage, restrictions, and Decision
leaks.
Check AFT Fuel Doser module fuel supply line from the secondary fuel filter Yes: Replace Aftertreatment
assembly to Aftertreatment Fuel Supply Module for damage, restrictions Fuel Supply Module. After
or leaks. repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3480 FMI 17.
Is fuel supply line in good condition, not restricted or damaged? No: Replace Aftertreatment
Fuel Supply Module fuel
supply line. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3480
FMI 17.
Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSOV) is used during active and parked regeneration of aftertreatment
system and is commanded open by Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). Diesel fuel is supplied to AFTSO
from low-pressure fuel pump which supplies AFT fuel doser module.
SPN 3482 FMI 2 - AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects an internally leaking Aftertreatment Fuel
Shutoff Valve (AFTFSOV) or a stuck closed Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI). AFTFI is commanded On at
start of test. This will purge pressure in fuel supply line. A pressure sample is then taken by AFTFP. An AFTFI
restricted, stuck closed or leaking AFTFSOV, or leaking AFTPAV is detected if this pressure sample is above
expected ambient pressure.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3480 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3556 FMI 2 and 5
4 (AFTFP1) (AFTFSV) (AFTFI)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
Valve (AFTFSOV).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Was 5 ml or less of fuel dispensed? No: Replace AFTFSOV. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3482 FMI 2.
Step 6 Check for a leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Purge Air Decision
Valve (AFTPAV).
Perform Actuator Test (page 2056), command AFTFI ON and check for air Yes: Replace AFTFP sensor.
flow from AFTFI tip. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI 2.
Is AFTFI Free of air flow? No: Replace AFTPAV. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3482 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Aftertreatment Fuel
Shutoff Valve (AFTFSOV) is high. Active regeneration of aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine torque will
be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Step 5 Check AFTFSO CTL-H circuit for Open or high resistance Decision
between 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and AFTFSOV.
Perform Test 3 (page 160). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 6.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-1 and Breakout Harness 18-050-01
pin-4.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between 20-pin
DEF harness interconnect
pin-4 and AFTFSOV pin-1.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI 3.
Step 6 Check AFTFSO CTL-L circuit for Open or high resistance Decision
between 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and AFTFSOV.
Perform Test 4 (page 161). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Replace AFTFSOV. After
Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-2 and Breakout Harness 18-050-01 repairs are complete, retest
pin-3. for SPN 3482 FMI 3
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between 20-pin
DEF harness interconnect
pin-3 and AFTFSOV pin-2.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI 3.
Step 7 Check AFTFSO CTL-H circuit for short to PWR between 20-pin Decision
DEF harness interconnect and Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM).
Perform Test 5 (page 162). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 18-050-01 pin-4 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 Volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between 20-pin connector
pin-4 and ACM pin J2-07.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI 3.
158 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 8 Check AFTFSO CTL-H circuit for Open or high resistance Decision
between 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and ACM.
Perform Test 6 (page 163). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Repair Open or high
Breakout Harness 18-050-01 pin-4 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 resistance between 20-pin
pin J2-07. DEF harness interconnect
pin-3 and ACM pin J2-21.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between 20-pin
DEF harness interconnect
pin-4 and ACM pin J2-07.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to female side and leave 20-pin DEF harness interconnect
disconnected.
160 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to female side and leave 20-pin DEF harness interconnect
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 161
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSOV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to AFTFSOV connector and leave AFTFSOV disconnected.
D. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to female side of 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and
leave male side disconnected.
162 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSOV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to AFTFSOV connector and leave AFTFSOV disconnected
D. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to female side of 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and
leave male side disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 163
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and leave
female side disconnected.
D. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module.
E. Key ON
164 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and leave
female side disconnected.
D. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
E. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to engine
harness and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 165
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to ground in Aftertreatment Fuel
Shutoff Valve (AFTFSOV) circuit. Active regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) is disabled until next key
cycle, and engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Step 2 Check AFTFSO CTL-H circuit for short to GND between 20-pin Decision
DEF harness interconnect and Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM).
Perform Test 1 (page 169). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure Yes: Go to Step 3.
resistance between Breakout Harness 18-050-01 pin-4 and known good
GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 20-pin DEF harness
interconnect pin-4 and ACM
pin J2-07. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3482
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 167
Step 5 Check AFTFSO CTL-H circuit for short to GND between 20-pin Decision
DEF harness interconnect and AFTFSOV.
Perform Test 3 (page 170). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 6.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 20-pin DEF harness
interconnect pin-4 and
AFTFSOV pin-1. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3482 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and
leave disconnected.
170 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 27 AFTFSO CTL-H and AFTFSO CTL-L Circuit Check (ACM Side)
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to engine
harness and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 171
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSOV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to AFTFSOV connector and leave AFTFSOV disconnected.
172 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 29 AFTFSO CTL-H and AFTFSO CTL-L Circuit Check (AFTFSOV Side)
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSOV) connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to AFTFSOV connector and leave AFTFSOV disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 173
SPN 3482 FM 7 - AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Mechanical system not responding or out of adjustment
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure sensor
(AFTFP) is reading lower than expected when Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSOV) is commanded
open. This test closes Aftertreatment Purge Air Valve (AFTPAV) and AFTFI and then opens AFTFSOV.
A pressure sample will be taken by AFTFP, which is expected to be fuel supply pressure. A stuck closed
AFTFSOV is detected if this pressure is not above a minimum threshold OR is too close to ambient pressure
reading.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3480 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3556 FMI 2 and 5
4(AFTFP1) (AFTFSV) (AFTFI)
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Check for missing, leaking, or damaged fuel supply line to Decision
AFTFSOV.
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER), inspect fuel supply line to AFTFSOV for Yes: Go to Step 3.
restrictions and leaks.
Is fuel supply line to AFTFSOV present and in good condition? No: Repair or replace fuel
supply to AFTFSOV. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3482 FMI 7.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure (AFTFP)
sensor is not reading a pressure increase when aftertreatment fuel shutoff valve (AFTFSOV) is commanded
open.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 3480 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4
4 (AFTFP1) (AFTFSV)
Fault Facts
None.
Possible Causes
• Missing, damaged, or leaking fuel supply hose to AFT Fuel Doser Module
• Restricted or stuck closed Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSOV)
• Failed AFT Fuel Pressure (AFTFP)
176 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 2 Check for missing, leaking, or damaged fuel supply line to Decision
AFTFSOV.
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER), inspect fuel supply line to AFTFSOV for Yes: Replace AFTFSOV.
restrictions and leaks. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI 16.
Is fuel supply line to AFTFSOV present and in good condition? No: Repair or replace fuel
supply to AFTFSOV. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3482 FMI 16.
AFTPAV Sensor
Overview of AFTPAV Sensor Group
Overview
Aftertreatment Purge Air Valve (AFTPAV) is used to purge Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) of fuel after active
regeneration of Aftertreatment system, and at Key OFF. When purging is needed, Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) commands AFTPAV ON, and AFTFI OPEN. ACM does this by sending battery voltage through AFTPAV
circuit to open AFTPAV. This allows pressurized air to flow from vehicle air tanks, to AFTPAV, through AFT Fuel
Doser module, and out AFTFI.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Aftertreatment Purge
Air Valve (AFTPAV) is high. Active regeneration of Aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine torque may be
reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Step 2 Check Aftertreatment Purge Air Valve (AFTPAV) circuit for Open Decision
or high resistance between 20-pin DEF harness interconnect
and AFTPAV.
Perform Test 1 (page 182). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 6.
Breakout Harness 18-050-01 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance less than 20 ohms? No: Go to Step 3.
Step 4 Check AFTPAV CTL-H circuit for Open or high resistance Decision
between 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and AFTPAV.
Perform Test 2 (page 182). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 5.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-1 and Breakout Harness 18-050-01
pin-2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between 20-pin
DEF harness interconnect
pin-2 and AFTPAV pin-1.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3490 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 181
Step 5 Check AFTPAV CTL-L circuit for Open or high resistance Decision
between 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and AFTPAV.
Perform Test 3 (page 183). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Replace AFTPAV. After
Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-2 and Breakout Harness 18-050-01 repairs are complete, retest
pin-1. for SPN 3490 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between 20-pin
DEF harness interconnect
pin-1 and AFTPAV pin-2. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3490 FMI 3.
Step 6 Check AFTPAV CTL-H circuit for Open or high resistance Decision
between 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and Aftertreatment
Control Module (ACM).
Perform Test 4 (page 184). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 7.
Breakout Harness 18-050-01 pin-2 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
pin J1-32.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between 20-pin
DEF harness interconnect
pin-2 and ACM connector
J1-32. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3490
FMI 3.
Step 7 Check AFTPAV CTL-L circuit for Open or high resistance Decision
between 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and ACM.
Perform Test 5 (page 185). Use DMM to measure resistance between Yes: Repair short to PWR
Breakout Harness 18-050-01 pin-1 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 between AFTPAV pin-1 and
pin J1-79. ACM)connector J1-32. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3490 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between 20-pin
DEF harness interconnect
pin-1 and ACM connector
J1-79. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3490
FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to female side and leave 20-pin DEF harness interconnect
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 183
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTPAV connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to AFTPAV connector and leave AFTPAV disconnected.
D. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to female side and leave 20-pin DEF harness interconnect
disconnected.
184 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTPAV connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to AFTPAV connector and leave AFTPAV disconnected.
D. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to female side and leave 20-pin DEF harness interconnect
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 185
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and leave
female side disconnected.
D. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
E. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle
harness and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin DEF harness interconnect and leave
female side disconnected.
D. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
E. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle
harness and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 187
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to ground in Aftertreatment Purge
Air Valve (AFTPAV) circuit. Active regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) is disabled until next key cycle,
and engine torque may be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Step 2 Check AFTPAV CTL–H circuit for short to GND between 20-pin Decision
DEF harness interconnect and Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM).
Perform Test 1 (page 190). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 3.
Breakout Harness 18-050-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 20-pin DEF harness
interconnect pin-2 and ACM
connector J1-32. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3490 FMI 4.
Step 5 Check AFTPAV CTL-H circuit for short to GND between 20-pin Decision
DEF harness interconnect and AFTPAV.
Perform Test 3 (page 191). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 6.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between AFTPAV connector
pin-1 and 20-pin DEF harness
interconnect pin-2. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3490 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to male side and leave 20-pin DEF harness interconnect
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 191
Figure 39 AFTPAV CTL–H and AFTPAV CTL–L Circuit Check (ACM Side)
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to engine
harness and leave ACM disconnected.
192 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTPAV connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to AFTPAV connector and leave AFTPAV disconnected.
Figure 41 AFTPAV CTL–H and AFTPAV CTL–L Circuit Check (AFTPAV Side)
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTPAV connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to AFTPAV connector and leave AFTPAV disconnected.
D. Disconnect 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 193
SPN 3490 FM 7 - AFT Purge Air Valve Mechanical system not responding
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal from Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
(AFTFP) sensor is lower than expected when Aftertreatment Purge Air Valve (AFTPAV) is commanded ON.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3480 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3482 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3490 FMI 3 and 4
4 (AFTFP) 4 (AFTPAV) (AFTPAV)
Step 2 Check for missing, leaking, or damaged air supply line to Decision
Aftertreatment Purge Air Valve (AFTPAV).
Verify vehicle air supply line to AFTPAV is properly installed and not Yes: Go to Step 3.
damaged. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER), inspect air supply line to
AFTPAV for restrictions and leaks.
Is air supply line to AFTPAV present and in good condition? No: Repair or replace air
supply to AFTPAV. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3490 FMI 7.
Step 3 Check for missing, leaking, or damaged air supply line from Decision
AFTPAV to AFT Fuel Doser module.
Verify air supply line is properly installed and not damaged. Key-On Yes: Go to Step 4.
Engine-Off (KOEO), inspect air supply line to AFT Fuel Doser Module for
restrictions and leaks.
Is air supply line to AFT Fuel Doser Module present and in good condition? No: Repair or replace air
supply line to AFT Fuel Doser
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3490
FMI 7.
Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) is controlled by Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) to dispense fuel into
aftertreatment system during active and parked regenerations of aftertreatment system.
SPN 3556 FMI 2 - AFT Fuel Injector signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects leaking Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
or an external leak. Fuel pressure is building in system as expected, but not holding.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3480 (AFTFP) • SPN 3556 FMI 5 • SPN 3482 (AFTSOV) • SPN 3490 (AFTPAV)
(AFTFI)
Fault Facts
These diagnostics are only performed prior to starting an active regeneration of DPF, or at Key ON if active
regeneration is continuing across key cycles.
Step 2 Check for damaged or leaking Aftertreatment (AFT) fuel supply Decision
module.
Inspect AFT fuel supply module for leaks or damage. Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is AFT fuel supply module free of leaks or damage? No: Replace AFT fuel supply
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 2.
Step 3 Check for leaking or damaged fuel supply line to Aftertreatment Decision
Fuel Injector (AFTFI).
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER), inspect fuel supply line to AFTFI for leaks Yes: Clean or replace AFTFI.
and damage. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3556 FMI 2.
Is fuel supply line to AFTFI free of leaks or damage? No: Repair or replace fuel
supply line to AFTFI. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3556 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault codes sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a fault in Aftertreatment Fuel Injector
(AFTFI) circuit. Active regeneration of aftertreatment diesel particulate filter will be disabled until next key cycle.
Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Step 7 Check AFTFI CTL-H circuit for short to GND between ACM Decision
and 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
A. Perform Test 4 (page 214). Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Use DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Harness
18-050-01 pin-8 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 20-pin connector
pin-8 and ACM connector
pin J1-05. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3556
FMI 5.
Step 8 Check AFTFI CTL-L circuit for short to GND between ACM and Decision
20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
A. Perform Test 5 (page 214). Yes: Go to Step 9.
B. Use DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Harness
18-050-01 pin-9 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to ground
between 20-pin connector
pin-9 and ACM pin J1-29. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 5.
204 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 10 Check AFTFI CTL-H circuit for short to GND between AFTFI Decision
and 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
A. Perform Test 6 (page 215). Yes: Go to Step 11.
B. Use DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Harness
ZTSE4760A pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 20-pin connector
pin-8 and AFTFI pin-1. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 5.
Step 11 Check AFTFI CTL-L circuit for short to GND between AFTFI Decision
and 20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
A. Perform Test 7 (page 215). Yes: Replace AFTFI. After
repairs are complete, retest for
B. Use DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Harness
SPN 3556 FMI 5.
ZTSE4760A pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between 20-pin connector
pin-9 and AFTFI pin-2. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 205
Step 13 Check AFTFI CTL-H circuit for short to PWR between ACM and Decision
20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
A. Perform Test 8 (page 216). Yes: Go to Step 14.
B. Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-050-01
pin-8 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between 20-pin connector
pin-8 and ACM connector
pin J1-05. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3556
FMI 5.
Step 14 Check AFTFI CTL-L circuit for short to PWR between ACM and Decision
20-pin DEF harness interconnect.
A. Perform Test 9 (page 216). Yes: Go to Step 15.
B. Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-050-01
pin-9 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between 20-pin connector
pin-9 and ACM connector
pin J1-29. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3556
FMI 5.
206 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 16 Check AFTFI CTL-H circuit for short to PWR between 20-pin Decision
DEF harness interconnect and AFTFI.
A. Perform Test 10 (page 217). Yes: Go to Step 17.
B. Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness
ZTSE4760A pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between 20-pin connector
pin-8 and AFTFI pin-1. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 5.
Step 17 Check AFTFI CTL-L circuit for short to PWR between 20-pin Decision
DEF harness interconnect and AFTFI.
A. Perform Test 11 (page 217). Yes: Replace AFTFI. After
repairs are complete, retest for
B. Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness
SPN 3556 FMI 5.
ZTSE4760A pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between 20-pin connector
pin-9 and AFTFI pin-2. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 207
Step 19 Check AFTFI CTL-H circuit for Open between ACM and 20-pin Decision
DEF harness interconnect.
A. Perform Test 12 (page 218). Yes: Go to Step 20.
B. Use DMM, measure resistance from Breakout Harness 18-050-01
pin-8 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-05.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
20-pin connector pin-8 and
ACM connector pin J1-05.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3556 FMI 5.
Step 20 Check AFTFI CTL-L circuit for Open between ACM and 20-pin Decision
DEF harness interconnect.
A. Perform Test 13 (page 218). Yes: Go to Step 21.
B. Use DMM, measure resistance from Breakout Harness 18-050-01
pin-9 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-29.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
20-pin connector pin-9 and
ACM connector pin J1-29.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3556 FMI 5.
208 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 22 Check AFTFI CTL-H circuit for Open between 20-pin DEF Decision
harness interconnect and AFTFI.
A. Perform Test 14 (page 219). Yes: Go to Step 23.
B. Use DMM, measure resistance from Breakout Harness 18-050-01
pin-8 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-1.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
20-pin connector pin-8 and
AFTFI pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3556
FMI 5.
Step 23 Check AFTFI CTL-L circuit for Open between 20-pin DEF Decision
harness interconnect and AFTFI.
A. Perform Test 15 (page 219). Yes: Replace AFTFI. After
repairs are complete, retest for
B. Use DMM, measure resistance from Breakout Harness 18-050-01
SPN 3556 FMI 5.
pin-9 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
20-pin connector pin-9 and
AFTFI pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3556
FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 209
Step 25 Check for AFTFI CTL-H shorted to AFTFI CTL-L between Decision
20-pin DEF harness interconnect and ACM.
A. Perform Test 16 (page 220). Yes: Go to Step 26.
B. Use DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Harness
18-050-01 pin-8 and pin-9.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair AFTFI CTL-H
shorted to AFTFI CTL-L
between ACM and 20-pin
connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3556
FMI 5.
Step 27 Check for AFTFI CTL-H shorted to AFTFI CTL-L between 20-pin DEF Decision
harness interconnect and AFTFI.
A. Perform Test 17 (page 220). Yes: Replace AFTFI.
After repairs are
B. Use DMM, measure resistance from 18-050-01 pin-8 and pin-9.
complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 5.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair AFTFI
CTL-H shorted to
AFTFI CTL-L between
AFTFI and 20-pin
connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3556
FMI 5.
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A
• Breakout Harness 18-050-01
• 96-pin Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
212 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-0956-08 and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM harness and leave
ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 213
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-0956-08 and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM harness and leave
ACM disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
214 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-0956-08 and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM harness and leave
ACM disconnected.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) and 20-pin connector.
C. Connect 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin connector and leave female side disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 215
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) and 20-pin connector.
C. Connect 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin connector and leave female side disconnected.
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin and AFTFI connectors.
C. Connect ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave AFTFI disconnected.
216 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin and AFTFI connectors.
C. Connect ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave AFTFI disconnected.
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) and 20-pin connector.
C. Connect 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin connector and leave female side disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 217
Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) and 20-pin connector.
C. Connect 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin connector and leave female side disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin and AFTFI connectors.
C. Connect ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave AFTFI disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
218 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 11
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin and AFTFI connectors.
C. Connect ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave AFTFI disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
Test 12
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) and 20-pin connector.
C. Connect 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin connector and leave female side disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 219
Test 13
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) and 20-pin connector.
C. Connect 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin connector and leave female side disconnected.
Test 14
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin and AFTFI connectors.
C. Connect 18-050-01 to female side of 20-pin connector and leave male side disconnected.
D. Connect ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave AFTFI disconnected.
220 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 15
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin and AFTFI connectors.
C. Connect 18-050-01 to female side of 20-pin connector and leave male side disconnected.
D. Connect ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave AFTFI disconnected.
Test 16
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) and 20-pin connector.
C. Connect 18-050-01 to male side of 20-pin connector and leave female side disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 221
Test 17
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 20-pin and AFTFI connectors.
C. Connect 18-050-01 to female side of 20-pin connector and leave male side disconnected.
222 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) can not
inject enough fuel for active regeneration of aftertreatment system.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3480 (AFTFP) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSOV) • SPN 3556 FMI 2 and 5
(AFTFI)
Step 3 Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Decision
Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Perform Exhaust Yes: Go to Step 4.
and Aftertreatment System Inspection (page 2346).
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged exhaust
components. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3556
FMI 18.
Overview
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 225
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that actual Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) deviates
more than 6 psi (41 kPa) than commanded.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 (EGR) • SPN 51 (ETV) • SPN 1189 (TC2WC) • SPN 2791 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 (ETV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Verify IMP changes when Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC) Decision
and Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve are commanded On.
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER). Run Air Management Test (page 2100) while IMP signal change
monitoring IMP sensor signal. only when TC2WC is
commanded On: Go
to step 4.
Does IMP sensor signal change: IMP signal change
only with EGR valve
• When TC2WC is commanded On?
commanded On: Go
• When EGR valve is commanded On? to step 5.
Neither change
IMP signal when
commanded On: Go
to step 6.
Both change
IMP signal when
commanded On: Go
to step 8.
Step 6 Verify IMP sensor and bore are not restricted due to carbon buildup. Decision
Remove and inspect IMP sensor and bore for carbon buildup. Yes: Go to step 7.
Is IMP sensor and bore free of carbon buildup? No: Clean IMP
sensor bore of carbon
deposits. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 102 FMI 10.
Go to step 7 if cleaning
does not resolve fault
code.
Step 10 Inspect for exhaust leaks and monitor following signals during test Decision
While running DPF Filter Regeneration procedure, inspect for exhaust leaks and If Parked Regen Checks
monitor following signals during test: are within specification:
Go to step 11.
Are Parked Regen Checks within specification during DPF Filter Regeneration
procedure?
Specifications Pass / Fail
Parked Regen Checks
Smooth, not stumbling If AFTFP1 is below 110
psi: Go to SPN 3055 FMI
Engine condition
1 Fault Code Diagnostics
(page 1233). Repair
cause of low FDP. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 102 FMI
10.
Above 122°F (50°C) per
ServiceMaxx™ software
Engine Coolant Temp (ECT)
After 5 to 10 minutes If AFTFP1 fuel pressure
above 500°F (260°C) is below 40 to 70 psi at
DOCIT
AFTFI opening: Clean
AFTFI valve, housing,
and bore (see Engine
Service Manual). After
cleaning procedure is
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 10.
After 5 to 10 minutes
above 986°F (530°C)
DOCOT
Below 1292°F (700°C) If Parked Regen Checks
other than AFTFP1 is out
DPFOT
of specifications: Repair
Parked Regen Check .
After repairs complete,
retest for SPN 102 FMI
10.
> 110 psi during test
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1
(AFTFP1)
230 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) is greater than
a predetermined value.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check ACV, ACV supply line, and EBPV supply line operation and Decision
condition.
Perform Exhaust Back Pressure Valve Functional Test (page 2156). Yes: Replace failed
component identified
during test. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 102
FMI 16.
Did test identify a failed component? No: End diagnostics,
retest for SPN 102
FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) is less than a
predetermined value.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 521 (ETV) • SPN 102 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 1189 FMI 3, 4, and
4 (IMP) 5 (TC2WC)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Determine if engine air intake or CAC is leaking, damaged, restricted. Decision
Yes: Go to Step 3.
damage. Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2345).
No: Repair intake,
damage?
restriction, leak, or
physical damage.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 18.
Are turbochargers free of signs of wear and excessive radial play? Yes: Repair or replace
turbochargers as
needed. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 102 FMI 18.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects feedback from Oxygen Sensor (O2S) indicating
oxygen levels in exhaust are responding too slow to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) movement
commands.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 (EGR) • SPN 724 (O2S) • SPN 2659 FMI 20 and • SPN 2791 (EGR)
21 (AMS)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) for soot build-up. Decision
Remove EGR cooler bellow tubes (see Engine Service manual). Inspect EGRV Yes: Go to step 3.
butterfly, shaft and bore for soot build-up blocking EGRV movement.
Is EGRV butterfly, shaft, and bore free of soot build-up? No: Replace EGRV.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2659 FMI 10.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects feedback from Oxygen Sensor (O2S) indicates
oxygen levels in the exhaust are too low compared to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) movement
commands.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 (EGR) • SPN 91 (APP) • SPN 724 (O2S) • SPN 2623 (APP)
• SPN 2791 (EGR) • SPN 3223 (O2S) • SPN 5298 (AFT • SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
System)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Verify Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) changes when Exhaust Gas Decision
Recirculation Valve (EGRV) is commanded ON.
Perform Air Management Test (page 2100). Yes: End diagnostics,
retest for SPN 2659
FMI 20.
Does IMP decrease when EGRV is commanded ON? No: Go to Step 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects feedback from Oxygen Sensor (O2S) indicates
oxygen levels in exhaust are too high compared to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) movement
commands.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 (EGR) • SPN 91 (APP) • SPN 724 (O2S) • SPN 2623 (APP)
• SPN 2791 (EGR) • SPN 3223 (O2S) • SPN 5298 (AFT • SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
System)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) for soot build-up or Decision
damage.
Remove EGR cooler bellow tubes (see Engine Service manual). Inspect EGRV Yes: Go to step 4.
butterfly, shaft and bore for soot build-up or damage blocking EGRV movement.
Is EGRV butterfly, shaft, and bore free of soot build-up and undamaged? No: Replace EGRV.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2659 FMI 21.
Overview
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor is a variable-resistance sensor that increases or decreases resistance
as accelerator pedal position changes. No mechanical attachment is present from accelerator pedal to engine.
ECM compares signals from two potentiometers to determine accelerator pedal position, APP1 and APP2. APP1
is supplied 5 volts while APP2 is supplied 2.5 volts. As pedal is pressed, resistance decreases and change in
voltage is interpreted by ECM.
244 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault codes sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between APP1 signal value and APP2
signal value is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 91 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2623 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3509 FMI 14 • SPN 3513 FMI 14
(APP1) (APP2) (VREF 1) (VREF 5)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 245
Fault Facts
None
Step 7 Check APP1 SIG GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 250). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or high
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-A and known good GND. resistance between APP
pin-B and ECM pin C1-23.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 91 FMI 2.
Is voltage 1.15 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between APP
pin-A and ECM pin C2-54.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 91 FMI 2.
Step 9 Check APP2 SIG GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 252). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or high
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-F and known good GND. resistance between APP
pin-E and ECM pin C1-11.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 91 FMI 2.
Is voltage 0.6 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between APP
pin-F and ECM pin C2-55.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 91 FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 249
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
250 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A between vehicle harness and APP sensor.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 251
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A between vehicle harness and APP sensor.
D. Key ON
252 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A between vehicle harness and APP sensor.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 253
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A between vehicle harness and APP sensor.
D. Key ON
254 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) circuit
voltage greater than 4.575 volts
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 257
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
258 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) circuit
voltage less than 0.745 volts
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
262 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect APP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 263
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Accelerator Pedal Position 2 (APP2) circuit voltage
is greater than 2.475 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
266 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect APP sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 267
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Accelerator Pedal Position 2 (APP2) circuit voltage
is less than 0.275 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 271
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect APP sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
272 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
BARO Sensor
Overview of BARO Sensor Group
Overview
Barometric Pressure (BARO) constantly monitors barometric pressure on the engine. BARO is located internal
to Engine Control Module (ECM) and not serviceable.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 273
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Barometric Pressure (BARO) sensor is above maximum threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
BARO sensor is installed inside Engine Control Module (ECM) and is not serviceable separately.
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Decision
Control Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2011). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has latest
ECM calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
108 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Determines if Barometric Pressure (BARO) sensor is below minimum threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
BARO sensor is installed inside Engine Control Module (ECM).
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Decision
Control Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2011). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has latest
ECM calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
108 FMI 4.
Body Sensor
Overview of Body Sensor Group
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a circuit failure on VSS CAL output circuit.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This fault code only applies to vehicles with a hard-wired, or secondary speedometer gauge separate from the
main instrument cluster.
Step 3 Check VSS CAL circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 280). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Box 00-00956-08 pin C2-30 and a known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short to
GND between Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin C2-30 and
speedometer. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
837 FMI 14.
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 and C2 Connectors.
C. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 between the ECM and chassis harness.
E. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 and C2 Connectors.
C. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 between the ECM and chassis harness.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 281
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) has detected a loss of communication with adaptive cruise
control module.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) is a thermistor sensor that measures charged-air temperature
entering Engine Throttle Valve (ETV). As temperature increases, resistance drops, causing voltage signal
interpreted by Engine Control Module (ECM) to vary. ECM monitors this signal for Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) system control and CAC performance.
284 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between Charge Air Cooler Outlet
Temperature (CACOT) and Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) after 8 hour cold soak is greater than 45°F
(25°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to engine harness and leave CACOT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 to pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 289
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to engine harness and leave CACOT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 to a known good
GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
290 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
voltage is greater than 4.80 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
294 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT
disconnected.
D. Using 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 pin-1 and pin-2
of together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 295
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT
disconnected.
D. Using 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 pin-2 of to a known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
296 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT)
signal is less than 0.13 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected after one trip.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT)
sensor reading is greater than a predetermined value. ECM uses vehicle speed and Ambient Air Temperature
(AAT) to determine CAC effectiveness.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 647 (EFC) • SPN 2630 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 7423 FMI 20 and
4 (CACOT) 21 (ECT2)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Determine if a winter front (grill cover) is installed during warm Decision
temperatures.
Visually inspect vehicle grill area for installed winter front (grill cover). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is winter front (grill cover) removed during warm temperatures outside No: Remove winter front.
recommended range? After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630 FMI 16.
Step 4 Inspect engine cooling fan and shroud for damage. Decision
Visually inspect cooling fan blades and fan shroud for debris, cracks, and Yes: Go to Step 5.
damage.
Are engine cooling fan and shroud in good condition and not damaged? No: Repair engine cooling
fan or shroud damage. After
repairs are made, retest for
SPN 2630 FMI 16.
Overview
302 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Crankcase Oil Separator Speed Sensor (CCOSS)
signal value is less than expected speed based on engine speed and Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
signal.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 100 (EOP and • SPN 110 (ECT1) • SPN 636 (CMP) • SPN 637 (CKP)
EWPS)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Check for failed Crankcase Oil Separator Speed Sensor Decision
(CCOSS).
Perform Test 1 (page 305). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure Yes: Go to Step 6.
resistance from Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance between 300 and 450 ohms? No: Replace CCOSS. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4227 FMI 7.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankcase Oil Separator Speed Sensor (CCOSS).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to CCOSS and leave engine harness disconnected.
306 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankcase Oil Separator Speed Sensor (CCOSS).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to engine harness and leave CCOSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 307
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankcase Oil Separator Speed Sensor (CCOSS).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to engine harness and leave CCOSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankcase Oil Separator Speed Sensor (CCOSS).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to engine harness and leave CCOSS disconnected.
308 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankcase Oil Separator Speed Sensor (CCOSS).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to engine harness and leave CCOSS disconnected.
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankcase Oil Separator Speed Sensor (CCOSS).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to engine harness and leave CCOSS disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 309
Overview
Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor is a magnetic pickup sensor that indicates crankshaft speed and position.
CKP sensor is compared with Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor by Electronic Control Module (ECM) to calculate
RPM and timing of engine. Engine will still start with a failed CKP or CMP sensor, but will have a longer crank
time.
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects signal from Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor
indicates engine speed is greater than 8000 rpm.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
CAUTION: To prevent damage, do not use chemical cleaners to clean crankshaft position sensor.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor and leave vehicle
harness disconnected.
314 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness and leave Crankshaft Position (CKP)
sensor disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness and leave Crankshaft Position (CKP)
sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 315
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness and leave Crankshaft Position (CKP)
sensor disconnected.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect ECM E1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 between vehicle harness and CKP sensor.
316 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects no signal from Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
CAUTION: To prevent damage, do not use chemical cleaners to clean crankshaft position sensor.
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor and leave vehicle
harness disconnected.
320 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness and leave Crankshaft Position (CKP)
sensor disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness and leave Crankshaft Position (CKP)
sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 321
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness and leave Crankshaft Position (CKP)
sensor disconnected.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect ECM E1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 between vehicle harness and CKP sensor.
322 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor is a magnetic pickup sensor that indicates camshaft speed and position. CMP
sensor is compared with Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor by Electronic Control Module (ECM) to calculate
RPM and timing of engine. Engine will still start with a failed CMP or CKP sensor, but will have a longer crank
time.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects difference between camshaft and crankshaft
position signals is greater than 20 degrees or less than 20 degrees.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect CMP sensor and bore for damage or debris build up. Decision
Remove CMP sensor and inspect sensor and bore. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is sensor and bore free of damage or debris? No: Clean CMP sensor with a
rag or towel and clean sensor
bore, replace CMP sensor as
needed. Perform Crankshaft
Position Sensor Relearn
Procedure (page 2039). After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 636 FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave Camshaft Position (CMP)
sensor disconnected.
328 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 329
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON
330 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects CMP signal is different than expected CMP
signal.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Fact
None
Step 3 Inspect CMP sensor and bore for damage or debris build up. Decision
Remove CMP sensor and inspect sensor and bore. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is sensor and bore free of damage or debris? No: Clean CMP sensor with a
rag or towel and clean sensor
bore, replace CMP sensor if
needed. Perform Crankshaft
Position Sensor Relearn
Procedure (page 2039). After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 636 FMI 8.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave Camshaft Position (CMP)
sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 335
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
336 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 337
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects CMP circuit voltage is less than 0.405 volts.
Lamp Reaction
MIL will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Fact
None
Step 3 Inspect CMP sensor and bore for damage or debris build up. Decision
Remove CMP sensor and inspect sensor and bore. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is sensor and bore free of damage or debris? No: Clean CMP sensor with a
rag or towel and clean sensor
bore, replace CMP sensor if
needed. Perform Crankshaft
Position Sensor Relearn
Procedure. (page 2039)After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 636 FMI 10.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave Camshaft Position (CMP)
sensor disconnected.
342 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 343
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to engine harness and leave CMP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON
344 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Cylinder Balance
Overview of Cylinder Balance Sensor Group
Overview
Many factors influence combustion process in a power cylinder. This can affect production of torque or
horsepower from that cylinder. Some factors include piston and cylinder geometry, injector performance,
and fuel rail pressure. Variations in these factors can cause unevenness in torque and horsepower from one
cylinder to next. Power cylinder unevenness also causes increased engine noise and vibration, especially at
low idle. This is also referred to as rough idle.
Engine Control Module (ECM) uses a Cylinder Balance control strategy to even power contribution of cylinders,
particularly at low idle. This strategy incorporates information from Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor. ECM uses
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 345
instantaneous engine speed near Top Dead Center (TDC) for each cylinder as an indication of that cylinder's
power contribution. ECM computes a nominal instantaneous engine speed value based on all cylinders. Nominal
value would be expected value from all cylinders if engine is balanced.
By knowing error quantities, ECM can add or subtract fuel from a particular cylinder. Control strategy attempts
to correct cylinder unbalance by using fuel quantity compensation through adjustments of pulse width values for
each fuel injector. This method of compensation is repeated until all error quantities are close to zero causing
all cylinders to contribute same amount.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects an incorrect Injector Quantity Adjustment (IQA)
has been programmed into ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized longer than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651 FMI 4, 5, and • SPN 3055 FMI 0, 1, 15,
13 (CYL/INJ) and 17
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized shorter than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects an incorrect Injector Quantity Adjustment (IQA)
has been programmed into ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized longer than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 652 FMI 4, 5, and • SPN 3055 FMI 0, 1, 15,
13 (CYL/INJ) and 17
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized shorter than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects an incorrect Injector Quantity Adjustment (IQA)
has been programmed into ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized longer than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 653 FMI 4, 5, and • SPN 3055 FMI 0, 1, 15,
13 (CYL/INJ) and 17
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized shorter than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects an incorrect Injector Quantity Adjustment (IQA)
has been programmed into ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized longer than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 654 FMI 4, 5, and • SPN 3055 FMI 0, 1, 15,
13 (CYL/INJ) and 17
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized shorter than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects an incorrect Injector Quantity Adjustment (IQA)
has been programmed into ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized longer than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 655 FMI 4, 5, and • SPN 3055 FMI 0, 1, 15,
13 (CYL/INJ) and 17
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized shorter than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects an incorrect Injector Quantity Adjustment (IQA)
has been programmed into ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized longer than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 656 FMI 4, 5, and • SPN 3055 FMI 0, 1, 15,
13 (CYL/INJ) and 17
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects fuel injector is energized shorter than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects multiple cylinder misfires from Crankshaft
Position (CKP) sensor signal.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 111 FMI 1 (ECL) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 731 FMI 16
(EWPS)
• SPN 3055 (FRP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Verify fallen valve bridge did not damage valves, valve keepers, Decision
or valve stems.
Reinstall valve bridge and adjust lash (see Engine Service Manual). Verify Yes: Repair engine
engine can be rotated by hand. mechanical failure (see
Engine Service Manual).
Clean cylinder head using
Induction System Cleaning
Procedure (page 2270).
Perform Crankshaft Position
Sensor Relearn Procedure
(page 2039). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1322 FMI 31.
Was there valve damage or was engine Not able to be rotated by hand? No: Go to Step 6.
390 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects a cylinder 1 misfire from Crankshaft Position
(CKP) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 111 FMI 1 (ECL) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 731 FMI 16
(EWPS)
• SPN 3055 (FRP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Verify fallen valve bridge did not damage valves, valve keepers, Decision
or valve stems.
Reinstall valve bridge and adjust lash (see Engine Service Manual). Verify Yes: Repair engine
engine can be rotated by hand. mechanical failure (see
Engine Service Manual).
Clean cylinder head using
Induction System Cleaning
Procedure (page 2270).
Perform Crankshaft Position
Sensor Relearn Procedure
(page 2039). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1323 FMI 31.
Was there valve damage or was engine Not able to be rotated by hand? No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 393
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects a cylinder 2 misfire from Crankshaft Position
(CKP) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 111 FMI 1 (ECL) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 731 FMI 16
(EWPS)
• SPN 3055 (FRP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Verify fallen valve bridge did not damage valves, valve keepers, Decision
or valve stems.
Reinstall valve bridge and adjust lash (see Engine Service Manual). Verify Yes: Repair engine
engine can be rotated by hand. mechanical failure (see
Engine Service Manual).
Clean cylinder head using
Induction System Cleaning
Procedure (page 2270).
Perform Crankshaft Position
Sensor Relearn Procedure
(page 2039). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1324 FMI 31.
Was there valve damage or was engine Not able to be rotated by hand? No: Go to Step 6.
396 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects a cylinder 3 misfire from Crankshaft Position
(CKP) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 111 FMI 1 (ECL) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 731 FMI 16
(EWPS)
• SPN 3055 (FRP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Verify fallen valve bridge did not damage valves, valve keepers, Decision
or valve stems.
Reinstall valve bridge and adjust lash (see Engine Service Manual). Verify Yes: Repair engine
engine can be rotated by hand. mechanical failure (see
Engine Service Manual).
Clean cylinder head using
Induction System Cleaning
Procedure (page 2270).
Perform Crankshaft Position
Sensor Relearn Procedure
(page 2039). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1325 FMI 31.
Was there valve damage or was engine Not able to be rotated by hand? No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 399
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects a cylinder 4 misfire from Crankshaft Position
(CKP) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 111 FMI 1 (ECL) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 731 FMI 16
(EWPS)
• SPN 3055 (FRP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Verify fallen valve bridge did not damage valves, valve keepers, Decision
or valve stems.
Reinstall valve bridge and adjust lash (see Engine Service Manual). Verify Yes: Repair engine
engine can be rotated by hand. mechanical failure (see
Engine Service Manual).
Clean cylinder head using
Induction System Cleaning
Procedure (page 2270).
Perform Crankshaft Position
Sensor Relearn Procedure
(page 2039). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1326 FMI 31.
Was there valve damage or was engine Not able to be bared over by hand? No: Go to Step 6.
402 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects a cylinder 5 misfire from Crankshaft Position
(CKP) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 111 FMI 1 (ECL) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 731 FMI 16
(EWPS)
• SPN 3055 (FRP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Verify fallen valve bridge did not damage valves, valve keepers, Decision
or valve stems.
Reinstall valve bridge and adjust lash (see Engine Service Manual). Verify Yes: Repair engine
engine can be rotated by hand. mechanical failure (see
Engine Service Manual).
Clean cylinder head using
Induction System Cleaning
Procedure (page 2270).
Perform Crankshaft Position
Sensor Relearn Procedure
(page 2039). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1327 FMI 31.
Was there valve damage or was engine Not able to be rotated by hand? No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 405
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects a cylinder 6 misfire from Crankshaft Position
(CKP) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 111 FMI 1 (ECL) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 731 FMI 16
(EWPS)
• SPN 3055 (FRP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Verify fallen valve bridge did not damage valves, valve keepers, Decision
or valve stems.
Reinstall valve bridge and adjust lash (see Engine Service Manual). Verify Yes: Repair engine
engine can be rotated by hand. mechanical failure (see
Engine Service Manual).
Clean cylinder head using
Induction System Cleaning
Procedure (page 2270).
Perform Crankshaft Position
Sensor Relearn Procedure
(page 2039). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1328 FMI 31.
Was there valve damage or was engine Not able to be rotated by hand? No: Go to Step 6.
408 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) is controlled by Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). When
ACM commands DEF dosing, it opens doser and allows DEF to be sprayed into exhaust stream.
Fault Overview
Fault codes sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD)
valve circuit is open or shorted. DEF injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be
reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed
limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 6 Check DEFD CTL-L circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 415). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 7.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
pin J1-77.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between DEFD
connector pin-1 and ACM
connector pin J1-77. After
repairs are complete, perform
SCR Faults Reset Request
Procedure(page 2090), retest
for SPN 5394 FMI 5.
Step 7 Check DEFD CTL-H circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 416). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 8.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 pin-2 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
pin J1-53.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between DEFD
connector pin-2 and ACM
connector pin J1-53. After
repairs are complete, perform
SCR Faults Reset Request
Procedure(page 2090), retest
for SPN 5394 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 413
Step 8 Check for DEFD CTL-L circuit shorted to DEFD CTL-H circuit. Decision
Perform Test 5 (page 417). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 9.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short between
DEFD connector pin-1
and pin-2. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Faults Reset Request
Procedure(page 2090), retest
for SPN 5394 FMI 5.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFD connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to DEFD and leave DEFD disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 415
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFD connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to DEFD and leave DEFD disconnected.
416 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFD connector.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to DEFD and leave DEFD disconnected.
E. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to engine
harness and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 417
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFD connector.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to DEFD and leave DEFD disconnected.
E. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to engine
harness and leave ACM disconnected.
418 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFD connector.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to DEFD and leave DEFD disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 419
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFD connector.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to DEFD and leave DEFD disconnected.
E. Key ON.
420 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5394 FMI 7 - DEF Dosing Valve - Mechanical system not responding
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a mechanical failure of Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Doser (DEFD). DEF injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEF Supply Module Decision
(DEFSM), and DEF Doser (DEFD) lines and connections for:
cracks and pitting; and loose, leaking, or damaged connections.
Perform KOEO DEF System Leak Test (page 2088). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Are DEF tank, DEFSM, and DEFD lines and connections in good condition? No: Repair or replace failed
line or connection. Perform
SCR Faults Reset Request
(page 2090). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5394 FMI 7.
Step 2 Determine if DEF system can provide proper amount of DEF. Decision
Perform DEF Doser Pump Override Test . Yes: End Diagnostics. Retest
for SPN 5394 FMI 7.
Was volume of DEF dosed within specification? No: Replace DEFD. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5394 FMI 7.
Step 3 Determine if DEF system can provide proper amount of DEF. Decision
Perform DEF Supply Module (DEFSM) Flushing Procedure (see Yes: Replace DEFD. After
Aftertreatment Symptom-Based Diagnostic and Inspection Manual). repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5394 FMI 7.
Does procedure identify a failed component? No: Replace DEFSM filter.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5394 FMI 7.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay (DEFLH Relay) is used to control DEF Suction Line Heater (DEFSLH),
DEF Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) and DEF Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), which are wrapped around DEF
suction, pressure, and return lines. Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns line heaters on by controlling
DEFLH Relay. This is done by sending power through DEFLH Relay CTL circuit to DEFLH Relay. DEFLH Relay
is constantly grounded by ACM through DEFLH Relay GND.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 423
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 Must be installed with dimples toward top of
Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation Will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 425
SPN 5491 FMI 3 - DEF Line Heater Relay Open or short to PWR
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Line Heater Relay (DEFLH Relay) is Open or short to power.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s) Decision
for blown fuses; loose, missing, or intermittent connections.
Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown Yes: Go to Step 2.
fuses; loose, missing, or intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace failed
fuse(s) or relay(s) to PDM
connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5491
FMI 3.
Step 2 Check for a failed DEF Line Heater Relay (DEFLH Relay). Decision
A. Perform Test 1 (page 428). Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Using DMM, measure resistance between ZTSE4908 pin-85 and
pin-86.
Is resistance between 100 and 300 ohms? No: Replace DEFLH Relay.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5491 FMI 3.
Step 5 Check DEF Line Heater (DEFLH) CTL circuit for an Open or Decision
high resistance.
A. Perform Test 3 (page 429). Yes: Repair Open or high
resistance in DEFLH Relay
B. Use a DMM to measure resistance between pin-86 and ACM pin
GND circuit between DEFLH
J1-08.
Relay pin-85 and ACM pin
J1-07. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5491
FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance in DEFLH CTL
circuit between DEFLH Relay
pin-86 and ACM pin J1-08.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5491 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from Power Distribution Module (PDM).
C. Install DEFLH Relay into breakout harness ZTSE4908 and leave harness disconnected from PDM.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 429
Test 2
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 Must be installed with dimples toward top of
Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation Will result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from PDM.
C. Disconnect J1 connector from ACM.
D. Install breakout harness ZTSE4908 into PDM (Figure 130) and leave DEFLH Relay disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
430 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 Must be installed with dimples toward top of
Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation Will result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from PDM.
C. Disconnect J1 connector from ACM.
D. Install breakout harness ZTSE4908 into PDM (Figure 130) and leave DEFLH Relay disconnected.
E. Install 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and install Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle
harness, leave ACM J1 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 431
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects resistance between DEFLH CTL circuit and
ground is less than 0.2 ohms.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Step 1 Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s) Decision
for blown fuses; loose, missing, or intermittent connections.
Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown Yes: Go to Step 2.
fuses; loose, missing, or intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace failed
fuse(s) or relay(s) to PDM
connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5491
FMI 4.
Step 2 Check for a failed DEF Line Heater Relay (DEFLH Relay). Decision
A. Perform Test 1 (page 432). Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Using DMM, measure resistance between ZTSE4908 pin-85 and
pin-86.
Is resistance between 100 and 300 ohms? No: Replace DEFLH Relay.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5491 FMI 4.
Step 3 Check for DEFLH CTL circuit shorted to DEFLH Relay GND Decision
circuit.
A. Perform Test 2 (page 433). Yes: Repair short between
DEFLH CTL and DEFLH
B. Using DMM, measure resistance between ZTSE4908 pin-85 and
Relay GND circuits. After
pin-86.
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5491 FMI 4.
Is resistance less than 100 ohms? No: Repair short to GND in
DEFLH CTL circuit between
DEFLH Relay pin-86 and
ACM pin J1-08. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5491 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from Power Distribution Module (PDM).
C. Install DEFLH Relay into breakout harness ZTSE4908 and leave harness disconnected from PDM.
434 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 Must be installed with dimples toward top of
Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation Will result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from Power Distribution Module (PDM).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM (Figure 130), leave DEFLH Relay disconnected..
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 435
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Pressure (DEFLP) sensor measures DEF pressure from DEF Supply Pump (DEFSP).
When DEF pressure is high, signal from DEFLP sensor is high. DEFLP sensor is located within DEF Supply
Module and is a non-serviceable component.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module (DEFSM) is unable to maintain commanded diesel
exhaust fluid pressure. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 3 Check for failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Pressure (DEFLP) Decision
sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DEFSM pressure line at DEF Doser (DEFD)
C. Place appropriate container under vehicle to catch DEF.
D. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO), using EST with ServiceMaxx™, load
Signals session and monitor DEF Line Pressure signal.
Is DEFLP signal 0 ± 10 psi? No: Go to Step 11.
Step 4 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank for debris or foreign Decision
particles.
Check DEF tank vent for restrictions or fluid crystallization. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Are DEF tank and DEF tank vent clean and free of debris, restrictions, and No: Drain DEF tank, flush
fluid crystallization? with distilled water, and fill
with new DEF. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 2.
438 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank filter for excessive debris Decision
causing a restriction.
Remove DEF Tank Pick-up and inspect filter on pick-up tube for plugging Yes: Replace DEF Tank
or restriction. Pick-up filter, Drain DEF tank,
flush with distilled water, and
fill with new DEF. After repairs
are complete retest for SPN
4334 FMI 2.
Is DEF Tank Pick-up filter restricted or plugged? No: Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEFSM, and DEF Decision
Doser (DEFD) lines for damage.
Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEFSM, and DEFD lines and Yes: Go to Step 7.
connections for: cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections.
Are DEF tank, DEFSM, and DEFD lines and connections in good condition, No: Repair or replace failed
not cracked, leaking, or damaged? line or connection. After
repairs are complete retest
for SPN 4334 FMI 2.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields. Limit
compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).
Step 11 Check that DEF Supply Pump can provide proper DEF line Decision
pressure.
Perform DEF System Leak Test (page 2088). Yes: Retest for SPN 4334
FMI 2.
Did system prime successfully with no leaks? No: Perform DEF Supply
Module Flushing Procedure
(page 2026). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line
Pressure (DEFLP) sensor is greater than 4.75 volts for 8 seconds. DEF injection into aftertreatment system is
disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 5 Check SIG GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 443). Use DMM, measure resistance from Breakout Yes: Replace DEFSM.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-4 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J1-17. Perform SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure (page
2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between DEFSM
pin-4 and ACM pin J1-17.
Perform SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure (page
2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEFSM disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO), with Breakout Harness 18-909-01 connected to DEFSM.
444 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
C. Connect 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEFSM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 445
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line
Pressure (DEFLP) sensor is less than 0.25 volts. DEF injection into aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 6 Check DEFLP signal circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 450). Use DMM, measure resistance from Breakout Yes: Replace DEFSM.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-3 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 pin J2-45. Perform SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure (page
2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 4.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between DEFSM
pin-3 and ACM pin J2-45.
Perform SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure (page
2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 4.
448 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEFSM disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO), with Breakout Harness 18-909-01 connected to DEFSM.
450 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
C. Connect 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEFSM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 451
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
C. Connect 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEFSM disconnected.
452 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects pressure in Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Module (DEFSM) is above 160 psi (1100 kPa). Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period
of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle speed limited if fault is active for an extended period
of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will immediately illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1761 (DEFTLT) • SPN 3031 (DEFTLT) • SPN 3361 (DEFSP) • SPN 3362 (DEFSP)
• SPN 3363 FMI (DEFTH • SPN 4376 (DEFSM) • SPN 5394 (DEFD) • SPN 5491 (DEFLHR)
CTL)
• SPN 5745 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5746 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH)
Fault Facts
None.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields. Limit
compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module
(DEFSM) is unable to build or maintain adequate pressure. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for
a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle speed limited if fault is active for
an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will immediately illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1761 (DEFTLT) • SPN 3031 (DEFTLT) • SPN 3361 (DEFSP) • SPN 3362 (DEFSP)
• SPN 3363 FMI (DEFTH • SPN 4376 (DEFSM) • SPN 5394 (DEFD) • SPN 5491 (DEFLHR)
CTL)
• SPN 5745 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5746 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH)
Fault Facts
None.
Step 4 Check DEF lines and connections for cracks and damage. Decision
Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEFSM, and DEF Doser (DEFD) Yes: Go to Step 5.
lines and connections for: cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged
connections.
Are DEF tank, DEFSM and DEFD lines and connections in good condition, No: Repair or replace failed
not cracked, leaking, or damaged? line or connection. Perform
SCR Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page 2090). After
repairs are complete retest for
SPN 4334 FMI 18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 457
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields. Limit
compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).
Step 7 Check DEF tank fluid pickup screen for restrictions. Decision
Remove DEF tank pickup assembly (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System Yes: Replace DEFSM.
with DPF and SCR Service Manual). Inspect DEF tank fluid pickup screen Perform SCR Faults Reset
for restrictions or buildup. Request Procedure (page
2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 18.
Is DEF tank fluid pickup screen free of restrictions? No: Clean or replace DEF
tank fluid pickup screen.
Drain, clean, and fill DEF
tank. Clean DEFSM see
Aftertreatment Service
Manual. Perform SCR Faults
Reset Request Procedure
(page 2090). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 18.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) is used to maintain proper DEF temperature during cold
conditions. DEFPLH is wrapped around pressure line between DEF Doser (DEFD) and DEF Supply Module
(DEFSM). When DEF temperature is too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on DEF Line Heater
Relay (DEFLH Relay) allowing power to be sent to DEFPLH.
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 461
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) is greater than 0.5 amps. Engine torque will be reduced, and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), DEF Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and DEF Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one DEF line heater fault is set, suspect a
common power circuit problem.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater Decision
(DEFSLH) connector.
A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFSLH connector.
C. Check DEFSLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEFSLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4340 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSLH connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18–045–01 to engine harness and leave DEFSLH disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 465
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLHR.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) and leave DEFLHR
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
466 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLHR.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) and leave DEFLHR
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 467
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), DEF Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and DEF Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one DEF line heater fault is set, suspect a
common power circuit problem.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater Decision
(DEFSLH) connector.
A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFSLH connector.
C. Check DEFSLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEFSLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4340 FMI 5.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSLH connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to engine harness and leave DEFSLH disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 471
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSLH connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to engine harness and leave DEFSLH disconnected.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
472 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from Power Distribution Module (PDM) (Figure 143).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 between PDM (Figure 144) and DEFLH Relay, and leave
DEFLH Relay removed.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 473
Test 4
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from Power Distribution Module (PDM) (Figure 143).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 between PDM (Figure 144) and DEFLH Relay, and leave
DEFLH Relay removed.
D. Key ON.
474 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) is used to prevent DEF freezing during cold conditions.
DEFRLH is wrapped around return line between DEF tank and DEF Supply Module. When DEF temperature is
too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on DEF Line Heater (DEFLH) Relay allowing power to be
sent to DEFRLH.
Figure 153 Power Distribution Module (PDM) Fuses and Relays (Typical)
1. DEF Line Heater Relay 2. DEF Unit HTR Relay 3. Switched Ignition Relay
476 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 477
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return
Line Heater (DEFRLH) is greater than 0.5 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), DEF Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and DEF Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one DEF line heater fault is set, suspect a
common power circuit problem.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater Decision
(DEFRLH) connector.
A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFRLH connector.
C. Check DEFRLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEFRLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4342 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFRLH connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to engine harness and leave DEFRLH disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 481
Test 2
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay (Figure 153) from Power Distribution Module (PDM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM (Figure 154) and leave DEFLH Relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
482 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay (Figure 153) from Power Distribution Module (PDM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM (Figure 154) and leave DEFLH Relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 483
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return
Line Heater (DEFRLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), DEF Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and DEF Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one DEF line heater fault is set, suspect a
common power circuit problem.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater Decision
(DEFRLH) connector.
A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFRLH connector.
C. Check DEFRLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEFRLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4342 FMI 5.
Step 5 Determine if Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater (DEFLH) Relay is Decision
powering up.
A. Perform Test 3 (page 487). Yes: Replace AFT harness.
After repairs are complete,
B. Use Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, go
retest for SPN 4342 FMI 5.
to DEF Line Heater (page 2075).
C. While test is running, use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 6.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFRLH connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to engine harness and leave DEFRLH disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 487
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFRLH connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to engine harness and leave DEFRLH disconnected.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
488 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from Power Distribution Module (PDM) (Figure 153).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 between PDM (Figure 154) and DEFLH Relay, and leave
DEFLH Relay removed.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 489
Test 4
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from PDM (Figure 153).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 between PDM (Figure 154) and DEFLH Relay, and leave
DEFLH Relay removed.
D. Key ON.
490 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Suction Line Heater (DEFSLH) is used to maintain proper DEF temperature during cold
conditions. DEFSLH is wrapped around suction line between DEF tank and DEF Supply Module (DEFSM).
When DEF temperature is too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on DEF Line Heater Relay
(DEFLH Relay) allowing power to be sent to DEFSLH.
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 493
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure
Line Heater (DEFPLH) is greater than 0.5 amps. Engine torque will be reduced, and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
DEFRLH, DEFPLH, and DEFSLH share a common power circuit. If more then one DEF line heater fault is set,
suspect a common power circuit problem.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFPLH connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to engine harness and leave DEFPLH disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 497
Test 2
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from Power Distribution Module (PDM) (Figure 163).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 between PDM (Figure 164) and DEFLH Relay, and leave
DEFLH Relay removed.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from PDM (Figure 163).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 between PDM (Figure 164) and DEFLH Relay, and leave
DEFLH Relay removed.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 499
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure
Line Heater (DEFPLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), DEF Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and DEF Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one DEF line heater fault is set, suspect a
common power circuit problem.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFPLH connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to engine harness and leave DEFPLH disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 503
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFPLH connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to engine harness and leave DEFPLH disconnected.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
504 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from Power Distribution Module (PDM) (Figure 163).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 between PDM (Figure 164) and DEFLH Relay, and leave
DEFLH Relay removed.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 505
Test 4
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of PDM. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLH Relay from PDM (Figure 163).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 between PDM (Figure 164) and DEFLH Relay, and leave
DEFLH Relay removed.
D. Key ON.
506 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFR Valve) controls DEF flow through DEF supply module. When
DEFR Valve is energized DEF is returned to DEF tank through DEF return line. DEFR Valve is not serviceable
individually and is part of DEF Supply Module (DEFSM).
SPN 4337 FMI 2 - DEF Dosing Unit Temperature - Data Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module
(DEFSM) temperature differs from engine coolant temperature and Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) by more
than 72°F (40°C) at Key ON.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, • SPN 4076 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) 4 (IAT) 4, and 31 (DEF Supply 4 (ECT2)
Pump)
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Check for current Engine Control Module (ECM) calibration. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check ECM calibration for Yes: Update calibration. After
updates. repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4337 FMI 2.
Is there an ECM calibration update available? No: Go to Step 2.
Step 4 Check DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit for intermittent short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 510). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure Yes: Go to Step 5.
resistance between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good
GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair intermittent short
to GND between DEFSM
pin-10 and ACM pin J2-48.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4337 FMI 2.
Step 5 Check DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit for intermittent short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 510). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 1 volt? No: Repair intermittent short
to PWR between DEFSM
pin-10 and ACM pin J2-48.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4337 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 509
Step 7 Check DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit for intermittent Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 3 (page 511). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Replace DEFSM. After
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 repairs are complete, retest
pin J2-48. for SPN 4337 FMI 2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair intermittent Open
or high resistance between
DEFSM pin-10 and ACM
pin J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4337
FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSM connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEFSM connector and leave DEFSM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 511
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSM connector.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEFSM connector and leave DEFSM disconnected.
E. Key ON.
512 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSM connector.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEFSM connector and leave DEFSM disconnected.
E. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to engine
harness and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 513
SPN 4337 FMI 10 - DEF Dosing Unit Temperature abnormal rate of change
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module
(DEFSM) is not heating properly.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 3361 FMI 2 • SPN 4337 FMI 2 • SPN 5745 (DEFSMH)
(AAT) (DEFSP) (DEFSM)
• SPN 5746 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit for intermittent short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 516). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure Yes: Go to Step 4.
resistance between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good
GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair intermittent short
to GND between DEFSM
pin-10 and ACM pin J2-48.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4337 FMI 10.
Step 4 Check DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit for intermittent short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 516). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 1 volt? No: Repair intermittent short
to PWR between DEFSM
pin-10 and ACM pin J2-48.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4337 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 515
Step 6 Check DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit for intermittent Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 3 (page 517). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Replace DEFSM. After
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and 180-pin Breakout Box repairs are complete, retest for
00-00956-08 pin J2-48. SPN 4337 FMI 10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair intermittent Open
or high resistance between
DEFSM pin-10 and ACM
pin J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4337
FMI 10.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSM connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEFSM connector and leave DEFSM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 517
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSM connector.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEFSM connector and leave DEFSM disconnected.
E. Key ON.
518 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSM connector.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEFSM connector and leave DEFSM disconnected.
E. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to engine
harness and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 519
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve
(DEFR Valve) voltage signal is higher than expected. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an
extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Fact
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFR Valve) is internal to DEF supply module and is not serviceable
individually. If fault is active, dosing system may not be able to purge, and DEF may be left in lines. DEF
remaining in lines can freeze and cause Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system to become damaged in
cold weather.
Step 2 Check for failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFR Decision
Valve).
Perform Test 1 (page 522). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure Yes: Go to Step 3.
resistance between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-11 and pin-12.
Is resistance between 5 and 10 ohms? No: Replace DEF supply
module. Perform SCR Fault
Reset Request (page 2090).
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4376 FMI 3.
Step 5 Check DEFR Valve GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 524). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Repair Open or high
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-12 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 resistance between ACM pin
pin J2-34. J1-56 and DEF supply module
pin-11. Perform SCR Fault
Reset Request (page 2090).
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4376 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ACM pin
J2-34 and DEF supply module
pin-12. Perform SCR Fault
Reset Request (page 2090).
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4376 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module (DEFSM) and leave
vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 523
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 between vehicle harness and DEF supply module.
C. Key ON
524 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 525
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFR
Valve) voltage is less than expected. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled.
Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Fact
DEFR Valve is internal to DEF Supply Module (DEFSM) and is not serviceable individually. If fault is active,
dosing system may not be able to purge and DEF may be left in lines. DEF lines can freeze and cause Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system to become damaged in cold weather.
Step 2 Check for failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFR Decision
Valve).
Perform Test 1 (page 528). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure Yes: Go to Step 3.
resistance between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-11 and pin-12.
Is resistance greater than 5 ohms? No: Replace DEFSM.
Perform SCR Fault Reset
Request (page 2090). After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module (DEFSM) and leave
vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 529
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEFSM disconnected.
530 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 4376 FMI 7 - DEF Reverting Control Valve - Mechanical system not responding or out of adjustment
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve
(DEFR Valve) is commanded open, but DEF doser pressure does not drop as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Fact
DEFR Valve is internal to DEFSM and is not serviceable individually. If fault is active, dosing system may not
be able to purge, and DEF may be left in lines. DEF lines can freeze and cause Selective Catalytic Reduction
(SCR) system to become damaged in cold weather.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields. Limit
compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).
Step 2 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module (DEFSM) return Decision
line for restrictions.
Disconnect both ends of DEFSM return line and blow regulated compressed Yes: Go to Step 3.
air through line.
Does compressed air flow freely through return line? No: Clean or replace DEFSM
return line. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4376
FMI 7.
Step 3 Check DEF tank and DEF tank vent for damage or restrictions. Decision
Check DEF tank and DEFSM Filter for debris, foreign particles, or ice. Also Yes: Replace DEFSM. After
check DEF tank vent for restrictions or fluid crystallization. repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 7.
Are DEF tank, DEFSM Filter, and DEF tank vent clean and free of debris, No: Drain DEF tank, flush
restrictions, and fluid crystallization? following DEF system
Decontamination procedure
in Aftertreatment Service
Manual 0000001602, and
fill with new and/or known
good DEF. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4376
FMI 7.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) is controlled by Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
When ACM commands DEFSMH On, it heats DEF supply module to prevent freezing. Diagnostics are run when
DEF Unit Heater Relay (DEFSMH Relay) is OFF. DEFSMH is not serviceable individually, and is part of DEF
supply module.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 533
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top of
Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
SPN 5745 FMI 3 - DEF Supply Module Heater Out of Range HIGH
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater
(DEFSMH) is active when not commanded ON. DEF injection into aftertreatment system will be disabled, and
engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected on first trip.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check for DEFSMH Relay CTL circuit short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 539). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.25 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between DEFSMH Relay
pin-86 and ACM pin J2-33.
After repairs are complete,
perform SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page 2090)
and retest for SPN 5745 FMI
3.
538 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check for short to PWR in DEFSMH Relay power circuit. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 541). Use DMM, measure voltage between pin-87 Yes: Replace DEF Supply
and known good GND. Module. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2090) and
retest for SPN 5745 FMI 3.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between DEFSMH Relay
pin-87 and DEF Supply
Module connector pin-5. After
repairs are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2090) and
retest for SPN 5745 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4098.
540 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into DEF Supply Module Relay socket of AFT PDM (Figure 186).
D. Verify vehicle is at room temperature to prevent DEFSMH from being commanded ON.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 541
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 in place of DEFSMH Relay.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
542 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5745 FMI 4 - DEF Supply Module Heater Out of Range LOW
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects DEF Supply Module (DEFSM) temperature
is too low when heater is in ON position. DEF injection into aftertreatment system will be disabled, and engine
torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Fault Facts
None
Associated Faults
None
Step 3 Determine if Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater Relay Decision
(DEFSMH Relay) fuse is blown.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Reinstall DEFSMH
Relay 10-amp fuse. Go to
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay 10-amp fuse.
Step 7.
C. Use DMM, measure resistance of DEFSMH Relay 10-amp fuse.
Is resistance of DEFSMH Relay fuse less than 1 ohm? No: Go to Step 4
544 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Check Diesel Engine Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) Decision
power circuit for short to GND between DEFSM pin-5 and
DEFSMH Relay pin-87.
Perform Test 1 (page 547). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 5.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between DEFSM pin-5 and
DEFSMH Relay pin-87.
Replace fuse. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2090) and
retest for SPN 5745 FMI 4.
Step 5 Check DEFSMH Relay power circuit for short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 548). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 6.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between DEFSMH Relay
pin-30 and 10-amp DEFSMH
Relay fuse. Replace fuse.
After repairs are complete,
perform SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page 2090)
and retest for SPN 5745 FMI
4.
Test 1
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM (Figure 186) and leave DEFSMH Relay disconnected.
548 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM (Figure 186) and leave DEFSMH Relay disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 549
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module (DEFSM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEFSM and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
550 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSM.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEFSM and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 551
Test 5
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
D. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM (Figure 186).
E. Key ON.
552 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay and disconnect DEFSM 12-Pin connector.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
D. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM (Figure 186).
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 to pin-86.
F. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 553
Test 7
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEFSM harness and leave DEFSM disconnected.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
D. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM (Figure 186).
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 to pin-86.
F. Key ON.
554 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5745 FMI 18 - DEF Supply Module Heater below Warning Temperature
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater
(DEFSMH) has failed to raise DEFSM temperature to greater than 25°F (-4 °C) after a predetermined time. DEF
injection will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited period of time with fault
code active. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle speed will be limited after extended engine
operation with fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check DEF Supply Module Relay PWR circuit for high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 3 (page 557). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Replace DEFSM. After
Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and Breakout harness ZTSE4760A repairs are complete, retest
pin-1. for SPN 5745 FMI 18.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair high resistance
between DEF harness PWR
and GND 2-pin connector
pin-1 and DEFSM Relay
pin-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5745 FMI 18.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module (DEFSM) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to engine harness and leave DEFSM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 557
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module (DEFSM) connector.
C. Disconnect DEFSMH Relay (Figure 185).
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to engine harness and leave DEFSM disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) (Figure 186) and leave
DEFSMH Relay disconnected.
558 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEF harness PWR and GND 2-pin connector.
C. Disconnect DEFSMH Relay (Figure 185).
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to female side of DEF harness PWR and GND 2-pin
connector and leave disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to PDM (Figure 186) and leave DEFSMH Relay disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 559
SPN 5746 FMI 3 - DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to PWR
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Module (DEFSM) Relay is higher than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check DEFSMH Relay CTL circuit for a short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 563). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86 and known good ground.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volt? No: Repair short to PWR
between DEF Supply Module
Relay pin-86 and ACM pin
J2-33. When repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5746 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 561
Step 5 Check DEFSMH Relay CTL circuit for an Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 3 (page 564). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Repair Open or high
Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 resistance between DEF
pin J2-33. Supply Module Relay pin-85
and ACM pin J1-63. When
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5746 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between DEF
Supply Module Relay pin-86
and ACM pin J2-33. When
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5746 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to DEF Supply Module Relay and leave vehicle disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 563
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) (Figure 186) and leave
DEF Supply Module Relay disconnected.
C. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) J2 connector
D. Key ON
564 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to PDM (Figure 186) and leave DEF Supply Module Relay
disconnected. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 565
SPN 5746 FMI 4 - DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to GND
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Module (DEFSM) Relay is lower than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check DEFSMH Relay CTL circuit for a short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 568). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Repair short between
Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86. DEFSMH Relay CTL and
DEFSMH Relay GND circuits.
When repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5746 FMI 4.
Is resistance less than 100 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between DEF Supply Module
Relay pin-86 and ACM pin
J2-33. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5746 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to DEF Supply Module Relay and leave vehicle disconnected.
568 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) (Figure 186) and leave
DEF Supply Module Relay disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 569
SPN 5798 FMI 2 - DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Supply Module temperature
differs from Engine Coolant Temperature and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) by more than 72°F (40°C) at Key ON.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 4076 FMI 2, 3, 4
(ECT1) (IAT) 31 (DEF Supply Pump) (ECT2)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Check for intermittent short to GND in DEFSP Temp / CTL Decision
circuit.
Perform Test 1 (page 572). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 6.
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair intermittent short
to GND between DEF Supply
Module pin-10 and ACM
pin J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 2.
Step 6 Check for intermittent short to PWR in DEFSP Temp / CTL Decision
circuit.
Perform Test 2 (page 573). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 1 volt? No: Repair intermittent short
to PWR between DEF Supply
Module pin-10 and ACM
pin J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 2.
Step 7 Check for intermittent Open or high resistance in DEFSP Temp Decision
/ CTL circuit.
Perform Test 3 (page 574). Use a DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Replace DEF Supply
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 Module. After repairs are
pin J2-48. complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair intermittent Open
or high resistance between
DEF Supply Module pin-10
and ACM pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5798 FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF Supply Module
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 573
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF Supply Module
disconnected.
C. Key ON
574 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF Supply Module
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 575
SPN 5798 FMI 10 - DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature abnormal rate of change
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater
(DEFSMH) is not heating properly.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4337 FMI 2 • SPN 5745 (DEFSMH); • SPN 5798 FMI 2
4 (DEFSP) (DEFSP Temp) SPN 5746 (DEF Supply (DEFSMH Temp)
Module Relay)
Step 3 Check for short to GND in DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 579). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 4.
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between DEF Supply Module
pin-10 and ACM pin J2-48.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5798 FMI 2.
Step 4 Check for short to PWR in DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 580). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 1 volt? No: Repair short to PWR
between DEF Supply Module
pin-10 and ACM pin J2-48.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5798 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 577
Step 6 Check for Open or high resistance in DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 581). Use a DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 7.
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
pin J2-48.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between DEF
Supply Module pin-10 and
ACM pin J2-48. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF Supply Module
disconnected.
580 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF Supply Module
disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 581
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF Supply Module
disconnected.
582 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF Supply Module and leave vehicle harness
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 583
Test 5
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top
of Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 between Power Distribution Module (PDM) and DEF Supply
Module Relay.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 to pin-86.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF Supply Module
disconnected.
E. Key ON
584 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) is controlled using a PWM signal from Aftertreatment Control
Module (ACM). DEFSP is installed in DEF Supply Module and is a non-serviceable component. DEF Supply
Module has an internal temperature sensor used to monitor DEFSP temperature. When DEFSP temperature is
too high, ACM will deactivate DEFSP.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) temperature is not communicated to
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) or is erratic. DEF injection into exhaust system is disabled, and engine
torque is reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 4 Check DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit for intermittent short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 590). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 5.
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to ground in
DEFSP circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3361 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 589
Step 6 Check DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit for high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 591). Use DMM, measure resistance from Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-48.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair short to ground
in DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3361 FMI 2
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 591
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
supply module disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) disconnected.
592 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 593
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Pump (DEFSP) is too high. DEF injection into exhaust system is disabled, and engine torque is reduced
if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Check DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit for short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 596). Use DMM, measure voltage between DEF Yes: Go to Step 3.
supply module pin-10 and known good ground.
Is voltage less than 8.5 volts? No: Repair short to PWR in
DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit.
Perform SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure (page
2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3361
FMI 3.
Step 3 Check DEFSP GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 597). Use DMM, measure resistance from Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-8 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-02.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair open or high
resistance in DEFSP GND
circuit. Perform SCR Faults
Reset Request Procedure
(page 2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3361
FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 595
Step 4 Check DEFSP PWR circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 598). Use DMM, measure resistance from Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-9 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-46. module. Perform SCR Faults
Reset Request Procedure
(page 2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3361
FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair open or high
resistance in DEFSP PWR
circuit. Perform SCR Faults
Reset Request Procedure
(page 2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3361
FMI 3.
Pin-Point Test
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 597
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
supply module disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
598 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 599
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) disconnected.
600 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Pump (DEFSP) is too low. DEF injection into exhaust system is disabled, and engine torque is reduced
if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Check DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit for short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 603). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 3.
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to ground
between DEF supply module
connector pin-10 and ACM
connector J2-48. Perform
SCR Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page 2090). After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3361 FMI 4.
Step 3 Check DEFSP PWR circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 604). Use DMM, measure resistance from Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-9 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-46.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair high resistance or
Open between DEF supply
module connector pin-9
and ACM connector J2-46.
Perform SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure (page
2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3361 FMI 4.
602 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Check DEFSP Temp / CTL circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 605). Use DMM, measure resistance from Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-48. module. Perform SCR Faults
Reset Request Procedure
(page 2090). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3361 FMI 4.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair high resistance or
Open between DEF supply
module connector pin 10
and ACM connector J2-48.
Perform SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure (page
2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3361 FMI 4.
Pin-Point Test
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
604 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
supply module disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 605
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) disconnected.
606 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 607
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) is unable to successfully build pressure or
prime after multiple attempts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Fault may set if Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module was not allowed to shut down and purge fully following
a re-calibration of Engine Control Module (ECM). A full key cycle that allows dosing unit to purge, followed by a
priming cycle, should correct this issue.
Step 4 Check DEF suction and return line are not reversed. Decision
Check DEF suction, return, and pressure lines are routed correctly between Yes: Go to Step 5.
DEF supply module and DEF tank. Verify suction, return, and pressure
lines are not swapped (see Aftertreatment Service Manual) at DEF supply
module or DEF tank.
Are DEF suction, return, and pressure lines correctly routed? No: Connect DEF lines to
correct locations. Perform
SCR Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page 2090). After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 609
Step 5 Check DEF system lines and connections for damaged Decision
connections
Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF doser valve lines and Yes: Go to Step 6.
connections for: cracks and pitting; and loose, leaking, or damaged
connections. Perform DEF System Leak Test (page 2088).
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF doser valve lines and No: Repair or replace failed
connections in good condition? line or connection. Perform
SCR Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page 2090). After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields. Limit
compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).
Step 7 Check DEF supply module suction line for restrictions. Decision
Disconnect both ends of suction line and blow regulated compressed air Yes: Go to Step 8.
through supply line.
Does compressed air flow freely through suction line? No: Replace DEF supply
module suction line. Perform
SCR Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page 2090). After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.
610 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTH Valve) controls flow of coolant to DEF tank to thaw or prevent
freezing of DEF. When DEF temperature is low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) commands DEFTHV
open to allow coolant flow to DEF tank. ACM opens DEFTH Valve by sending power through DEFTH CTL
circuit. DEFTH GND circuit is constantly grounded through ACM.
SPN 3363 FMI 3 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to PWR
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Tank Heater (DEFTH) CTL circuit is high or an open. DEF tank heating is disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check DEFTH GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 615). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4827 pin-4 and B+.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open between
DEFTH pin-1 and ACM J1-55.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI 3.
614 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check DEFTH CTL circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
A. Perform Test 3 (page 617). Yes: Replace DEFTH. After
repairs are complete, retest
B. Select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > Actuator - DEF Tank
for SPN 3363 FMI 3.
Heater (page 2077).
C. Select start test.
D. While DEF Tank Heater test is active, use DMM, measure voltage
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 pin-4 and pin-1.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open between
DEFTHV pin-1 and ACM
J2-47. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3363 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
Heater (DEFTH) disconnected.
C. Key ON.
616 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
Heater (DEFTH) disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 617
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
Heater (DEFTH) disconnected.
C. Key ON.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
618 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 3363 FMI 4 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to GND
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Tank Heater Valve (DEFTH Valve) is low. DEF tank heating is disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check DEFTH CTL circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 621). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Replace DEFTH. After
Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 pin-4 and pin-1. repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 3.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short between
DEFTH pin-1 and pin-4. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4827
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
Heater (DEFTH) disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 621
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
Heater (DEFTH) disconnected.
C. Key ON.
622 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 3363 FMI 7 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve Mechanical system not responding
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) commands Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve
(DEFTH Valve) ON and signal from DEF Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module does not show
an increase in DEF temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3031 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3363 FMI 3, and 4 • SPN 4340 FMI 3, and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 5
4 (DEFTLT) (DEFTH Valve) (DEFPLH) (DEFRLH)
• SPN 4344 FMI 3, and 5 • SPN 5745 FMI 3 and 4
(DEFSLH) (DEFSMH)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check for damaged coolant line from DEFTH to DEF tank. Decision
Check coolant line between DEFTH and DEF tank for leaks or damage; Yes: Go to Step 3.
kinks or restrictions; loose connections; and leaking seals or gaskets.
Is coolant line between DEFTH and DEF tank unrestricted and in good No: Repair or replace leaking
condition? or damaged coolant line from
DEFTH to DEF tank, fittings,
or seals. Check engine
coolant level and add as
necessary. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3363
FMI 7.
SPN 3363 FMI 16 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve stuck open fault
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater
(DEFTH) is ON when commanded OFF due to DEF tank temperature being above 167°F (75°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
If there is a problem with DEFTH Valve, such as valve stuck open, coolant leaking past valve seat, or valve is
incorrectly installed, it can take long periods of operation at high load before tank temperature gradually increases
to fault code threshold of 165°F (75°C). When temperature drops below 165°F (75°C) due to a stopped engine,
overnight parking, or reduced coolant temperature, fault code will go inactive while root cause of issue is not
present. This fault will likely be inactive when in shop.
Step 2 Check for an auxiliary Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank heater. Decision
Inspect vehicle for an auxiliary DEF tank heater. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is vehicle free of an auxiliary DEF tank heater? No: Remove auxiliary DEF
tank heater. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3363
FMI 16.
Step 3 Check for failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Decision
Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load signals session and monitor Yes: Go to Step 4.
DEF Tank Temp signal. Measure DEF tank temperature using Infrared
Thermometer ZTSE4799 measuring bottom of DEF tank.
Is EST reading within 18°F (10°C) of Infrared Thermometer reading? No: Replace DEFTLT sensor.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI 16.
SPN 3363 FMI 18 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve unable to thaw frozen DEF
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater
(DEFTH) valve has been on long enough to thaw DEF, but DEF dosing system is unable to prime.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 (ECT1) • SPN 111 (ECL) • SPN 1659 (ECS) • SPN 4076 (ECT2)
• SPN 7423 (ECT2)
Step 4 Check for damaged coolant line from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Decision
Heater (DEFTH) valve to DEF tank.
Check coolant line between DEFTH valve and DEF tank for leaks or Yes: Go to Step 5.
damage; kinks or restrictions; loose connections; and leaking seals or
gaskets.
Is coolant line between DEFTH valve and DEF tank unrestricted and in No: Repair or replace leaking
good condition? or damaged coolant line
from DEFTH valve to DEF
tank, fittings, or seals. Check
engine coolant level and add
as necessary. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3363 FMI 18.
628 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check for damaged coolant supply line to DEFTH valve. Decision
Check coolant supply line to DEFTH valve for leaks or damage; kinks or Yes: Go to Step 6.
restrictions; loose connections; and leaking seals or gaskets.
Is coolant supply line to DEFTH valve unrestricted and in good condition? No: Repair or replace leaking
or damaged coolant supply
line to DEFTH valve. Check
engine coolant level and add
as necessary. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3363 FMI 18.
Step 6 Check DEF tank coolant supply and return lines for restrictions. Decision
A. Drain engine coolant. Yes: Replace DEFTH valve.
After repairs are complete,
B. Disconnect DEF tank coolant supply hose at DEFTH valve.
retest for SPN 3363 FMI 18.
C. Disconnect coolant return at tee fitting closest to DEFTH valve.
D. Using a garden hose, supply water to supply hose and monitor flow
exiting return hose.
Is water flow into supply hose consistent with return hose flow? No: Go to Step 7.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTL and DEFTT) sensor module is a combination sensor
used to monitor DEF tank level and temperature. DEFTLT sensor module is installed inside DEF tank and is a
smart sensor that communicates to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through J1939 Private CAN.
DEF Tank Level Inducement (Level 1 through 5).
• Level 1: SPN 1761 FMI 17 active, no lamp
• Level 2: SPN 1761 FMI 18 active, no lamp
• Level 3–4 SPN 1761 FMI 1 active, Red Stop Lamp (RSL) active
630 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
is equal to 0%. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be
severely reduced after extended engine operation with fault code active. Five MPH Vehicle Speed Limit will be
activated on Key OFF/ON event OR Fuel Refill OR when idling for 60 minutes while DEF level equals 0%.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate after fault has been active for a set period of time.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault usually indicates there is no DEF in DEF tank. Refilling DEF tank with approved DEF, Turn Key OFF
for 60 seconds or until ECM powers down, and then turning Key ON will cause fault to go inactive. This fault
may become active during control module programming. To fix this occurrence, finish programming, then Turn
Key OFF for 60 seconds or until ECM powers down.
Step 2 Check for damaged Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and DEF Decision
lines
Inspect DEF tank and lines for damage and leaks. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DEF tank and lines free of damage and not leaking? No: Repair damaged or
leaking DEF tank and lines.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761 FMI 1.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
signal voltage is greater than expected for 10 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited
period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced after extended engine operation with fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during first drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
sensor signal voltage is less than expected for more than 10 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for a limited period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during first drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
signal is invalid for an extended period of time. Engine torque may be reduced if fault is active for a limited
period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Decision
Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace DEFTLT sensor
module. After repairs are
B. Disconnect DEFTLT sensor module connector.
complete, retest for SPN
C. Check DEFTLT sensor module and connector terminals for 1761 FMI 10.
damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DEFTLT sensor module connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761 FMI 10.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
signal is invalid for an extended period of time. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period
of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or Switched Ignition Relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits with
DEFTLT sensor module:
• NOx OUT sensor module
• NOx IN sensor module
• Ammonia (NH3) Sensor Module
• SCR Temperature Sensor Module
• DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
Step 3 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Decision
Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DEFTLT sensor module connector.
C. Check DEFTLT sensor module and connector terminals for
damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DEFTLT sensor module connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761 FMI 11.
Step 5 Check SWBAT circuit for high resistance or short to ground. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 644). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair high resistance
Harness 18-124-01 pin-4 and known good GND. between DEFTLT sensor
module pin-3 and GND. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 1761 FMI 11.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high resistance or
short to GND between DEFTLT
sensor module pin-4 and
switched ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761 FMI 11.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to engine harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level
and Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON
644 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 239 Check SWBAT circuit for high resistance or short to GND
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to engine harness and leave DEFTLT sensor module
disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 645
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level
(DEFTL) is between greater than 2.2% and less than or equal to 5.6%.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault usually indicates there is no DEF in DEF tank. Refilling DEF tank with approved DEF, Turn Key OFF
for 60 seconds or until ECM powers down, and then turning Key ON will cause fault to go inactive. This fault
may become active during control module programming. To fix this occurrence, finish programming, then Turn
Key OFF for 60 seconds or until ECM powers down.
Step 2 Check for damaged Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and DEF Decision
lines
Inspect DEF tank and lines for damage and leaks. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DEF tank and lines free of damage and not leaking? No: Repair damaged or
leaking DEF tank and lines.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761 FMI 17.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
is less than or equal to 2.2% and greater than 0% of being full. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active
for a limited period of time.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault usually indicates there is no DEF in DEF tank. Refilling DEF tank with approved DEF, Turn Key OFF
for 60 seconds or until ECM powers down, and then turning Key ON will cause fault to go inactive. This fault
may become active during control module programming. To fix this occurrence, finish programming, then Turn
Key OFF for 60 seconds or until ECM powers down.
Step 2 Check for damaged Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and DEF Decision
lines
Inspect DEF tank and lines for damage and leaks. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DEF tank and lines free of damage and not leaking? No: Repair damaged or
leaking DEF tank and lines.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1761 FMI 18.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Diesel
Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after
extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or Switched Ignition Relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits: DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NOx IN sensor module, NOx OUT sensor
module, and DEFTLT sensor module.
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Decision
Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFTLT sensor module connector.
C. Check DEFTLT sensor module and connector terminals for
damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DEFTLT sensor module connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal damage.
Perform SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure (page
2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 1761
FMI 19.
Step 4 Check SWBAT circuit for high resistance or short to ground. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 654). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair high resistance
Harness 18-124-01 pin-4 and known good GND. between DEFTLT sensor
module pin-3 and GND.
Perform SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure (page
2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1761 FMI 19.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high resistance
or short to GND between
DEFTLT sensor module pin-4
and switched ignition relay
pin-87. Perform SCR Faults
Reset Request Procedure
(page 2090). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1761 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 651
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to engine harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level
and Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON
654 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 241 Check SWBAT circuit for high resistance or short to GND
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to engine harness and leave DEFTLT sensor module
disconnected.
C. Key ON
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to engine harness and leave DEFTLT sensor module
disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 655
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to engine harness and leave DEFTLT sensor module
disconnected.
C. Key ON
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to engine harness and leave DEFTLT sensor module
disconnected.
C. Key ON
656 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to engine harness and leave DEFTLT sensor module
disconnected.
C. Key ON
Figure 246 Check for Short Between Can-H and Can-L Circuits
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to engine harness and leave DEFTLT sensor module
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 657
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL) / DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensor module is a combination
sensor used to monitor DEF tank level and temperature. DEFTLT sensor module is installed inside DEF tank
and is a smart sensor that communicates to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through J1939 Private CAN.
DEF Tank Level Inducement (Level 1 through 5).
• Level 1: SPN 1761 FMI 17 active, no lamp
• Level 2: SPN 1761 FMI 18 active, no lamp
• Level 3: SPN 1761 FMI 1 active, no lamp
• Level 4–5 SPN 1761 FMI 1 active, Red Stop Lamp (RSL) active
658 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects difference between DEFTT sensor and IMT
or ECT1 sensor is more than 72°F (40°C) at initial Key ON after engine has been shut down more than eight
hours.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 105 (IMT) • SPN 110 (ECT1) • SPN 3031 FMI 3 and 4
(DEFTT)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL) Decision
/ DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensor module.
Key OFF, disconnect DEFTL / DEFTT sensor module. Check DEFTL / Yes: Go to Step 4.
DEFTT sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DEFTL / DEFTT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3031 FMI 2.
Step 5 Check SWBAT circuit for intermittent high resistance or short Decision
to ground.
Perform Test 2 (page 663).Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or
Harness 18-124-01 pin-4 and known good GND. high resistance between
DEFTL/DEFTT sensor
module pin-3 and GND. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3031 FMI 2.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high resistance
or short to GND between
DEFTL/DEFTT sensor
module pin-4 and switched
ignition relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3031 FMI 2.
Pin-Point Test
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-124-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level
Temperature (DEFTL) / DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
664 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level
Temperature (DEFTL) / DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 665
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
(DEFTT) sensor signal is shorted to PWR.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
(DEFTT) sensor signal is shorted to GND.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Overview
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module monitors Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) and Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) temperature. DOC/DPF temperature sensor module monitors signals from DOC
Inlet Temperature (DOCIT), DPF Inlet Temperature (DPFIT), and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensors,
and communicates these signals to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) over Controller Area Network (CAN).
Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after extended engine operation with fault active.
670 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel Particulate
Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature sensor module part number does not match what is stored in ACM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This fault is generally caused by having incorrect part number DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module installed.
This fault may rarely be caused by calibration or CAN communication issues. If part number is correct, verify
ACM and ECM have proper calibration installed.
SPN 5742 FMI 3 - DOC/DPF Temperature sensor module supply voltage too HIGH
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature sensor module supply voltage is high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If SPN 5742 FMI 3 is set with any other voltage too high Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC), ensure batteries are
wired properly and that alternator charging voltage is within specification.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between vehicle harness and Diesel Oxidation Catalyst /
Diesel Particulate Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature sensor module.
C. Key ON
676 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5742 FMI 4 - DOC/DPF Temperature sensor module supply voltage too LOW
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature sensor module supply voltage is low.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean before completing diagnostics.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between vehicle harness and Diesel Oxidation Catalyst /
Diesel Particulate Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature sensor module.
C. Key ON
680 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
module disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 681
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects number of Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature sensor module power reset events within a 300 second window is ≥
5 counts. Active and parked regeneration is disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be
disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
SPN 5742 FMI 16 - DOC/DPF Temperature sensor module internal temperature above Maximum
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel Particulate
Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature sensor module is greater than 302°F (150°C). Active and parked regeneration is
disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15,
and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) and 16 (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after DOC/DPF temperature sensor module temperature drops below warning limit,
and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both
active and inactive fault codes.
Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system
seams, or other damage.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel Particulate Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature sensor module.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits: DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NH3 sensor module, NOx OUT sensor module,
NOx IN sensor module, and DEFTLT sensor module. Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are
clean before completing diagnostics.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
temperature sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON
690 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DPF temperature sensor
module disconnected.
C. Key ON
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DPF temperature sensor
module disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 691
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DPF temperature sensor
module disconnected.
C. Key ON
692 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DPF temperature sensor
module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 693
Overview
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at inlet of DOC.
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). DOCIT sensor is part of DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and
is not serviceable individually.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature
(DOCIT) reading is greater than 1269°F (687°C) while regeneration is not active.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 651 - 656 FMI 16 • SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2797 FMI 11 (INJ)
(CYL Balance) (EWPS) 14 and 31 (CYL Balance)
• SPN 2798 FMI 11 (INJ) • SPN 3482 (AFTSO) • SPN 3556 (AFTI)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before reinstalling. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components,
cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will go inactive
after DOCIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these
diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 7 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4765 FMI 0.
Step 11 Check DOC face for soot accumulation, face plugging, or Decision
damage.
Remove Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). Inspect DOC. Check DOC face Yes: Reinstall DOC
for soot accumulation, face plugging, or damage. and perform a Parked
Regeneration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 0.
Are less than 50% of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot? No: Replace DOC. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4765 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects difference between Diesel Oxidation
Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) and Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature (DPFIT) readings do not
match expected values for engine operating conditions. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment
system is disabled. Active and parked regeneration of DPF will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if
engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature
(DOCIT) sensor signal voltage is greater than expected. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment
system is disabled. Active and parked regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will be disabled. Engine
torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature
(DOCIT) sensor signal voltage is less than 1 volt for more than 2 seconds. Active and parked regeneration
of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an
extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature
(DOCIT) signal value is greater than 1224°F (662°C) while regeneration is not active.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 651 - 656 FMI 16 • SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2797 FMI 11 (INJ)
(CYL Balance) (EWPS) 14 and 31 (CYL Balance)
• SPN 2798 FMI 11 (INJ) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSO) • SPN 3556 (AFTFI)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before reinstalling. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components,
cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will go inactive
after DOCIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason,
these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 7 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO) valve .
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO valve.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765 FMI 15.
Step 11 Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for soot accumulation, Decision
face plugging, or damage.
Remove DOC (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Yes: Reinstall DOC
Service Manual). and perform a Parked
Regeneration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 15.
Are less than 50% of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot? No: Clean or replace DOC.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature
(DOCIT) signal value is greater than 1269°F (687°C) while a regeneration is not active for 60 seconds. Active
and parked regeneration will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected for 60 seconds.
Associated Faults
• SPN 651 - 656 FMI 16 • SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2797 FMI 11 (INJ)
(CYL Balance) (EWPS) 14 and 31 (CYL Balance)
• SPN 2798 FMI 11 (INJ) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSO) • SPN 3556 (AFTFI)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before reinstalling. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components,
cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will go inactive
after DOCIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason,
these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 7 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO) valve .
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO valve.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765 FMI 16.
Step 11 Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for soot accumulation, Decision
face plugging, or damage.
Remove DOC (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Yes: Reinstall DOC
Service Manual). and perform a Parked
Regeneration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 16.
Are less than 50% of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot? No: Clean or replace DOC.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765 FMI 16.
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) system is used to reduce soot released into exhaust aftertreatment system. DPF
is used in conjunction with Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) to reduce soot. Process of reducing soot to ash
is called regeneration (regen). Regen can be active, stationary, or passive. Passive regen needs no input
from ACM to work. Active happens when ACM commands vehicle to regen, and vehicle goes into a regen
strategy. Stationary regen is used when an operator manually tells ACM to begin regen process. This can
be accomplished by either manually pushing an override button inside cab, or through use of ServiceMaxx™
software. DOC and DPF can be serviced separately.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits. Torque output of engine will be reduced as soot load increases. See
AFT System Overview (page 2505) for additional information.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651 - 656
(INJ/CYL)
• SPN 2797 - 2798 (CYL • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3480 (AFTFP)
Balance) 4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT)
• SPN 3482 (AFTFSOV) • SPN 3556 (AFTFI) • SPN 3610 (DPFOP) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DOCIT)
• SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
Fault Facts
This fault code may indicate exhaust temperatures are not high enough to regenerate aftertreatment system.
Driving vehicle with long-term increased load may increase exhaust temperatures and decrease aftertreatment
regeneration frequency. This DTC is only a warning that Aftertreatment system is incapable of reducing soot
loads under current conditions.
Possible Causes
• Regen inhibited
• Engine performance problem
• Restricted DPFDP hoses
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 715
Step 2 Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to ServiceMaxx™ software Yes: End diagnostics, retest
Procedures > DPF Regeneration Procedure (page 2022)> Inhibitors > for SPN 3719 FMI 0.
select record button and click Begin Test.
Was soot load reduced during procedure? No: Go to Step 3
Step 3 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, Yes: Go to Step 4.
or damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and No: Repair or replace DPFDP
unrestricted? sensor hose(s). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3719 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded operating limits. Torque output of engine will be reduced as soot load increases.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ/CYL)
• SPN 2797–2798 (CYL • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3480 (AFTFP)
Balance) 4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT)
• SPN 3482 (AFTFSOV) • SPN 3556 (AFTFI) • SPN 3610 (DPFOP) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DOCIT)
• SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
Fault Facts
This fault code may indicate exhaust temperatures are not high enough to actively regenerate aftertreatment
system. Driving vehicle with long-term increased load may increase exhaust temperatures and decrease
aftertreatment regeneration frequency. This DTC is only a warning that Aftertreatment system is incapable of
reducing soot loads under current conditions.
Possible Causes
• Regen inhibited
• Engine performance problem
• Restricted DPFDP hoses
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 717
Step 2 Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to ServiceMaxx™ software Yes: End diagnostics, retest
Procedures > DPF Regeneration Procedure (page 2022)> Inhibitors > for SPN 3719 FMI 15.
select record button and click Begin Test.
Was soot load reduced during procedure? Go to Step 3
Step 3 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, Yes: Go to Step 4.
or damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and No: Repair or replace DPFDP
unrestricted? sensor hose(s). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3719 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded operating limits. Torque output of engine will be reduced as soot load increases. See AFT System
Overview (page 2505) for additional information.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651 - 656
(INJ/CYL)
• SPN 1322 - 1328 (CYL • SPN 2797 - 2798 (CYL • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and
Balance) Balance) 4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT)
• SPN 3480 (AFTFP) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSOV) • SPN 3556 (AFTFI) • SPN 3610 (DPFOP)
• SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
4 (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
This fault code may indicate exhaust temperature exiting turbocharger is not high enough to actively regenerate
aftertreatment system. Driving vehicle with long-term increased load may increase exhaust temperatures and
decrease aftertreatment regeneration frequency.
Possible Causes
• Regen inhibited
• Engine performance problem
• Restricted DPFDP hoses
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 719
Step 2 Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to ServiceMaxx™ software Yes: End diagnostics, retest
Procedures > DPF Regeneration Procedure (page 2022)> Inhibitors > select for SPN 3719 FMI 16.
record button and click Begin Test.
Was soot load reduced during procedure? Go to Step 3
Step 3 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, Yes: Go to Step 4.
or damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace DPFDP
sensor hose(s). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3719 FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits for an extended period of time. Torque output of engine will be reduced
as soot load increases.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp Active
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651 - 656
(INJ/CYL)
• SPN 2797 (INJ/CYL) • SPN 2798 (INJ/CYL) • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT)
• SPN 3480 (AFTFP1) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSOV) • SPN 3556 (AFT) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DOCIT)
• SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
Fault Facts
This fault code indicates exhaust temperatures are not high enough. Repeated occurrences of this fault
code may indicate engine requires frequent regeneration of aftertreatment system. To passively regenerate
aftertreatment system, operate engine under higher load and higher rpm.
Step 2 Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to ServiceMaxx™ software Yes: End diagnostics, retest
Procedures > DPF Regeneration Procedure (page 2022)> Inhibitors > for SPN 3836 FMI 0.
select record button and click Begin Test.
Was soot load reduced during procedure? Go to Step 3
Step 3 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, Yes: Go to Step 4.
or damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and No: Repair or replace DPFDP
unrestricted? sensor hose(s). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3936 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ/CYL)
• SPN 2797–2798 (CYL • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3480 (AFTFP)
Balance) 4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT)
• SPN 3482 (AFTFSV) • SPN 3556 (AFTFI) • SPN 3610 (DPFOP) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DOCIT)
• SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
Fault Facts
This fault code indicates exhaust temperatures exiting turbocharger are not high enough to actively regenerate
aftertreatment system due to light load.
Step 2 Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to ServiceMaxx™ software Yes: End diagnostics, retest
Procedures > DPF Regeneration Procedure (page 2022)> Inhibitors > select for SPN 3936 FMI 15.
record button and click Begin Test.
Was soot load reduced during procedure? Go to Step 3
Step 3 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, Yes: Go to Step 4.
or damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace DPFDP
sensor hose(s). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3936 FMI 15.
SPN 4795 FMI 31 - DPFDP excessively LOW (sensor/circuit fault or missing DPF)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) is below a minimum value, and exhaust flow rate is above a minimum flow rate. Active and parked
regeneration of DPF will be disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be closed, and engine torque
will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) is below a minimum value, and exhaust flow rate is above a minimum flow rate. Active and parked
regeneration of DPF will be disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be closed, and engine torque
will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks, damage, and missing Diesel Decision
Particulate Filter (DPF).
Perform Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection (page 2346). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is DPF installed, and is exhaust system free of leaks and damage? No: Install missing DPF or
repair exhaust system. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 4795 FMI 31.
Step 4 Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor hoses for correct routing and Decision
restrictions.
Inspect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, Yes: Go to Step 5.
plugged hoses, reversed hoses, debris, ice, or other damage.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor hoses routed correctly and free of damage No: Reroute or replace
and debris? DPFDP/DPFOP sensor hoses.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4795 FMI 31.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
is too high following successful active regeneration of aftertreatment system.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 (EGR) • SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP)
• SPN 651-656 (INJ/CYL) • SPN 1173 (TC2CIT) • SPN 1177 (TC2CIP) • SPN 1189 (TC2WC)
• SPN 1322–1328 • SPN 2791 (EGR) • SPN 2797–2798 (INJ) • SPN 3055 (FRP)
(INJ/CYL)
• SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. Excessive ash
accumulation in Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will cause frequent regenerations of aftertreatment system. If all
step-based diagnostics have been completed with no failure found, inspect ash load of DPF.
Step 3 Check DPFDP / outlet pressure sensor module hoses for Decision
correct routing and restrictions.
Inspect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module hoses for kinks, improper hose Yes: Go to Step 4.
routing, restrictions, or damage.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module hoses routed correctly, free of damage, No: Repair or replace
and unrestricted? DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
hose(s). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5319
FMI 31.
Step 8 Check for failed Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSOV). Decision
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 9.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSOV. After
repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5319 FMI 31.
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / outlet pressure sensor module measures pressure
difference between inlet pressure and outlet pressure of DPF, and outlet pressure of DPF. Aftertreatment
regeneration will not run with DPFDP / outlet pressure sensor module fault codes present.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter
Differential Pressure / outlet pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP) sensor is greater than 0.25 psi (1.5 kPa), is not
changing with engine conditions, or signal range since last monitor is less than 0.15 psi (1 kPa).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect hoses and tube connections at Diesel Particulate Filter Decision
Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure (DPFOP) sensor.
Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor, tubes, and passages for leaks, restrictions, Yes: Go to Step 3.
and damage.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connections free of leaks, restrictions, and No: Repair leaking, restricted,
damage? or damaged hoses and
connections. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 2.
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 735
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure (DPFOP) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
736 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure (DPFOP) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness 12-575-01 pin-2 to pin-4.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 737
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure (DPFOP) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
738 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that aftertreatment DPFDP signal voltage
is greater than 4.75 volts for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Fault
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check for Open or high resistance in DPFDP/DPFOP SIG GND Decision
circuit.
Perform Test 1 (page 741). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: replace
Harness 12-575-01 pin-1 and PWR. DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251 FMI 3.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No Repair Open or high
resistance in SIG GND
circuit between ACM Pin
J1-42 and DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor pin-1. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3251 FMI 3.
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
742 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect DPFDP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness, and leave DPFDP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 743
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) signal voltage is less than specification for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 747
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
748 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 pin-4 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, Engine OFF (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 749
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 pin-4 and pin-2.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, Engine OFF (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
750 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature (DPFIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at inlet of DPF.
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). DPFIT sensor is part of DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and
is not serviceable individually.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature
(DPFIT) reading is greater than critical limit.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate solid and Red Stop Lamp
(RSL) illuminate flashing when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
(EWPS) (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ) 4 (DPFIT)
• SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,
12, and 19 (DOC/DPF
Temperature Sensor
Module).
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after DPFIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 7 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3242 FMI 0.
Step 11 Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for soot accumulation, Decision
face plugging, or damage.
Remove DOC (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Yes: Reinstall DOC
Service Manual). and perform a Parked
Regeneration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 0.
Are less than 50% of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot? No: Clean or replace DOC.
Refer to Fault Facts. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3242 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects difference between Diesel Particulate Filter
Inlet Temperature (DPFIT) sensor and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor readings do
not match expected values for engine operating conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor and Decision
connector inspection.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module.
B. Disconnect DPFIT sensor.
After repairs are complete,
C. Check DPFIT sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or retest for SPN 3242 FMI 2.
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DPFIT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3242 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature
(DPFIT) sensor signal voltage is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature
(DPFIT) sensor signal voltage is less than 1 volt.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature
(DPFIT) reading is greater than 1157°F (625°C) for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
(EWPS) (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ) 4 (DPFIT)
• SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,
12, and 19 (DOC / DPF
Temperature Sensor
Module).
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after DPFIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 7 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3242 FMI 15.
Step 11 Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for soot accumulation, Decision
face plugging, or damage.
Remove DOC (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Yes: Reinstall DOC
Service Manual). and perform a Parked
Regeneration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 15.
Are less than 50% of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot? No: Clean or replace DOC.
Refer to Fault Facts. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3242 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature
(DPFIT) reading is greater than 1202°F (650°C) for an extended period of time or greater than 1472°F (800°C)
for an extended period of time during regeneration.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) and Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
(EWPS) 31 (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ) 4 (DPFIT)
• SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,
12, and 19 (DOC/DPF
Temperature Sensor
Module).
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after DPFIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 7 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3242 FMI 16.
Step 11 Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for soot accumulation, Decision
face plugging, or damage.
Remove DOC (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Yes: Reinstall DOC
Service Manual). and perform a Parked
Regeneration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 16.
Are less than 50% of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot? No: Clean or replace DOC.
Refer to Fault Facts. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3242 FMI 16.
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / outlet pressure sensor module measures pressure
difference between inlet pressure and outlet pressure of DPF, and outlet pressure of DPF. Aftertreatment
regeneration will not run with DPFDP / outlet pressure sensor module fault codes present.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure
(DPFOP) range of DPF outlet pressure since last monitor decision when enable conditions are met is greater
than 0.15 psi (1 kPa) or absolute value of DPF outlet pressure is less than 0.2 psi (1.5 kPa) or DPF outlet
pressure is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect hoses and tube connections at Diesel Particulate Filter / Decision
DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP) sensor module.
Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module, tubes, and passages for leaks, Yes: Go to Step 3.
restrictions, and damage.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module connections free of leaks, restrictions, No: Repair leaking, restricted,
and damage? or damaged hoses and
connections. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3610 FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
774 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness 12-575-01 pin-3 to pin-4.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 775
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness 12-575-01 pin-3 to pin-1.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
776 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure
(DPFOP) signal voltage is greater than specification for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
780 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure (DPFOP) sensor module
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 781
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure (DPFOP) signal voltage is greater than specification for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 785
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure (DPFOP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
786 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at outlet of DPF.
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). DPFOT sensor is part of DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and
is not serviceable individually.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
(DPFOT) reading is greater than critical limit.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate solid and Red Stop Lamp
(RSL) will flashing when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
(EWPS) 31 (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ) 4 (DPFIT)
• SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,
12, and 19 (DOC/DPF
Temperature Sensor
Module).
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after DPFOT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 7 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3246 FMI 0.
Step 11 Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for soot accumulation, Decision
face plugging, or damage.
Remove DOC (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Yes: Reinstall DOC
Service Manual). and perform a Parked
Regeneration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 0.
Are less than 50% of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot? No: Clean or replace DOC.
Refer to Fault Facts. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3246 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
(DPFOT) reading is not changing with engine operating conditions within 300 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3482 FMI 3, 4, and
(DPFIT) (DPFOT) 17 (AFTFP) 7 (AFTFSO)
• SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,
(DOCIT) 11, and 16 (DOC/DPF
Temperature)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
(DPFOT) sensor signal voltage is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
(DPFOT) sensor signal voltage is less than 1 volt.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
(DPFOT) reading is greater than 1224°F (662°C) for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
(EWPS) 31 (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ) 4 (DPFIT)
• SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,
12, and 19 (DOC/DPF
Temperature).
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after DPFOT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 7 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3246 FMI 15.
Step 11 Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for soot accumulation, Decision
face plugging, or damage.
Remove DOC (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Yes: Reinstall DOC
Service Manual). and perform a Parked
Regeneration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 15.
Are less than 50% of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot? No: Clean or replace DOC.
Refer to Fault Facts. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3246 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
(DPFOT) reading is greater than 1269°F (687°C) for an extended period of time. Active and parked regeneration
of DPF will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) and Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate 10 seconds after this fault is detected.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will be illuminated 60 second after this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
(EWPS) 31 (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ) 4 (DPFIT)
• SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,
12, and 19 (DOC/DPF
Temperature).
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after DPFOT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 7 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3246 FMI 16.
Step 11 Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for soot accumulation, Decision
face plugging, or damage.
Remove DOC (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Yes: Reinstall DOC
Service Manual). and perform a Parked
Regeneration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 16.
Are less than 50% of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot? No: Clean or replace DOC.
Refer to Fault Facts. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3246 FMI 16.
Overview
Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) is used to increase exhaust back pressure and raise exhaust temperature
to aid in regeneration process. During operation, EBPV closes restricting exhaust flow. This increases load on
engine and causes exhaust temperatures to rise. When Electronic Control Module (ECM) wants to close EBPV,
a signal is sent to Air Control Module (ACV), and air pressure is sent to EBPV closing valve. ECM monitors
Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor, located within ACV, to regulate air pressure to EBPV.
EBPV, TC1TOP, and TC2WC circuits share same connector as ACV assembly.
806 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) circuit voltage
is greater than 4.03 volts or less than 2.82 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) circuit for short to Decision
PWR.
Perform Test 1 (page 809). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 12-954-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage 3.5 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between ACV pin-2 and ECM
pin E1-04. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5543
FMI 3.
Step 4 Check ECM PWR OUT 2 circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 809). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-954-01 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short to
GND between ACV pin-1 and
ECM pin E1-54. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
810 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to ACV and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 811
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) circuit voltage
is less than 0.3 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check ECM PWR OUT 2 circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 814). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-954-01 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short to
GND between ACV pin-1 and
ECM pin E1-54. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 4.
Step 5 Check Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) circuit for short Decision
to GND.
Perform Test 2 (page 814). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 6.
Breakout Harness 12-954-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between ACV pin-2 and ECM
pin E1-04. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5543
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 813
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 815
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to ACV and leave engine harness disconnected.
816 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) circuit voltage
is greater than 2.82 volts and less than 4.03 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) circuit for Open. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 819). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-954-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage 3.5 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between ACV pin-2 and ECM
pin E1-04. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5543
FMI 5.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
820 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to ACV and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 821
Overview
822 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to PWR in the Engine Compression Brake
1 (ECB1) circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check ECM PWR OUT 2 circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 824). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage Yes: Go to Step 4.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND between 4-pin ECB
harness pin-1 and ECM pin
E1-05. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1072 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 825
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
826 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Engine Compression Brake 1
(ECB1) circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check ECM PWR OUT 2 circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 828). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage Yes: Go to Step 4.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND between 4-pin ECB
harness pin-1 and ECM pin
E1-05. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1072 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 829
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
830 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open in the Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1)
circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
834 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 835
Overview
836 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to PWR in Engine Compression Brake 2
(ECB2) circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check ECM PWR OUT circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 838). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage Yes: Go to Step 4.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage 0.95 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND between 4-pin ECB
harness pin-3 and ECM pin
E1-50. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1073 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 839
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
840 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Engine Compression Brake 2
(ECB2) circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check ECM PWR OUT circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 842). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage Yes: Go to Step 4.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage 0.95 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND between 4-pin ECB
harness pin-3 and ECM pin
E1-50. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1073 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 843
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
844 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open in Engine Compression Brake 2 (ECB2)
circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check ECM PWR OUT circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 847). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage Yes: Go to Step 4.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage 0.95 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND between 4-pin ECB
harness pin-3 and ECM pin
E1-50. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1073 FMI 5.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
848 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 4-pin ECB harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to engine harness and leave injector harness side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 849
Overview
Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor is used to detect low coolant level in cooling system. There are two options
for ECL sensor. Option one consists of a metal deaeration tank using a coolant level module and a separate
ECL sensor to detect low coolant level. Option 2 is for a plastic deaeration tank using one ECL sensor and no
module.
850 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor signal detects
that coolant level is below minimum level
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This fault sets when Engine Warning Protection System Detects Engine Coolant Level has fallen below a
minimum level. Fault may be caused by actual low coolant level or by a fault in engine coolant temperature
sensor circuits.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor signal detects
that vehicle has operated with coolant level below minimum level for 24 hours. This may include combined time
from multiple low coolant events.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) requires battery power to operate Body Controller (BC) and perform maintenance
after ignition switch is turned off. To do this, ECM must control its own power supply. When ECM receives
Ignition (VIGN) signal from ignition switch, ECM will enable relay to power-up. When ignition switch is turned
off, ECM performs internal maintenance, then disables ECM relay.
856 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 857
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that battery voltage greater than 15 volts
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will immediately illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that battery voltage less than 10.7 volts
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will immediately illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01462-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 to vehicle harness, and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected
D. Key ON
864 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01462-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 to vehicle harness, and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 865
Test 3
A. Key OFF
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01462-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 to vehicle harness, and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected
D. Key ON
866 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01462-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 to vehicle harness, and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 867
Test 5
A. Key OFF
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01462-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 to vehicle harness, and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected
D. Key ON
868 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01462-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 to vehicle harness, and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 869
Test 7
A. Key OFF
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01462-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 to vehicle harness, and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected
D. Key ON
870 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8
A. Key OFF
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01462-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 to vehicle harness, and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 871
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects ECM memory error has occurred greater than 3
times in one key cycle.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Decision
Control Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2011). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has latest
ECM calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
628 FMI 12.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that CPU load is excessively high
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for latest Engine Control Module (ECM) and Decision
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) calibrations.
Use Service Portal calibration scorecard, determine if ECM and ACM Yes: Go to Step 3.
calibrations are up to date.
Are ECM and ACM calibrations up to date? No: Program ECM and
(or) ACM with most recent
calibration. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 629
FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects and error-level 2 monitoring error.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for latest Engine Control Module (ECM) and Decision
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) calibrations.
Use Service Portal calibration scorecard, determine if ECM and ACM Yes: Go to Step 3.
calibrations are up to date.
Are ECM and ACM calibrations up to date? No: Program ECM and/or
ACM with most recent
calibration. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 629
FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that difference between engine OFF timer count
and ECM timer count is greater than 6%.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Decision
Control Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2011). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has latest
ECM calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
629 FMI 8.
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an internal error within ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 FMI 0, 3, and 4 • SPN 157 FMI 0, 3, 4, • SPN 633 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 3,
(FDP) 14, 20, and 21 (FRP) 5 (FPCV) 4, and 5 (INJ)
• SPN 651 - 656 FMI 13, • SPN 2797 FMI 11 (INJ) • SPN 2798 FMI 11 (INJ) • SPN 3055 FMI 0, 1, 15,
16, and 18 (Cyl Bal) and 17 (FRP)
Fault Facts
External ECM functions which may cause this error to set are faults with accelerator pedal position (APP) and
fuel system. If pedal or fuel system related faults are detected along with internal ECM fault SPN 629 FMI 12,
pedal and fuel system faults need to be corrected before ECM is changed due to SPN 629 FMI 12 fault.
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Decision
Control Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2011). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has latest
ECM calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
629 FMI 12.
SPN 629 FMI 14 - Fuel System fault causing ECM Internal chip Error
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an internal chip error within ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 633 (FPCV) • SPN 3055 (FRP
system)
• SPN 5571 (FRP
System)
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Decision
Control Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2011). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has latest
ECM calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
629 FMI 14.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects internal temperature of component is too high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Decision
Control Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2011). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has latest
ECM calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
629 FMI 15.
SPN 629 FMI 31 - Accelerator Pedal fault causing ECM Internal chip Error
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an internal chip error.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Decision
Control Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2011). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has latest
ECM calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
629 FMI 31.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine fueling without fuel injector driver demanding
fuel.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Decision
Control Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2011). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has latest
ECM calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
629 FMI 31.
Step 3 Clear Fault Code then check for active or pending fault codes. Decision
Use Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Key ON, Yes: Replace ECM,
check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 1110 FMI 31. following approved warranty
procedures. Perform
Crankshaft Position Sensor
Relearn Procedure (page
2039). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 1110
FMI 31.
Is EST DTC list SPN 1110 FMI 31 active or pending? No: End Diagnostics.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects ECM PWR OUT 1 circuit voltage is less than 0.3
volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
ECM PWR OUT 1 circuit is divided into two separate circuits. One circuit runs from ECM to Air Control Valve
(ACV), which controls Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC). other circuit runs from ECM to Oxygen
Sensor (O2S) heater.
Step 4 Check ECM PWR OUT 1 circuit for short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 892). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure Yes: Repair short to GND
resistance between Breakout Harness 12-954-01 pin-3 and known good between ECM pin C1-33 and
GND. O2S pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3597
FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between ECM pin E1-51 and
ACV pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3597
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 891
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM E1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to ACV engine harness connector and leave ACV
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 893
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects ECM PWR OUT 2 circuit voltage is less than 0.3
volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
ECM PWR OUT 2 circuit is divided into three separate circuits. One circuit runs from ECM to Air Control
Valve (ACV), which controls Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV). Another circuit runs from ECM to Engine
Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) solenoid. Final branch runs from ECM to Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor.
Step 3 Check for failed Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) solenoid. Decision
A. Key OFF, leave ACV connector disconnected and disconnect ECB1 Yes: Go to Step 4.
connector.
B. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software and clear fault code(s).
C. Key OFF, wait for ECM to power down.
D. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 3598 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3598 FMI 4 active or pending? No: If ECB1 harness is not
damaged, replace ECB1
solenoid. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3598
FMI 4.
Step 4 Check for failed Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF, leave ACV and ECB1 connectors disconnected, and Yes: Go to Step 5.
disconnect ECL sensor connector.
B. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software and clear fault code(s).
C. Key OFF, wait for ECM to power down.
D. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 3598 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3598 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Replace ECL sensor.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3598 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 895
Step 5 Check ECM PWR OUT 2 circuit for short to GND to ACV. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 896). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure Yes: Go to Step 6.
resistance between Breakout Harness 12-954-01 pin-1 and known good
GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between ECM pin E1-54 and
ACV pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3598
FMI 4.
Step 6 Check ECM PWR OUT 2 circuit for short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 896). Use DMM, measure resistance between No: Repair short to GND
Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 pin-1 and known good GND. between ECM pin C1-42 and
ECL pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3598 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between ECM pin E1-05 and
ECB1 pin-1. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3598 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM E1 connector.
C. Disconnect ACV connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to ACV engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 897
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM E1 connector.
C. Disconnect ECB harness connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6004 to ECB engine harness and leave ECB disconnected.
898 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects ECM PWR OUT 3 circuit voltage is less than 0.3
volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
ECM PWR OUT 3 circuit is divided into three separate circuits. One circuit runs from ECM to Intake Air Heater
Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS). Another circuit runs from ECM to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV). Final branch
runs from ECM to Engine Fan Control (EFC) solenoid.
Step 2 Check for failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV). Decision
A. Key OFF, disconnect EGRV connector. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic
Connector (page 2044).
C. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software and clear fault code(s).
D. Key OFF, wait for ECM to power down.
E. Key On, check DTC list for SPN 3599 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3599 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Replace EGRV. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3599 FMI 4.
Step 3 Check for failed Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS). Decision
A. Key OFF, leave EGRV connector disconnected and disconnect Yes: Go to Step 4.
IAHFS connector.
B. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software and clear fault code(s).
C. Key OFF, wait for ECM to power down.
D. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 3599 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3599 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Replace IAHFS. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3599 FMI 4.
900 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Check for failed Engine Fan Control (EFC) solenoid. Decision
A. Key OFF, leave EGRV and IAHFS connectors disconnected, and Yes: Go to Step 5.
disconnect EFC solenoid connector.
B. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software and clear fault code(s).
C. Key OFF, wait for ECM to power down.
D. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 3599 FMI 4.
Is EST DTC list SPN 3599 FMI 4 active or pending? No: Replace EFC solenoid
(ON/OFF fan) or fan
hub (variable speed fan)
depending on vehicle
configuration. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3599 FMI 4.
Step 5 Check ECM PWR OUT 3 circuit for short to GND to EGRV. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 901). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure Yes: Go to Step 6.
resistance between Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 pin-4 and known good
GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
GND between ECM pin
E1-24/E1-26 and EGRV
pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3599
FMI 4.
Step 6 Check ECM PWR OUT 3 circuit for short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 901). Use DMM, measure resistance between No: Repair short to GND
Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 pin-2 and known good GND. between ECM pin C2-06 and
EFC solenoid pin-3 (variable
fan) or pin-2 (On/Off fan).
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3599 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between ECM pin E1-27 and
IAHFS pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3599
FMI 4.
Pin-Point Test SPN 3599 FMI 4See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 00000
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM E1 connector.
C. Disconnect EGRV connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to EGRV engine harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
902 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM E1 connector.
C. Disconnect IAHFS connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to IAHFS engine harness and leave IAHFS disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 903
Overview
ECT1 sensor is a thermistor that is supplied 5 volt VREF at pin-1 from ECM pin E1-14. Sensor is grounded
at pin-3 from ECM pin E1-68. As coolant temperature increases resistance of thermistor decreases, causing
signal voltage to decrease.
904 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between Engine Coolant Temperature
1 (ECT1) and Exhaust Gas Recirculation Gas Temperature (EGRGT), Ambient Air Temperature (AAT),
Turbocharger 1 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC1CIT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT),
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT2), and Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) is greater than expected after
a cold soak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness connector and leave ECT1 sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
908 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness connector and leave ECT1 sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 909
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects ECT1 signal is greater than 4.80 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Coolant Temperature 1
(ECT1) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 913
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave ECT1 sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
914 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave ECT1 sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to ground.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 915
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor
signal voltage is less than 0.25 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
SPN 1659 FMI 20 - ECT1 above expected: Check Thermostat stuck closed
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) signal is
below a predetermined value when engine should be at operating temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault sets based off Engine Coolant Temperature. This fault will likely be inactive when it arrives at shop.
Overview
920 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) signal value
differs more than expected from Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature (EGRGT), Ambient Air Temperature
(AAT), Turbocharger 2 Inlet Temperature (TC2IT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT), Engine
Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1), Engine Oil Temperature (EOT), and Intake Manifold Temp (IMT) signal values.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 105 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 171 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 175 FMI 3 and 4
(IMT) (ECT1) (AAT) (EOT)
• SPN 412 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1173 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2630 FMI 3 and 4
(EGRGT) (TC2CIT) (CACOT)
Fault Facts
Diagnostic runs at initial Key ON, after engine off for 8 hours prior to Key ON.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT2) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness connector and leave ECT2 sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
924 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT2) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness connector and leave ECT2 sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 925
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) signal is
greater than 4.80 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Coolant Temperature 2
(ECT2) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 929
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave ECT2 sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
930 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave ECT2 sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to ground.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 931
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) sensor
signal voltage is less than 0.246 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) signal value
is less than expected based on Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) signal value and operating conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 (ECT1) • SPN 1659 FMI 20 • SPN 4076 FMI 2, 3, and
(ECS) 4 (ECT2)
Fault Facts
None
SPN 7423 FMI 20 - ECT2 above expected: Check Thermostat stuck closed
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a Difference between ECT1 and ECT2 less than
37.4°F (3°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
SPN 7423 FMI 21 - ECT2 below expected: Check Thermostat stuck open
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a Difference between Engine Coolant Temperature
1 (ECT1) and ECT2 greater than 41°F (5°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Overview
These codes set for problems with fan control circuits. Vehicles can have two different fan options. Option one
is a variable speed viscous fan and option two is two-speed fan. These diagnostics cover both types of fans.
There may be times when actions or decision may be split depending on which fan is equipped on a vehicle.
940 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Fan Control (EFC) circuit is shorted to PWR.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 and C2 Connectors.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 between the ECM and chassis harness.
E. Key ON.
944 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 and C2 Connectors.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 between the ECM and chassis harness.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 945
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Fan Control (EFC) circuit is shorted to GND.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 and C2 Connectors.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 between the ECM and chassis harness.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 949
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 and C2 Connectors.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 between the ECM and chassis harness.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
950 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Fan Control (EFC) circuit is Open.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 and C2 Connectors.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 between the ECM and chassis harness.
E. Key ON.
954 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 and C2 Connectors.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 between the ECM and chassis harness.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 955
Overview
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is used to control exhaust flow through EGR cooler. EGR valve contains
a PWM controlled valve and Exhaust Gas Recirculation Position (EGRP) sensor. Engine Control Module (ECM)
sends a signal to EGR valve to move to desired position. EGRP, located inside EGR valve, monitors and provides
an EGRV position signal to ECM.
956 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) position
sensor feedback deviations from control command is greater than 10%, or less than -10% and position sensor
feedback is greater than 95% duty cycle.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Check for failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV). Decision
Perform EGRV Actuator Test (page 2056). Yes: Retest for SPN 27 FMI 7.
Does EGRV meet expected outcome of Test? No: Replace EGR Valve.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 27 FMI 7.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) position
sensor feedback deviation from control command is greater than 10%, or less than 10% during Cold Start
Emission Reduction (CSER) warm-up.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Check for failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV). Decision
Perform EGRV Actuator Test (page 2056). Yes: Retest for SPN 27 FMI
10.
Does EGRV meet expected outcome of Test? No: Replace EGR Valve.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 27 FMI 10.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve does not
meet commanded position during Cold Start Emission Reduction (CSER)
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) actual
position is greater than commanded position by 10%.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Check for failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV). Decision
Perform EGRV Actuator Test (page 2056). Yes: Retest for SPN 27 FMI
16.
Does EGRV meet expected outcome of Test? No: Replace EGR Valve.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 27 FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) actual
position is less than commanded position by 10%.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Check for failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV). Decision
Perform EGRV Actuator Test (page 2056). Yes: Retest for SPN 27 FMI
18.
Does EGRV meet expected outcome of Test? No: Replace EGR Valve.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 27 FMI 18.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV)
temperature is greater than 275°F (135°C) for more than 1 second.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 (EGR) • SPN 1659 FMI 20 • SPN 2659 (EGR) • SPN 2791 (EGR)
(ECS)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) internal
thermistor voltage is less than 0.2 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects voltage supplied to Engine Gas Recirculation Valve
(EGRV) is greater than 18 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected in two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Gas Recirculation
Valve (EGRV) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects voltage supply to Engine Gas Recirculation Valve
(EGRV) is less than 8 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected in two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 158 FMI 17 (ECM) • SPN 2791 FMI 19 • SPN 3599 FMI 4 (ECM)
(EGR)
Fault Facts
Verify batteries are fully charged and that terminals are clean.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Gas Recirculation
Valve (EGRV) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 979
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
980 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) internal
motor coil voltage is less than 1 volt.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected in two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
When fault code becomes active EGR Valve motor is disabled.
SPN 2791 FMI 6 - EGR Valve Control current above normal or grounded
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) motor
drive current is greater than 18 amps.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected in two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Verify Engine Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) can meet Decision
commanded Position.
Perform EGR Valve Position Test (page 2061). Yes: Retest for SPN 2791
FMI 6.
Does EGRV meet expected outcome of Test? No: Replace EGRV. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 6.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) motor
varies from command by greater than 44 steps.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected in two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Verify Engine Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) can meet Decision
commanded Position.
Perform EGR Valve Position Test (page 2061). Yes: Retest for SPN 2791 FMI
7.
Does EGRV meet expected outcome of Test? No: Replace EGRV. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 7.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) position
sensor is sending invalid internal signals.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected in two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) EEPROM
checksum fails three consecutive times.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected in two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) does Not detect Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV)
on J1939 CAN data link communications circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or Switched Ignition Relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits:
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, EGR Valve, NOx OUT sensor
module, NOx IN sensor module, and DEFTLT sensor module.
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
Step 4 Check ECM PWR OUT 3 circuit for Open or short to ground. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 994). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or high
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-4 and known good GND. resistance between EGRV
pin-3 and GND. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
2791 FMI 19.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between EGRV
pin-4 and ECM pin E1-24
and E1-26. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2791 FMI 19.
992 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave Exhaust Gas Recirculation
Valve (EGRV) disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 995
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
996 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 997
SPN 3058 FMI 10 - Engine did not go into close loop EGR control when expected
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Oxygen sensor (O2S) is unable to reach required
operating temperature or Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) failed to react, to enter open loop operation.
Open loop operation occurs when engine operates EGRV based on calculations rather than on feedback from
O2S. Operating EGRV before engine reaches operating temperature and establishes closed loop operation
could cause performance issues.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 (EGR) • SPN 51 (ETV) • SPN 108 (BARO) • SPN 724 (O2S)
• SPN 2791 (EGR) • SPN 3223 (O2S) • SPN 3464 (ETV) • SPN 4765 (DOCIT)
• SPN 5542 (TC1TOP) • SPN 5543 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check engine air intake system for restrictions, leaks, or Decision
damage.
Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2345). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is engine air intake free of restrictions, leaks, and damage? No: Repair air intake system.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3058 FMI 10.
Step 4 Check fuel system from Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) to Decision
fuel tank for leaks or physical damage.
Perform Fuel Level and System Inspection (page 2326). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is fuel system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair fuel system. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3058 FMI 10.
Step 5 Check for failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature Decision
(DOCIT), Oxygen Sensor (O2S), and Barometric pressure
(BARO) sensors or circuits.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Continuous Monitor Test Yes: Go to Step 6.
(page 2063). Monitor DOCIT, O2S, and BARO sensor signal values.
Are DOCIT, O2S, and BARO sensor signal values within specifications? No: Repair faulty sensor
or circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3058 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 999
Step 6 Check for failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) or Decision
circuit.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform EGR Valve Position Test Yes: Go to Step 7.
(page 2061).
Does EGRV meet expected outcome of test? No: Repair or replace EGRV
or circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3058 FMI 10.
Step 7 Check for failed Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) or circuit. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform ETV Position Test (page Yes: Go to Step 8.
2058).
Does ETV meet expected outcome of test? No: Repair or replace ETV
or circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3058 FMI 10.
Step 8 Check for failed Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) or circuit. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Exhaust Back Pressure Yes: End diagnostics, retest
Valve Functional Test (page 2156). for SPN 3058 FMI 10.
Does EBPV meet expected outcome of test? No: Repair or replace EBPV,
ACV, or circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3058 FMI 10.
SPN 4752 FMI 4 - EGR Cooler Efficiency: EGR Outlet Temperature above expected
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Gas Temperature
(EGRGT) signal value is greater than expected for current amount of EGR flow.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 (ECT1) • SPN 111 FMI 1 (ECL) • SPN 412 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (EGRGT)
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Engine Exhaust Gas Recirculation Gas Temperature (EGRGT) sensor monitors exhaust gas temperatures
exiting EGR cooler and sends information to Engine Control Module (ECM).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1003
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Recirculation Gas Temperature
(EGRGT) signal value is less than 59.96°C.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected, during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 412 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 2659 FMI 21 • SPN 2791 (EGR)
4 (EGRGT) (EGR)
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave EGRGT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-1 to pin-2.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1007
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave EGRGT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-2 to a known good
GND.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1008 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines EGRGT signal deviates from Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT) engine Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT), and Charge Air Cooler
Outlet Temperature (CACOT).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected, during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave EGRGT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-1 to pin-2.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1012 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave EGRGT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-2 to a known good
GND.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1013
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Gas
Temperature (EGRGT) voltage is greater than 4.95 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave Exhaust Gas Recirculation
Cooler Gas Temperature (EGRGT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1017
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave EGRGT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1018 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to vehicle harness and leave EGRGT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-2 to a known good
GND.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1019
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Gas
Temperature (EGRGT) signal voltage is less than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Gas Temperature (EGRGT) sensor
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
D. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1022 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Engine Brake
Overview of Engine Brake Sensor Group
Overview
Hard brake monitor feature determines hard vehicle speed deceleration incidents. An incident occurs when
programmable parameter 89052 Hard Brake Decel Rate Threshold is set at too low of a speed change. Incident
is then reported to ECM and stored as a vehicle event.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1023
Fault Overview
Hard brake monitor feature determines hard vehicle deceleration incidents. An incident occurs when rate of
vehicle deceleration speed exceeds programmable parameter 89052 Hard Brake Decel Rate Threshold setting.
Incident is then reported to Engine Control Module (ECM) and stored as a vehicle event.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Hard brake monitor feature determines hard vehicle deceleration incidents. An incident occurs when rate of
vehicle deceleration speed exceeds programmable parameter 89052 Hard Brake Decel Rate Threshold setting.
Incident is then reported to Engine Control Module (ECM) and stored as a vehicle event.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Engine Oil Level (EOL) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating engine
oil level and temperature. During engine operation, ECM will monitor EOL signal to determine if oil level is
satisfactory. If oil level and temperature is below desired, ECM will display a ‘low engine oil level’ message on
instrument cluster.. An optional feature, Engine Warning and Protection System (EWPS), can be enabled to
shut engine down when low engine oil level condition occurs.
1028 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault codes sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Level (EOL) sensor voltage is greater
than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Level (EOL) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to engine harness and leave EOL sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1031
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Level (EOL) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to engine harness and leave EOL sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1032 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault codes sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Level (EOL) sensor voltage is less than
expected.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Level (EOL) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to engine harness and leave EOL sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1035
Fault Overview
Fault codes sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Temperature 2 (EOT2) signal value is
above normal operating range. EOT2 sensor is a combined sensor with Engine Oil Level (EOL) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Level (EOL) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to engine harness and leave EOL sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1038 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Level (EOL) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to engine harness and leave EOL sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1039
Fault Overview
Fault codes sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Temperature 2 (EOT2) signal value is
less than normal operating range. EOT2 sensor is a combined sensor with Engine Oil Level (EOL) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Level (EOL) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to engine harness and leave EOL sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1042 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating engine
oil pressure. During engine operation, ECM will monitor EOP signal to determine if oil pressure is satisfactory. If
oil pressure is below desired pressure, ECM will turn on red engine lamp. An optional feature, Engine Warning
and Protection System (EWPS), can be enabled to warn engine operator and shut engine down when low engine
oil pressure condition occurs.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1043
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) signal voltage is
greater than expected
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EOP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1047
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) signal voltage is
less than expected
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Oil Pressure (EOP)
sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1051
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EOP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 to pin-3.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1052 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
engine oil temperature. During engine operation, ECM will monitor EOT signal to determine if oil temperature is
satisfactory. If oil temperature is out of range, ECM will illuminate Amber Warning Lamp (AWL).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1053
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) voltage is
greater than 4.5 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will immediately illuminate when this fault is detected.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1057
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1058 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 to GND.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1059
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that the Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) signal
voltage is less than expends.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will immediately illuminate when this fault is detected.
Overview
Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) controls flow of fresh air (boosted and cooled), and Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) gases through intake manifold. ETV contains a variable-position actuator that moves an internal butterfly
valve. Engine Control Module (ECM) sends a signal to ETV to move to desired position through Engine Throttle
Control (ETC) circuit. Engine Throttle Position (ETP) sensor, located inside ETV, monitors ETV position and
provides a signal to ECM.
1062 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 51 FMI 0 - ETP does not agree with commanded open position
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Position (ETP) sensor is reading
less than 4.1 volts or greater than 4.73 volts when Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) is commanded to Open position.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 4 Check for Open or high resistance in SIG GND circuit Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1066). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-714-01 pin-4 and B+.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV pin-4
and ECM pin E1-23. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 0.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1065
Step 5 Check for Open or high resistance in Engine Throttle Position Decision
(ETP) signal circuit.
Perform Test 3 (page 1067). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 12-714-01 pin-5 and pin-4.
Is voltage 4.8 ± 0.2 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV pin-5
and ECM pin E1-38. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 0.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1067
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1068 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 51 FMI 1 - ETP does not agree with commanded closed position
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Position (ETP) sensor is reading
less than 0.2 volts or greater than 0.9 volts when Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) is commanded to Closed position.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 4 Check for Open or high resistance in SIG GND circuit Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1071). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-714-01 pin-4 and B+.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV
pin-4 and ECM pin E1-23.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 51 FMI 1.
1070 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check for Open or high resistance in Engine Throttle Position Decision
(ETP) signal circuit.
Perform Test 3 (page 1072). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 12-714-01 pin-5 and pin-4.
Is voltage 4.8 ± 0.2 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV pin-5
and ECM pin E1-38. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 1.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1072 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1073
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Position (ETP) signal is greater
than 4.77 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 5 Check for Open or high resistance in SIG GND circuit Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1076). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 12-714-01 pin-4 and B+.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV pin-4
and ECM pin E1-23. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1075
Step 6 Check for Open or high resistance in Engine Throttle Position Decision
(ETP) signal circuit.
Perform Test 3 (page 1077). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace ETV. After
Harness 12-714-01 pin-5 and pin-4. repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 3.
Is voltage 4.8 ± 0.2 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV
pin-5 and ECM pin E1-38.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 51 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1077
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1078 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Position (ETP) signal is less than
0.15 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Step 3 Check for Open or high resistance in Engine Throttle Position Decision
(ETP) signal circuit.
Perform Test 3 (page 1080). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace ETV. After
Harness 12-714-01 pin-5 and pin-4. repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 4.
Is voltage 4.8 ± 0.2 volts? No: Repair short to GND
between ETV pin-5 and ECM
pin E1-38. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 51
FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1081
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Position (ETP) sensor is reading
greater than 10% or less than -10% deviation from Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) commanded position.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 4 Check for Open or high resistance in SIG GND circuit Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1084). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-714-01 pin-4 and known good B+.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV
pin-4 and ECM pin E1-23.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 51 FMI 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1083
Step 5 Check for Open or high resistance in Engine Throttle Position Decision
(ETP) signal circuit.
Perform Test 3 (page 1085). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 12-714-01 pin-5 and pin-4.
Is voltage 4.8 ± 0.2 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV pin-5
and ECM pin E1-38. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 7.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1085
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1086 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Position (ETP) sensor is reading
greater than 10% or less than -10% deviation from Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) commanded position during
Cold Start Emission Reduction (CSER).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 4 Check for Open or high resistance in SIG GND circuit Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1089). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-714-01 pin-4 and B+.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV
pin-4 and ECM pin E1-23.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 51 FMI 10.
1088 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check for Open or high resistance in Engine Throttle Position Decision
(ETP) signal circuit.
Perform Test 3 (page 1090). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 12-714-01 pin-5 and pin-4.
Is voltage 4.8 ± 0.2 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV pin-5
and ECM pin E1-38. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 10.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1090 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to vehicle harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1091
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) control circuits High
and Low are reading greater than 10 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 5 Check for short between ETV CTL-H circuit and ETV CTL-L Decision
circuit.
Perform Test 3 (page 1090). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace ETV. After
Harness 12-714-01 pin-1 and pin-2. repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3464 FMI 3.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV pin-1
and ETV pin-2. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3464 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to engine harness and leave Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1095
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to engine harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to engine harness and leave ETV disconnected.
1096 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) control circuits High
and Low are reading less than 10 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 5 Check for short between ETV CTL-H circuit and ETV CTL-L Decision
circuit.
Perform Test 3 . Use DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Harness Yes: Replace ETV. After
12-714-01 pin-1 and pin-2. repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3464 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between ETV pin-1
and ETV pin-2. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3464 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to engine harness and leave Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
disconnected.
1100 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to engine harness and leave ETV disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to engine harness and leave ETV disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1101
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) circuit current is reading
less than 0 amps.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to engine harness and leave Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
disconnected.
C. Key ON
1104 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-714-01 to engine harness and leave ETV disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1105
Overview
EWPS warns operator of conditions that can damage engine. Standard Warning System is base system in
which all engines are equipped. If one of these faults are detected, ECM illuminates red engine lamp and sets
a corresponding DTC.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Transmission Output Shaft Speed (TOSS) signal does not agree with type of vehicle speed
signal mode selected under parameter ID 89003.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) is below critical pressure.
Stop engine immediately when this fault code is active.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate immediately.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) using mechanical gauge. Decision
Perform Oil Pressure Verification Test (page 2311). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is oil pressure within specification? No: Go to Low Oil Pressure
(page 74) symptom
diagnostics.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) is below expected
pressure. Event Log
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault code is for vehicle event log only and will not illuminate a lamp. Check for active fault SPN 100 FMI 1.
Step 2 Check Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) using Pressure Test Kit. Decision
Perform Oil Pressure Verification Test (page 2311). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is oil pressure within specification? No: Go to Low Oil Pressure
(page 74) symptom
diagnostics.
Step 3 Decision
Analyze results from Oil Pressure Verification Test. Yes: Diagnostics complete.
Clear codes and release
vehicle.
Is Servicemaxx™ software EOP reading within 5 psi of instrument panel No: Repair mechanical gauge
gauge? or circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 100
FMI 11.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) is below Warning
pressure. Event Log.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault code is for vehicle event log only and will not illuminate a lamp. Check for active fault SPN 100 FMI 18
Step 2 Check Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) using Pressure Test Kit. Decision
Perform Oil Pressure Verification Test (page 2311). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is oil pressure within specification? No: Go to Low Oil Pressure
(page 74) symptom
diagnostics.
Step 3 Decision
Analyze results from Oil Pressure Verification Test. Yes: Diagnostics complete.
Clear codes and release
vehicle.
Is ServiceMaxx™ software EOP reading within 5 psi of instrument panel No: Repair mechanical gauge
gauge? or circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 100
FMI 17.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) is below Warning
pressure.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) using Pressure Test Kit. Decision
Perform Oil Pressure Verification Test (page 2311). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is oil pressure within specification? No: Go to Low Oil Pressure
(page 74) symptom
diagnostics.
Step 3 Decision
Analyze results from Oil Pressure Verification Test. Yes: Diagnostics complete.
Clear codes and release
vehicle.
Is ServiceMaxx™ EOP reading within 5 psi of instrument panel gauge? No: Repair mechanical gauge
or circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 100
FMI 18.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is
above Programmable Parameter (PP) 77022.
Lamp Reaction
Engine shutdown is commanded and Red Stop Lamp (RSL) active.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Air pockets in cooling system can interfere with coolant flow or prevent thermostats from opening when needed,
resulting in this fault.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that engine coolant at Engine Coolant
Temperature 1 (ECT1) is greater than 262°F (128°C)
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Air pockets in cooling system can interfere with coolant flow or prevent thermostats from opening when needed,
resulting in this fault. This fault is for vehicle event log only and will not illuminate a lamp. Check for active fault
SPN 110 FMI 0, 3, and 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that engine coolant at Engine Coolant
Temperature 1 (ECT1) is greater than 232°F (111°C).
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) set, no buzzer.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Air pockets in cooling system can interfere with coolant flow or prevent thermostats from opening when needed,
resulting in this fault.
SPN 110 FMI 16 - Engine Cooling System Above OBD Maximum Temperature
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that engine coolant at Engine Coolant
Temperature 1 (ECT1) is greater than 239°F (115°C) for more than 2 minutes.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Air pockets in cooling system can interfere with coolant flow or prevent thermostats from opening when needed,
resulting in this fault.
SPN 110 FMI 17 - Engine Cooling System below OBD minimum temperature
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when signal from Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is not increasing as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
In cold climates, operating vehicle for extended periods of time at idle, or Without a winter front, may cause this
fault to set.
SPN 110 FMI 18 - Engine Cooling System below closed loop minimum Temperature
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when signal from Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) does not allow for closed-loop operation.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
In cold climates, operating vehicle for extended periods of time at idle, or Without a winter front, may cause this
fault to set.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when signal from Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) is greater than value in Programmable
Parameter (PP) 77710
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is active.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault will most likely be Inactive when vehicle is in for service.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when signal from Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) is greater than value in Programmable
Parameter (PP) 77630
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault will most likely be Inactive when vehicle is in for service.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when signal from Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) is greater than value in Programmable
Parameter (PP) 77640
Lamp Reaction
Yellow Lamp will illuminate immediately when this fault is active.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault will most likely be Inactive when vehicle is in for service.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when vehicle is stationary and engine speed is greater than what is requested by Engine Control
Module (ECM).
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects vehicle is stationary and engine speed is greater
than what is requested.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 5 Check for contaminated fuel (alternate fuels other than Diesel Decision
fuel).
Perform Fuel Quality Check (page 2330). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is diesel fuel in good condition and Not contaminated? No: Drain fuel tank, and fill
with clean and / or known
good diesel fuel. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
188 FMI 0.
1140 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects vehicle is stationary and engine speed is less than
expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 651 (INJ) • SPN 652 (INJ) • SPN 653 (INJ) • SPN 654 (INJ)
• SPN 655 (INJ) • SPN 656 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 1
(EWPS)
Fault Facts
None.
SPN 188 FMI 16 - Engine idle speed above normal - engine shut down
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects vehicle is stationary and engine speed is higher
than 2600 rpm.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) is illuminated immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 5 Check for contaminated fuel (alternate fuels other than Diesel Decision
fuel).
Perform Fuel Quality Inspection (page 2330). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is diesel fuel in good condition and Not contaminated? No: Drain fuel tank, and fill
with clean and/or known good
diesel fuel. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 188
FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault sets only when a vehicle is stationary and engine speed reaches 2600 rpm with no fuel being requested by
Engine Control Module (ECM). Once conditions are met, ECM will initiate a protection strategy. Engine Throttle
Valve (ETV) and Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be closed and fuel injectors disabled. Fuel Pressure
Control Valve (FPCV) will open to relieve fuel rail pressure in case of injector tip damage. A full engine analysis
should to be completed to assess damage from excessive engine speed before engine can be started.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not attempt to start engine until a full engine analysis and all diagnostic
steps have been completed.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Before beginning diagnosis:
• Take pictures of all damage/failure evidence
• Do not replace any parts until a full inspection has been completed.
Step 1 Check for excessive oil in turbo outlet and Charge Air Cooler Decision
(CAC) piping.
Remove high pressure turbo outlet pipe and CAC piping (see Engine Yes: Go to Step 2.
Service Manual). Inspect outlets for excessive oil.
Is there excessive oil in high pressure turbo outlet pipe or CAC piping? No: Go to Step 7.
Step 4 Check for engine block or engine sleeve damage (engine speed Decision
greater than 3200 rpm).
Remove engine oil pan (see Engine Service Manual). Inspect for internal Yes: Repair or replace
engine block or engine sleeve damage engine, following warranty
policies. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 190
FMI 0.
Is there any internal engine block or engine sleeve damage? No: Replace fuel injectors,
Low pressure turbo cartridge,
water pump, and clean Low
Pressure Charge Air Cooler
(LPCAC). Go to Step 6.
1148 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check for engine block or engine sleeve damage (engine speed Decision
less than 3200 rpm and greater than 2600 rpm).
Remove engine oil pan (see Engine Service Manual). Inspect for internal Yes: Repair or replace
engine block or engine sleeve damage engine, following warranty
policies. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 190
FMI 0.
Is there any internal engine block or engine sleeve damage? No: Replace fuel injectors,
Low pressure turbo cartridge,
and clean Interstage cooler
and HPCAC. Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Check for current Engine Control Module (ECM) calibration. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check ECM calibration for updates. Yes: Update calibration. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 190 FMI 0.
Is there an ECM calibration update available? No: Clear trip report, retest
for SPN 190 FMI 0.
Step 9 Check for engine block or engine sleeve damage (engine speed Decision
greater than 3200 rpm).
Remove engine oil pan (see Engine Service Manual). Inspect for internal Yes: Repair or replace engine,
engine block or engine sleeve damage following warranty policies.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 190 FMI 0.
Is there any internal engine block or engine sleeve damage? No: Clear trip report, replace
water pump. Go to Step 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1149
Step 10 Check for current Engine Control Module (ECM) calibration. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check ECM calibration for updates. Yes: Update calibration. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 190 FMI 0.
Is there an ECM calibration update available? No: Retest for SPN 190 FMI
0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) logs an engine overspeed event.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault is for vehicle event log only and will not illuminate a lamp. Check for active faults SPN 190 FMI 0 and
SPN 190 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine speed greater than expected.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not attempt to start engine until a full engine analysis and all diagnostic
steps have been completed.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Before beginning diagnosis:
• Take pictures of all damage/failure evidence
• Do not replace any parts until a full inspection has been completed.
Step 1 Check for excessive oil in turbocharger outlet and Charge Air Decision
Cooler (CAC) piping.
Remove high pressure turbocharger outlet pipe and CAC piping (see Engine Yes: Go to Step 2.
Service Manual). Inspect outlets for excessive oil.
Is there excessive oil in high pressure turbocharger outlet pipe or CAC No: Go to Step 7.
piping?
Step 4 Check for engine block or engine sleeve damage (engine speed Decision
greater than 3200 rpm).
Remove engine oil pan (see Engine Service Manual). Inspect for internal Yes: Repair or replace
engine block or engine sleeve damage engine, following warranty
policies. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 190
FMI 15.
Is there any internal engine block or cylinder sleeve damage? No: Replace fuel injectors,
Low pressure turbo cartridge,
water pump, and clean Low
Pressure Charge Air Cooler
(LPCAC). Go to Step 6.
1154 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check for engine block or engine sleeve damage (engine speed Decision
less than 3200 rpm and greater than 2600 rpm).
Remove engine oil pan (see Engine Service Manual). Inspect for internal Yes: Repair or replace
engine block or engine sleeve damage engine, following warranty
policies. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 190
FMI 15.
Is there any internal engine block or cylinder sleeve damage? No: Replace fuel injectors,
Low pressure turbo cartridge,
and clean Interstage cooler
and HPCAC. Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Check for current Engine Control Module (ECM) calibration. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check ECM calibration for updates. Yes: Update calibration. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 190 FMI 15.
Is there an ECM calibration update available? No: Clear trip report, retest
for SPN 190 FMI 15.
Step 9 Check for engine block or engine sleeve damage (engine speed Decision
greater than 3200 rpm).
Remove engine oil pan (see Engine Service Manual). Inspect for internal Yes: Repair or replace engine,
engine block or engine sleeve damage following warranty policies.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 190 FMI 15.
Is there any internal engine block or cylinder sleeve damage? No: Replace water pump, and
then Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1155
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when an increase in engine speed is detected without a request for an increase in engine speed.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) illuminated immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 (ECT1) • SPN 190 FMI 0 (EWPS) • SPN 191 (TOSS) • SPN 560 (J1939)
• SPN 637 (CKP) • SPN 1659 (ECS) • SPN 4076 (ECT2)
Step 5 Inspect for contaminated fuel (alternate fuels other than Diesel Decision
fuel).
Perform Fuel Quality Check (page 2330). Yes: Retest for SPN 731 FMI
16.
Is diesel fuel in good condition and Not contaminated? No: Drain fuel tank, and fill
with clean and / or known good
diesel fuel. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 731
FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when an increase in engine speed is detected without a change in fuel command.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) illuminated immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 (ECT1) • SPN 190 FMI 0 (EWPS) • SPN 191 (TOSS) • SPN 560 (J1939)
• SPN 637 (CKP) • SPN 1659 (ECS) • SPN 4076 (ECT2)
Step 5 Inspect for contaminated fuel (alternate fuels other than Diesel Decision
fuel).
Perform Fuel Quality Check (page 2330). Yes: Retest for SPN 731 FMI
18.
Is diesel fuel in good condition and Not contaminated? No: Drain fuel tank, and fill
with clean and / or known good
diesel fuel. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 731
FMI 18.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects vehicle speed exceeds value set in Programmable
Parameter (PP) 77232.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault indicates vehicle speed has exceeded value programmed in PP 77232. Depending on value, fault
may or may not indicate a vehicle problem.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects vehicle speed exceeds value set in Programmable
Parameter (PP) 77232.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault indicates vehicle speed has exceeded value programmed in PP 77232. Depending on value, fault
may or may not indicate a vehicle problem.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects vehicle speed exceeds value set in Programmable
Parameter (PP) 77242.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp Reaction
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault indicates vehicle speed has exceeded value programmed in PP 77242. Depending on value, fault
may or may not indicate a vehicle problem.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects vehicle speed exceeds value set in Programmable
Parameter (PP) 77242.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault indicates vehicle speed has exceeded value programmed in PP 77242. Depending on value, fault
may or may not indicate a vehicle problem.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) signal value
exceeded Critical Temperature programmable parameter 77202.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Determine if air flow thru cooling package is restricted or cooling Decision
system components are damaged.
A. Inspect for restrictions and debris in front of and between radiators Yes: Clear restrictions and
and other cooing package components. clean debris from cooling
package. Repair damaged
B. Inspect cooling fan blades, fan shroud, accessory drive belt(s),
cooling system components.
drive belt tensioner(s), cooling package, and other cooling system
After repairs are complete,
components for damage.
retest for SPN 4076 FMI 0.
Were restrictions or debris found, or are cooling system components No: Go to Step 3.
damaged?
Step 3 Check coolant flow thru Low Temperature Radiator (LTR).. Decision
Remove LTR coolant supply and return hoses (see Engine Service Manual). Replace LTR thermostat.
Using a garden hose, supply water to LTR inlet. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4076 FMI 0.
Is water flow at LTR outlet consistent with inlet flow? Replace LTR. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4076 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) signal value
exceeded Warning Temperature programmable parameter 77212.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check cooling system package for external plugging or damage. Decision
A. Inspect for restrictions and debris in front of and between radiators Yes: Go to Step 3.
and other cooing package components. (Bug screen, A/C
Condenser, HP CAC, LTR, and radiator)
B. Inspect cooling fan blades, fan shroud, accessory drive belt(s),
drive belt tensioner(s), cooling package, and other cooling system
components for damage.
Is Cooling Package free of debris and damage? No: Repair damage or
plugging. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4076
FMI 15.
SPN 5395 FMI 0 - Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too high)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects fuel quantity and engine speed is greater than
expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 188 FMI 1 (EWPS) • SPN 633 (FPCV)
• SPN 3055 (FRP • SPN 5571 (FRP
System) System)
SPN 5395 FMI 1 - Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too low)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an un-commanded load being placed on engine at
idle or detects fuel quantity is less than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Step 5 Inspect for airborne combustibles (ex. propane saturated air, Decision
ether, etc.) near engine.
Inspect air filter and intake system for stains, concentrations of Yes: Go to Step 6.
contaminants, odors / smells from external fuel sources, and modifications.
Is the engine intake system intact and free from any external fuel sources? No: Repair source of
combustibles. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5395 FMI 1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1177
Step 8 Inspect for contaminated fuel (alternate fuels other than Diesel Decision
fuel).
Perform Fuel Quality Check (page 2330). Yes: End diagnostics, retest
for SPN 5395 FMI 1.
Is diesel fuel in good condition and Not contaminated? No: Drain fuel tank, and
fill with clean and/or known
good diesel fuel, and replace
fuel filters. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5395
FMI 1.
Overview
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor measures fuel delivery pressure exiting secondary (engine) fuel filter
assembly. This data is sent to Engine Control Module (ECM) to monitor low pressure fuel pumps performance
and condition.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is over 130 psi
(900 kPa) at idle, or over 145 psi (1000 kPa) when engine speed is above idle.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Primary cause of this fault is a restricted or gelled secondary fuel filter. Review maintenance history for last time
filter was replaced and check for fuel contamination and gelling.
Possible Causes
• Restricted secondary (engine) fuel filter
• Fuel Gelling in Secondary Fuel Filter
• Fuel Return Line Restriction
1180 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) voltage is greater
than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave FDP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1185
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor voltage is
less than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave FDP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1189
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave FDP sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 to pin-3.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1190 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave FDP sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 to pin-3.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1191
Overview
Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) is used to adjust fuel pressure to current engine loads and power demands.
FPCV is controlled by Engine Control Module (ECM) using a Pulse width modulated (PWM) signal.
1192 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) circuit current
is greater than 9.38 amps or circuit voltage is less than 4.2 volts but greater than 5.8 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pressure Control Valve
(FPCV) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1195
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pressure Control Valve
(FPCV) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1196 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) circuit voltage
is less than 0.2 volts or FPCV circuit voltage is greater than 2.2 volts and less than 3.2 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pressure Control Valve
(FPCV) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1199
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pressure Control Valve
(FPCV) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1200 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) circuit voltage
is greater than 4.2 volts and less than 5.8 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pressure Control Valve
(FPCV) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1203
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pressure Control Valve
(FPCV) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1204 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor is a variable-capacitance sensor that measures fuel rail pressure at
high-pressure common fuel rail. As pressure increases, sensor capacitance changes causing voltage sent
to Engine Control Module (ECM) to change. ECM adjusts Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) duty cycle to
match engine requirements for starting, engine load, speed, and temperature.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1205
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects expected fuel injection quantities is greater than or
less than actual fuel injection quantities
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when fault code is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 FMI 0 (FDP) • SPN 157 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 633 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 5571 (FRPRV)
(FRP) 5 (FPCV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for low fuel delivery pressure to high pressure fuel pump Decision
Perform High-pressure Pump Inlet Pressure Test (page 2179). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Does fuel pressure gauge read greater than 30 psi? No: Go to Step 3.
Step 7 Check for a failed fuel rail pressure relief valve. Decision
Perform Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) Return Flow Test Part 2 (page 2181). Yes: Go to Step 8.
Is line free of return fuel from fuel rail? No: Replace fuel rail. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 157 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) voltage is greater than
4.81 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 6 Check for Open or short to GND in FRP signal circuit. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1212). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4829 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short to
GND between FRP pin-3 and
ECM pin E1-88. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
157 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1211
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 to vehicle harness and leave FRP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1213
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 to vehicle harness and leave FRP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1214 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 to vehicle harness and leave FRP sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 pin-1 to pin-2
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1215
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 to vehicle harness and leave FRP sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 pin-2 to a known good
GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1216 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) voltage is lower than 0.19
volts.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
D. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1219
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) voltage is greater than
0.609 volts during after run cycle.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
After shutdown, with enable conditions met, Engine Control Module (ECM) operates after run cycle (for 30 to
45 seconds) to do needed "house keeping" operations. After run cycle is process ECM goes through to save
memory and shutdown.
Step 5 Check SIG GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1222). Using DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Replace FRP sensor.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 pin-1 and known good GND. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 157 FMI 20.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between FRP
pin-1 and ECM pin E1-21.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 157 FMI 20.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 to engine harness and leave FRP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1223
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) voltage is less than 0.424
volts during ECM housekeepoing.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
After shutdown, with enable conditions met, Engine Control Module (ECM) operates after run cycle (for 30 to
45 seconds) to do needed "house keeping" operations. After run cycle is process ECM goes through to save
memory and shutdown.
Step 5 Check FRP signal circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
A. Perform Test 3 (page 1227). Yes: Replace FRP sensor.
After repairs are complete,
B. Use EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Continuous Monitor
retest for SPN 157 FMI 21.
Test (page 2063).
C. During test, monitor FRP voltage with ServiceMaxx™ software.
Is voltage 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between FRP pin-2
and ECM pin E1-34. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 157 FMI 21.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 to engine harness and leave FRP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1227
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 to engine harness and leave FRP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1228 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 to engine harness connector and leave FRP sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 pin-2 and pin-3.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1229
Overview
Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor is a variable-capacitance sensor that measures pressure at high-pressure
common fuel rail. As pressure increases, sensor capacitance changes causing voltage to Engine Control Module
(ECM) to change. ECM adjusts Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) duty cycle to control fuel pressure for
starting and for changing engine load, speed, and temperature.
1230 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects signal from Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor
indicates FRP exceeds 34,000 psi (235,000 kPa).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 FMI 0, 3, and 4 • SPN 157 FMI 3, 4, 20, • SPN 633 FMI 3, 4, and
(FDP) and 21 (FRP) 5 (FPCV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for low fuel level or leaking fuel supply. Decision
Perform Fuel Level and System Inspection (page 2326). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is fuel present and fuel tanks not leaking? No: Repair fuel leaks and
add fuel. Prime fuel system.
Perform Fuel System Priming
(page 2160)procedure. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3055 FMI 0.
Step 3 Check for restricted High-Pressure Fuel Pump (HPFP) fuel Decision
return line.
Perform HP Pump Fuel Return Pressure Test (page 2186). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is pressure less than 13 psi? No: Repair restriction in fuel
return line between HPFP and
fuel tank. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3055
FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) less than 1450 psi (10,000
kPa) while engine is cranking.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 FMI 0 (FDP) • SPN 157 FMI 3, 4, 20, • SPN 633 FMI 3, 4, and
and 21 (FRP) 5 (FPCV)
Fault Facts
KUEV valve is a flow control valve that allows return fuel to lubricate internal components of high-pressure fuel
pump when engine is running. KUEV valve can be serviced separately from high-pressure fuel pump.
Step 3 Inspect for damaged or restricted fuel lines, fuel filters, and Decision
fuel strainers
Perform Fuel Level and System Inspection (page 2326). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Are fuel lines, fuel connections, fuel filters, and fuel strainer clean and not No: Repair or Replace leaking
damaged? fuel lines, connections, and
filters. Clean strainer.
Perform Fuel System Priming
(page 2160) procedure. After
repairs are complete, and
retest for SPN 3055 FMI 1.
Step 14 Check for restricted high-pressure fuel pump return line. Decision
Perform HP Pump Fuel Return Pressure Test (page 2186). Yes: Verify each Step was
completed correctly and retest
for SPN 3055 FMI 1.
Is pressure less than 13 psi? No: Repair restriction in
fuel return line between
high-pressure fuel pump and
fuel tank. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3055
FMI 1.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) is below minimum when
maximum is commanded.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for low fuel level or leaking fuel supply. Decision
Perform Fuel Level and System Inspection (page 2326). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is fuel present and fuel tanks not leaking? No: Repair fuel leaks and
add fuel. Prime fuel system.
Perform Fuel System Priming
(page 2160) procedure. After
repairs are complete retest
for SPN 3055 FMI 15.
Step 13 Check for restricted high-pressure fuel pump return line. Decision
Perform HP Pump Fuel Return Pressure Test (page 2186). Yes: End diagnostics, retest
for SPN 3055 FMI 15.
Is pressure less than 13 psi? No: Repair restriction in
fuel return line between
high-pressure fuel pump and
fuel tank. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3055 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) is above maximum with
minimum commanded.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 FMI 0, 3, and 4 • SPN 157 FMI 3, 4, 20, • SPN 633 FMI 3, 4, and
(FDP) and 21 (FRP) 5 (FPCV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for low fuel level or leaking fuel supply. Decision
Perform Fuel Level and System Inspection (page 2326). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is fuel present and fuel tanks not leaking? No: Repair fuel leaks and
add fuel. Prime fuel system.
Perform Fuel System Priming
(page 2160) procedure. After
repairs are complete retest
for SPN 3055 FMI 17.
Step 3 Check for restricted High-Pressure Fuel Pump (HPFP) fuel Decision
return line.
Perform HP Pump Fuel Return Pressure Test (page 2186). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is pressure less than 13 psi? No: Repair restriction in fuel
return line between HPFP
and fuel tank. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3055 FMI 17.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Fuel Rail Pressure is less than expected
because Fuel Pressure Relief Valve (FPRV) is opening. FPRV is a mechanical pressure relief valve that opens
when rail pressure greater than about 37,700 psi (2600 bar). Opening of valve drops pressure to about 11,600
psi (800 bar) and vehicle will continue to operate at 11,600 psi (800 bar) until a key cycle occurs.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 157 FMI 3, 4, 20, • SPN 633 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3055 FMI 0 and 17
and 21 (FRP) 5 (FPCV) (FRP System)
Fault Facts
None
Step 6 Check for failed Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) Decision
A. Use EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, record a snap shot in Yes: Go to Step 7.
performance session with vehicle idling for 5 minutes.
B. View Graphs of Recorded Data (page 2030)
C. Graph FRP and desired FRP.
Does difference between FRP and desired FRP remain less than 1160 No: Replace FPCV. After
psi (80 bar) throughout snapshot? repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5571 FMI 0.
Step 7 Check for failed Fuel Pressure Relief Valve (FPRV) Decision
Perform HP Pump Return Flow Test (page 2181). Yes: Replace fuel rail.
Perform FRP Relief Valve
Reset Procedure (page
2095). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5571
FMI 0.
Does fuel flow from fuel rail during test? No: Retest for SPN 5571 FMI
0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Fuel Pressure Relief Valve (FPRV) has opened
more than 50 times or has been open for more than 5 hours. FPRV is a mechanical pressure relief valve that
opens when rail pressure greater than about 37,700 psi (2600 bar). Opening of valve drops pressure to about
11,600 psi (800 bar) and vehicle will continue to operate at 11,600 psi (800 bar) until a key cycle occurs.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 157 FMI 3, 4, 20, • SPN 633 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3055 FMI 0 and 17
and 21 (FRP) 5 (FPCV) (FRP System)
Fault Facts
After diagnosis of this fault is complete, reset PP 95222 and 95212 values to 0.
Step 6 Check for failed Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) Decision
A. Use EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, record a snap shot of Yes: Go to Step 7.
performance session with vehicle idling for 5 minutes.
B. View Graphs of Recorded Data (page 2030).
C. Graph FRP and desired FRP.
Does difference between FRP and desired FRP remain less than 1160 No: Replace Fuel Pressure
psi (80 bar) throughout snapshot? Control Valve. Perform FRP
Relief Valve Reset(page
2095) procedure. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5571 FMI 14.
Step 7 Check for failed Fuel Pressure Relief Valve (FPRV) Decision
Perform HP Pump Return Flow Test (page 2188). Yes: Replace fuel rail.
Perform FRP Relief Valve
Reset(page 2095) procedure.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5571 FMI 14.
Does fuel flow from fuel rail during test? No: Perform FRP Relief Valve
Reset(page 2095) procedure.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5571 FMI 14.
Overview
Fuel level is broadcast on J1939 public Controller Area Network (CAN) bus. This signal is sent from Body
Controller (BC) which is where fuel level signal is received. If BC is not located on J1939 many other CAN
networks may be affected.
1250 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Body Controller detects high signal voltage on fuel level sensor circuit.
Lamp Reaction
None
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Body Controller detects low signal voltage on fuel level sensor circuit.
Lamp Reaction
None
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Body Controller detects no fuel level signal message.
Lamp Reaction
None
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Inlet Air Heater (IAH) system warms incoming air to aid emissions reduction. When inlet air heating is needed,
Engine Control Module (ECM) sends a signal to IAH relay (IAHR). IAHR then supplies B+ to IAH fuel ignitor.
IAH is grounded through intake manifold.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1257
SPN 626 FMI 18 - IAH fault: Lack of heat in the Intake Manifold
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between Key-On Engine-Running
(KOER) Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) and Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) IMT is less than expected after
IAH has been activated.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 FMI 0, 3, and 4 • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 626 FMI 3, 4, and
(FDP) and 18 (IMT) 4 (AAT) 5 (IAHFS)
• SPN 5548 FMI 3, 4, 5,
and 7 (IAHI)
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Check for correct amperage draw while Intake Air Heater Igniter Decision
(IAHI) is actuated.
A. Check that engine coolant temperature is below 100°F (38°C). Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. When engine coolant temperature is below 100°F (38°C) perform
Intake Air Heater Igniter (IAHI) Test (page 2211).
Does IAHI current drop below 15 amps during test? No: Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Check for correct fuel supply to Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid Decision
(IAHFS).
Perform Fuel Supply at Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) Test (page Yes: Go to Step 5.
2213).
Is fuel supply pressure with specification? No: Replace damaged,
leaking or restricted fuel
supply line to IAHFS. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 626 FMI 18.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields. Limit
compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine failed to warm-up during Cold Start
Emissions Reduction (CSER) monitoring period.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 FMI 0, 3, and 4 • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 626 (IAHFS)
(FDP) and 18 (IMT) 4 (AAT)
• SPN 5548 FMI 3, 4, 5,
and 7 (IAH)
Fault Facts
CSER helps reduce emissions during engine warm-up by injecting and igniting fuel in engine intake.
Step 4 Check current (amperage) going to Intake Air Heater Igniter Decision
(IAHI).
A. Check that engine coolant temperature is below 100°F (38°C). Yes: Go to Step 5
B. When engine coolant temperature is below 100°F (38°C) perform
Intake Air Heater Igniter (IAHI) Test (page 2211).
Does IAHI current drop below 15 amps during test? No: Go to Step 6.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields. Limit
compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).
Step 7 Check fuel lines and connections going to IAHI and Intake Air Decision
Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS).
Visually inspect fuel lines and connections going to IAHI and IAHFS Yes: Go to Step 8.
for: leaks, damage, and restrictions. Shop air can be used to check for
restricted fuel lines.
Are fuel lines and connections going to IAHI and IAHFS in good condition No: Replace leaking,
and not leaking, damaged, or restricted? damaged, or restricted line or
connection. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3061
FMI 31.
Step 8 Check for correct fuel supply to Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid Decision
(IAHFS).
Perform Fuel Supply at Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) Test (page Yes: Go to Step 9.
2213).
Is fuel supply pressure between 8 and 12 psi (55 and 82 kPa)? No: Repair or replace fuel
supply line to IAHFS between
IAHFS and secondary
(engine-mounted) fuel filter.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3061 FMI 31.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR) Enable circuit current
is greater than 8.8 amps.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1269
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1270 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1271
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1272 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1273
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Inlet Air Heater (IAH) Enable circuit voltage
greater than 1.65 volts and less than 2.35 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
1278 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1279
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Disconnect IAHI and leave terminal disconnected and isolate it from GND.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
1280 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Disconnect IAHI and leave terminal disconnected and isolate it from GND.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1281
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Inlet Air Heater (IAH) Enable circuit voltage
greater than 1.65 volts and less than 2.35 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1286 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1287
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1288 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1289
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 between vehicle harness and IAHR.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1290 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5548 FMI 7 - IAH Relay return (Relay, or igniter, or circuit failure)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects no feedback signal from Intake Air Heater Relay
(IAHR) for greater than 30 counts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR) connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect IAHR connector.
C. Check IAHR connector and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or moist or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are IAHR connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5548 FMI 7.
Step 3 Check PWR supply to Intake Air Heater Igniter (IAHI). Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic
Connector (page 2044).
C. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
D. Perform Actuator Test (page 2056).
E. Select Inlet Air Heater Fuel Igniter from the drop-down menu.
Command IAHI to On (95%).
F. During test, use DMM; measure voltage between IAHI stud and
known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Check PWR supply to IAHR for Open or short to GND. Decision
A. Perform Test 1 (page 1293). Yes: Repair Open or short
to GND between IAHR pin-1
B. Perform Actuator Test (page 2056).
and/or pin-2 and IAHI stud.
C. Select Inlet Air Heater Fuel Igniter from the drop-down menu. After repairs are complete,
Command IAHI to On (95%). retest for SPN 5548 FMI 7.
D. During test, use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout
Harness ZTSE4885 pin-1 and known good GND.
E. During test, use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout
Harness ZTSE4885 pin-2 and known good GND.
Are both voltages B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Check IAHR Output circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1294). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness ZTSE4885 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short to
GND between IAHR pin-3
and under hood PDM. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5548 FMI 7.
Step 7 Check IAHR Diagnostic circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1295). Using DMM; measure voltage between Yes: Replace IAHR. After
Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 pin-8 and known good GND. repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5548 FMI 7.
Is voltage 5.0 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short to
GND between IAHR pin-8 and
ECM pin E1-11. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5548 FMI 7.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 between the vehicle harness and IAHR.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1295
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
D. Key ON
1296 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4885 to vehicle harness and leave IAHR disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1297
IAHFS Sensor
Overview of IAHFS Sensor
Fault Overview
Inlet Air Heater (IAH) system warms incoming air to aid emissions reduction. When inlet air heating is needed,
Engine Control Module (ECM) sends a signal to IAH Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS). IAHFS then supplies fuel to IAH
Ignitor (IAHI).
1298 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) current
draw is greater than 8 amps for 5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect IAHFS connector.
C. Check IAHFS and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are IAHFS connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 626 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to IAHFS and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1302 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to IAHFS and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to IAHFS and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1303
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) circuit
voltage less than 0.3 volts for 5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect IAHFS connector.
C. Check IAHFS and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are IAHFS connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 626 FMI 4.
Step 3 Check ECM PWR OUT 3 circuit for short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1306). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 4.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between ECM pin E1-27 and
IAHFS pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 626
FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM E-1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to engine harness and leave Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid
(IAHFS) disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1307
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM E-1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to engine harness and leave Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid
(IAHFS) disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to IAHFS and leave engine harness disconnected.
1308 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) is greater
than 2.82 volts and less than 4.03 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect IAHFS connector.
C. Check IAHFS and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are IAHFS connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 626 FMI 5.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid
(IAHFS) disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1312 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) and leave vehicle
harness disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid
(IAHFS) disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
D. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1313
Overview
Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor is a variable-capacitance sensor that measures charge-air pressure
entering intake air throttle duct. As pressure increases, ceramic material moves closer to a thin metal disc
(internal sensor), causing a change in capacitance that changes voltage sent to, and interpreted by, Engine
Control Module (ECM). IMP is monitored by ECM for Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) and turbocharger
wastegate control.
1314 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal deviation
from BARO sensor is greater than 1.45 psi (10 kPa)
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to IMP harness and leave sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1319
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave IMP sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-3 to pin-1.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1320 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave IMP sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-3 to a known good
GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1321
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal voltage
greater than 4.825 volts (IMP greater than 616.5 kPa).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave IMP sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-3 to pin-1.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1324 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave IMP sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-3 to a known good
GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1325
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal voltage less
than 0.175 volts (IMP less than 28.6 kPa).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave IMP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1328 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave IMP sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-3 to pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
F. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1329
Overview
Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
manifold air temperature. ECM controls Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system based on air temperature in
intake manifold. This aids in cold engine starting and warm-ups, and also reduces exhaust emissions.
1330 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor temperature differs from Ambient Air
Temperature (AAT), CAC Outlet Temperature (CACOT) by greater than 27°F (15°C) after a cold soak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diagnostic runs at initial Key ON after a minimum of an 8 hour cold soak.
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1334). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Yes: Replace IMT
Continuous Monitor Test (page 2063). Monitor IMT voltage. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
Is voltage less than 0.05 volts?
for SPN 105 FMI 2.
No: Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 2(page 1335). Using DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4782 pin-1 and a known good GND. between IMT pin-2 and
ECM pin E1-37. After
Is resistance less than 5 ohms?
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105
FMI 2.
No: Repair Open
between IMT pin-1 and
ECM pin E1-83. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105
FMI 2.
1332 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 to vehicle harness and leave Intake Manifold Temperature
(IMT) sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1335
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 to vehicle harness and leave Intake Manifold Temperature
(IMT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1336 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) voltage is
greater than 4.8 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will immediately illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1340). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE4782 pin-2 and a known good ground. PWR between IMT pin-2
and Engine Control
Is voltage greater than 4.85 volts?
Module (ECM) pin
E1-37. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
105 FMI 3.
No: Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 2(page 1341). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Yes: Replace IMT
Continuous Monitor Test (page 2063). Monitor IMT voltage. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
Is voltage approximately 0 volts?
105 FMI 3.
No: Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1342). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Yes: Repair Open
Continuous Monitor Test (page 2063). Monitor IMT voltage. between IMT pin-1 and
ECM pin E1-83. After
Is voltage approximately 0 volts?
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105 FMI
3.
No: Repair Open
between IMT pin-2 and
ECM pin E1-37. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105 FMI
3.
1338 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 to vehicle harness and leave Intake Manifold Temperature
(IMT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1341
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 to vehicle harness and leave IMT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1342 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 to vehicle harness and leave IMT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4782 pin-2 to GND.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1343
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) signal
voltage is less than expected.
Lamp Reaction
MIL will immediately illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1346). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Yes: Replace IMT
Continuous Monitor Test (page 2063). Monitor IMT voltage. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
Is voltage 4.85 volts ± 0.05 volts?
105 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to GND
between IMT pin-1 and
Engine Control Module
pin E1-37. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 105 FMI 4.
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
D. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1347
Overview
When the Engine Control Module (ECM) determines fueling is required to a cylinder, voltage is supplied to the
fuel injector. The fuel injector has a magnetic coil, which lifts a needle inside the injector. The needle moving
upward uncovers the spray holes directing fuel into the cylinder. When the ECM determines injection should
end, voltage to the magnetic coil is removed.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To avoid engine damage, turn the ignition switch to OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn ignition switch to OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.
1348 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Fuel Injector 1 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1356 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 1 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1357
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 1 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
1358 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 1 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1359
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect Fuel Injector 1 H and L terminals
1360 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect Fuel Injector 1 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1361
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Fuel Injector 1 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check INJ1 H circuit for Open or high resistance (voltage drop). Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1366). Using DMM measure voltage between fuel injector 1 Yes: Repair Open
INJ1 H ring terminal and terminal in ECM pin E2-05. or high resistance
between fuel injector
1 INJ1 L ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-12.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 651 FMI 5.
Is voltage less than 0.3 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between fuel injector
1 INJ1 H ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-05.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 651 FMI 5.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• 500 Ohm Resistor ZTSE4497
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1365
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 1 H and L terminals
1366 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 1 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
D. Using Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert proper terminal into ECM pin E2-05.
E. Connect one end of the 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness ZTSE4497 to terminal in E2-05, and
connect the other end of 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness to PWR (use a jumper wire if needed).
F. Connect INJ1 H ring terminal to a known good GND (use a jumper wire if needed)
1368 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Fuel Injector 2 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1374 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 2 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1375
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 2 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
1376 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 2 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect ECM E2 connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1377
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect fuel injector 2 H and L terminals
1378 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect fuel injector 2 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1379
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in fuel injector 2 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check INJ2 H circuit for Open or high resistance (voltage drop). Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1384). Using DMM measure voltage between fuel injector 2 Yes: Repair Open
INJ2 H ring terminal and terminal in ECM pin E2-11. or high resistance
between fuel injector
2 INJ2 L ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-06.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 652 FMI 5.
Is voltage less than 0.3 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between fuel injector
2 INJ2 H ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-11.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 652 FMI 5.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• 500 Ohm Resistor ZTSE4497
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1383
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 2 H and L terminals
1384 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 2 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
D. Using Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert proper terminal into ECM pin E2-11.
E. Connect one end of the 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness ZTSE4497 to terminal in E2-11, and
connect the other end of 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness to PWR (use a jumper wire if needed).
F. Connect INJ2 H ring terminal to a known good GND (use a jumper wire if needed)
1386 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Fuel Injector 3 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1392 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 3 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1393
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 3 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
1394 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 3 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1395
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect Fuel Injector 3 H and L terminals
1396 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect Fuel Injector 3 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1397
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Fuel Injector 3 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check INJ3 H circuit for Open or high resistance (voltage drop). Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1402). Using DMM measure voltage between fuel injector 3 Yes: Repair Open
INJ3 H ring terminal and terminal in ECM pin E2-04. or high resistance
between fuel injector
3 INJ3 L ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-13.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 653 FMI 5.
Is voltage less than 0.3 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between fuel injector
3 INJ3 H ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-04.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 653 FMI 5.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• 500 Ohm Resistor ZTSE4497
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1401
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 3 H and L terminals
1402 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 3 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
D. Using Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert proper terminal into ECM pin E2-04.
E. Connect one end of the 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness ZTSE4497 to terminal in E2-04, and
connect the other end of 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness to PWR (use a jumper wire if needed).
F. Connect INJ3 H ring terminal to a known good GND (use a jumper wire if needed)
1404 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Fuel Injector 4 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1410 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 4 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1411
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 4 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
1412 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 4 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect ECM E2 connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1413
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect fuel injector 4 H and L terminals
1414 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect fuel injector 4 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1415
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Fuel Injector 4 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check INJ4 H circuit for Open or high resistance (voltage drop). Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1420). Using DMM measure voltage between fuel injector 4 Yes: Repair Open
INJ4 H ring terminal and terminal in ECM pin E2-03. or high resistance
between fuel injector
4 INJ4 L ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-14.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 654 FMI 5.
Is voltage less than 0.3 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between fuel injector
4 INJ4 H ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-03.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 654 FMI 5.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• 500 Ohm Resistor ZTSE4497
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1419
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 4 H and L terminals
1420 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 4 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
D. Using Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert proper terminal into ECM pin E2-03.
E. Connect one end of the 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness ZTSE4497 to terminal in E2-03, and
connect the other end of 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness to PWR (use a jumper wire if needed).
F. Connect INJ4 H ring terminal to a known good GND (use a jumper wire if needed)
1422 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Fuel Injector 5 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1428 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 5 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1429
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 5 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
1430 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 5 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect ECM E2 connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1431
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect fuel injector 5 H and L terminals
1432 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect fuel injector 5 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1433
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Fuel Injector 5 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check INJ5 H circuit for Open or high resistance (voltage drop). Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1438). Using DMM measure voltage between fuel injector 5 Yes: Repair Open
INJ5 H ring terminal and terminal in ECM pin E2-02. or high resistance
between fuel injector
5 INJ5 L ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-15.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 655 FMI 5.
Is voltage less than 0.3 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between fuel injector
5 INJ5 H ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-02.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 655 FMI 5.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• 500 Ohm Resistor ZTSE4497
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1437
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 5 H and L terminals
1438 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 5 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
D. Using Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert proper terminal into ECM pin E2-02.
E. Connect one end of the 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness ZTSE4497 to terminal in E2-02, and
connect the other end of 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness to PWR (use a jumper wire if needed).
F. Connect INJ5 H ring terminal to a known good GND (use a jumper wire if needed)
1440 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Fuel Injector 6 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1446 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 6 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1447
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 6 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
1448 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect fuel injector 6 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect ECM E2 connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1449
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect fuel injector 6 H and L terminals
1450 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01468-00.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM E2 connector
disconnected.
D. Disconnect fuel injector 6 H and L terminals
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1451
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to GND in Fuel Injector 6 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check INJ6 H circuit for Open or high resistance (voltage drop). Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1456). Using DMM measure voltage between fuel injector 6 Yes: Repair Open
INJ6 H ring terminal and terminal in ECM pin E2-01. or high resistance
between fuel injector
6 INJ6 L ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-16.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 656 FMI 5.
Is voltage less than 0.3 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between fuel injector
6 INJ6 H ring terminal
and ECM pin E2-01.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 656 FMI 5.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• 500 Ohm Resistor ZTSE4497
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1455
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 6 H and L terminals
1456 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Fuel Injector 6 H and L terminals
C. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) E2 connector.
D. Using Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert proper terminal into ECM pin E2-01.
E. Connect one end of the 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness ZTSE4497 to terminal in E2-01, and
connect the other end of 500 Ohm Resistor Jumper Harness to PWR (use a jumper wire if needed).
F. Connect INJ6 H ring terminal to a known good GND (use a jumper wire if needed)
1458 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault codes sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short in fuel injector 1, 2, or 3 circuits.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 651 FMI 4 and 5 • SPN 652 FMI 4 and 5 • SPN 653 FMI 4 and 5
(INJ) (INJ) (INJ)
Fault Facts
None.
Possible Causes
• INJ1 H circuit short to PWR
• INJ1 H circuit short to GND
• INJ1 H short to INJ1 L
• INJ1 L circuit short to PWR
• INJ1 L circuit short to GND
• Fuel injector 1 wiring terminals shorted to engine brake housing
• Failed fuel injector 1
• INJ2 H circuit short to PWR
• INJ2 H circuit short to GND
• INJ2 H short to INJ2 L
• INJ2 L circuit short to PWR
• INJ2 L circuit short to GND
• Fuel injector 2 wiring terminals shorted to engine brake housing
• Failed fuel injector 2
• INJ3 H circuit short to PWR
• INJ3 H circuit short to GND
• INJ3 H short to INJ3 L
• INJ3 L circuit short to PWR
• INJ3 L circuit short to GND
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1459
Pin-Point Test
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1468 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 1 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1469
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 2 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1470 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 3 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1471
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 1 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1472 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 1 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1473
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 2 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1474 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 2 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1475
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 3 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1476 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 3 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1477
Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 1 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1478 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 11
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 1 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
E. KOEO.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1479
Test 12
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 2 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
E. KOEO.
1480 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 13
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 2 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
E. KOEO.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1481
Test 14
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 3 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
E. KOEO.
1482 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault codes sets Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short in fuel injector 4, 5, or 6 circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 654 FMI 4 and 5 • SPN 655 FMI 4 and 5 • SPN 656 FMI 4 and 5
(INJ) (INJ) (INJ)
Fault Facts
None.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01468-00
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1492 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 4 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1493
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 5 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1494 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 6 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1495
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 4 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1496 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 4 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1497
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 5 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1498 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 5 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1499
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 6 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1500 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 6 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1501
Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 4 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
E. KOEO.
1502 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 11
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 4 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
E. KOEO.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1503
Test 12
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 5 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
E. KOEO.
1504 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 13
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 5 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
E. KOEO.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1505
Test 14
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect fuel injector 6 wiring terminals.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01468-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
E. KOEO.
1506 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Public J1939 circuit provides a communication path between Engine Control Module (ECM), and other vehicle
Controller Area Network (CAN) nodes. Circuit contains two 120-ohm terminating resistors. One resistor will be
located inside cab, and one will be located outside cab. Wiring for Public J1939 circuit consists of a shielded
twisted pair wire where one wire is CAN-H, and other is CAN-L.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1507
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) can not detect transmission driveline engaged status on
J1939.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) has detected a loss in communication with Aftertreatment
Control Module (ACM) over Controller Area Network (CAN).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Step 4 Check ACM SWBAT circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1519). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-41 and known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short to
GND between ACM pin J2-41
and ignition relay PWR (see
Electrical Circuit Diagrams
Manual). Perform SCR Faults
Reset Request Procedure
(page 2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 609
FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1511
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, ensure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, disconnect main battery negative terminal before
disconnecting or connecting electrical components. Always connect ground cable last.
CAUTION: To prevent possible damage to vehicle, before performing any resistance checks on data link circuit,
turn ignitions switch to OFF and disconnect vehicle batteries.
Step 12 Check PWR circuit to PDM 15-pin connector for Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 10 (page 1526). Use DMM, measure voltage between Yes: Go to Step 13.
Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4899 pin-4 and known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short to
GND between Underhood
PDM 15-pin pin-4 and PWR
(see Electrical Circuit Diagram
Manual). Perform SCR Faults
Reset Request Procedure
(page 2090). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 609
FMI 19.
Step 16 Check for GND to DEF harness PWR and GND connector. Decision
Perform Test 12 (page 1527). Use DMM, measure voltage between Yes: Go to Step 17.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A pin-2 and B+.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between DEF
harness PWR and GND pin-2
and GND. See appropriate
vehicle Electrical Circuit
Diagrams. Perform SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page 2090).
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 609 FMI 19.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector J2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 between ACM and connector J2.
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
E. Key ON.
1518 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM connector J2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 between ACM and connector J2.
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1519
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM connector J2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 between ACM and connector J2.
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
E. Key ON.
1520 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM connector J2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 between ACM and connector J2.
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1521
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM connector J2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 between ACM and connector J2.
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
E. Key ON.
1522 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM connector J2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 between ACM and connector J2.
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1523
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM connector J2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 between ACM and connector J2.
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
E. Key ON.
1524 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM connector J2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM connector J2 and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) connector E1.
E. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1525
Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM connector J2.
C. Disconnect ECM connector E1.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 between ACM and connector J2.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 between ECM and connector E1.
F. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 Z-connector and
Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08 X-connector.
G. Place ACM overlay on Breakout Box.
1526 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 574 Check PWR Circuit to PDM 15-pin connector for Open or High Resistance
Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 15-pin Power Distribution Module (PDM) connector.
C. Using Big Bore Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4899, insert proper terminal into 15-pin PDM pin-4
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1527
Figure 579 Check for GND to DEF Harness PWR and GND Connector
Test 12
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEF harness PWR and GND connector
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to male side of DEF harness PWR and GND connector
and leave female side disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1529
Test 13
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM connector J2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 between ACM and connector J2.
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 18-537-01.
E. Key ON.
1530 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 639 FMI 14 - J1939 Data Link Error (ECM Unable to Transmit)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects public J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN) bus
circuit impedance is greater than or equal to 0.5 ohms.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM C1 and C2 connectors.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 to engine harness and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM C1 and C2 connectors.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 to engine harness and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM C1 connector.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 to engine harness and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1534 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 connector.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1535
SPN 639 FMI 19 - J1939 Data Link Error (ECM unable to transmit or receive)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects public J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN) bus
circuit impedance is less than or equal to 0.5 ohms.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM C1 and C2 connectors.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 to engine harness and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM C1 and C2 connectors.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 to engine harness and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM C1 connector.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 to engine harness and leave ECM C1 and C2 connectors
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1539
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 connector.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 to vehicle harness and leave ECM disconnected.
1540 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
1541 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
1542 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates when the Heavy-Duty On-Board Diagnostics (HD-OBD) system
detects a malfunction related to the emissions control system. The illuminated MIL indicates the vehicle needs
to be serviced at the first convenient opportunity. Lamp may remain active after repair until system operation
confirms repair.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• 2010 MaxxForce 11 & 13 Harness Kit 00-01462-00
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1543
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects hard-wired Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is
shorted to PWR.
Lamp Reaction
MIL will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 and C2 Connectors.
C. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 between the ECM and chassis harness.
1546 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects hard-wired Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is
shorted to GND.
Lamp Reaction
MIL will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) C1 and C2 Connectors.
C. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 between the ECM and chassis harness.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1549
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects hard-wired Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) circuit
is Open.
Lamp Reaction
MIL will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Remove Left Side Cluster #2 from dashboard.
B. Key OFF.
C. Disconnect Left Side Cluster #2 connector 423M.
D. Using Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert proper terminal into connector 423M pin-13.
E. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Remove Left Side Cluster #2 from dashboard.
B. Key OFF.
C. Disconnect Left Side Cluster #2 connector 423M.
D. Using Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert proper terminal into connector 423M pin-3.
E. Key ON.
1552 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module is a smart device used to measure NOx emissions at intake of
aftertreatment system. NOx IN sensor module performs internal diagnostics and reports malfunctions back to
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) using J1939 data link. NOx IN sensor is permanently attached to NOx
control module. They are serviced as a single component and can not be replaced individually.
Figure 593 NOx IN Sensor Module Location (Engine Rear View, Typical)
1. Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN
module
2. NOx IN sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1553
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Nitrogen
Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module. Diesel exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled,
and engine torque will be severely reduced.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s). Decision
Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown Yes: Go to Step 3.
fuses; loose, missing, or intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace failed
fuse(s) or relay(s) to PDM
connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3216
FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between vehicle harness and NOx IN sensor module.
D. Key ON.
1558 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18–648–01 between vehicle harness and NOx IN sensor module.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1559
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects an internal circuit error is detected in Nitrogen
Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled,
and engine torque is severely reduced.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module reading is invalid.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module voltage
rating does not match engine's electrical system voltage.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NOx IN sensor
module. After repairs are
B. Disconnect NOx IN sensor module.
complete, retest for SPN
C. Check NOx IN sensor module and connector terminals for: 3216 FMI 13.
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent,
or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are NOx IN sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3216 FMI 13.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Nitrogen
Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module. Diesel exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled,
and engine torque will be severely reduced.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or Switched Ignition Relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits:
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, Ammonia Sensor Module, NOx IN
sensor module, NOx OUT sensor module, and DEFTLT sensor module.
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
Step 2 Inspect Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect NOx IN sensor module.
C. Check NOx IN sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent,
or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are NOx IN sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
perform SCR Fault Reset
Request (page 2090) and
retest for SPN 3216 FMI 19.
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1570 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to engine harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1571
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to engine harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1572 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to engine harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to engine harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN
sensor module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1573
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides (NOx)
sensor is high compared to it's modeled value for conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides (NOx)
sensor when idle conditions are detected, compare NOx IN sensor to NOx IN model difference. Difference
should be greater than - 80 ppm.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
SPN 3218 FMI 2 - NOx IN Power Supply Signal Erratic, Intermittent or Incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects power supply to Nitrogen Oxides (NO IN) sensor
is above or below a calibratable threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s). Decision
Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown Yes: Go to Step 3.
fuses; loose, missing, or intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace failed
fuse(s) or relay(s) to PDM
connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3218
FMI 2.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, ensure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1581
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) IN
sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON
1582 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) IN
sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1583
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN sensor heater
was unable to maintain its normal operating temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 FMI 4 and 9 • SPN 3218 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
(NOx IN) IN) 4 (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground circuit,
or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits with NOx IN sensor
module: DOC/DPF temperature sensor module; NOx OUT sensor module; Ammonia (NH3) sensor module; NOx
IN sensor module; DEFTLT sensor module. Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1586 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN
sensor module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to switched ignition relay position in Power Distribution
Module (PDM) and leave switched ignition relay disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1587
Overview
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor module is a smart device used to measure NOx emissions at outlet of
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Catalyst. NOx OUT sensor module performs internal diagnostics and
reports malfunctions back to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) using J1939 data link. NOx OUT sensor
is permanently attached to NOx control module. They are serviced as a single component and can not be
replaced individually.
1588 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 MUST be installed with dimples toward top of
PDM, as shown. Reversed installation WILL result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1591
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor
module is not reading zero, or is not changing with engine conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 FMI 4, 10, • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 5031 FMI 10 (NOx
13, and 19 (NOx OUT) OUT) OUT)
Fault Facts
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean before performing step-based diagnostics.
Step 2 Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s). Decision
Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown Yes: Go to Step 3.
fuses; loose, missing, or intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace failed
fuse(s) or relay(s) to PDM
connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3226
FMI 2.
Step 3 Inspect Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor module and Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect NOx OUT sensor module.
C. Check NOx OUT sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Are NOx OUT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226 FMI 2.
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1595
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1596 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1597
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects an internal circuit error in Nitrogen Oxides
(NOx) OUT sensor module. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for limited period of time with
fault code active. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after extended engine
operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Inspect Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor module and Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NOx OUT
sensor module. Perform
B. Disconnect NOx OUT sensor module.
SCR Fault Reset Request
C. Check NOx OUT sensor module and connector terminals for: (page 2090). After repairs are
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, complete, retest for SPN 3226
or broken pins; or broken connector housing. FMI 4.
Are NOx OUT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal damage.
Perform SCR Fault Reset
Request (page 2090). After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor
module signal is invalid.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Step 2 Inspect Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor module and Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect NOx OUT sensor module.
C. Check NOx OUT sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent,
or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are NOx OUT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226 FMI 10.
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1603
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
1604 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor module
voltage rating does not match engine's electrical system voltage.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor module and Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: NOx OUT sensor
module. After repairs are
B. Disconnect NOx OUT sensor module.
complete, retest for SPN
C. Check NOx OUT sensor module and connector terminals for: 3226 FMI 13.
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent,
or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are NOx OUT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226 FMI 13.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) loses J1939 data link communications with Nitrogen Oxides
(NOx) OUT sensor module. Diesel exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and
engine torque will be severely reduced.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or Switched Ignition Relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits: DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, Ammonia Sensor Module, NOx OUT sensor
module, NOx IN sensor module, and DEFTLT sensor module.
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
Step 2 Inspect Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor module and Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect NOx OUT sensor module.
C. Check NOx OUT sensor module and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent,
or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are NOx OUT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1611
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1612 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to engine harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1613
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to engine harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1614 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to engine harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1615
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to engine harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
1616 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module is high during monitoring conditions, or is not changing with engine conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects reading from Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module is low during monitoring conditions, or is not changing with engine conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
SPN 3228 FMI 2 - NOx OUT Power Supply Signal Erratic, Intermittent or Incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects power supply to Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor
module is above or below a calibratable threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor module Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect NOx OUT sensor module connector.
C. Check NOx OUT sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Are NOx OUT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3228 FMI 2.
Step 5 Check for correct NOx OUT sensor module part number. Decision
Check for incorrect NOx OUT sensor module installed. Yes: Replace NOx
OUT sensor module.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3228 FMI 2.
Is correct NOx OUT sensor module installed? No: Install correct
NOx OUT sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3228 FMI 2.
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1624 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1625
SPN 5031 FMI 10 - NOx OUT Sensor Heater Not Reading Correctly
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT sensor heater
was unable to maintain normal operating temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1761 FMI 19 • SPN 3216 FMI 19 (NOx • SPN 3226 FMI 19 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx
(DEFTL) IN) OUT) OUT)
• SPN 4360 FMI 19 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, and
(SCRIT) 19 (DOC/DPF Temp) 19 (SCR Temp)
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits with NOx
OUT sensor module: DOC/DPF temperature sensor module; NOx IN sensor module; Ammonia (NH3) sensor
module; NOx IN sensor module; DEFTLT sensor module. Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are
clean.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) Out
sensor module disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1628 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave NOx Out sensor module
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1629
Overview
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) is a wide-band oxygen sensor used to control engine fueling and provide input for Exhaust
Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve position. O2S is a six-wire sensor that provides a variable voltage signal to
Engine Control Module (ECM) to determine amount of oxygen entering exhaust system. A heating element is
used during initial engine warm-up to bring sensor up to a normal operating temperature of 1,436°F (780°C).
O2S heater element is only activated when engine coolant temperature reaches 104°F (40°C), and exhaust gas
temperature exceeds 212°F (100°C) for more than 30 seconds.
Oxygen sensor (O2S) heater element is designed to increase sensor temperature. O2S heater is supplied with
battery voltage from ECM PWR Out 1 through pin 4 of O2S connector. O2S heater is active when Engine Control
Module (ECM) supplies ground to O2S Heater CTL circuit through ECM connector 1 pin 46.
1630 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects slow response time in Oxygen Sensor (O2S) signal.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 724 FMI 3, 4, and 5 SPN 731 (EWPS) SPN 1322 - 28 FMI 31
(O2S) (CYL Balance)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report (page 2011). Yes: Go to step 3.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Update ECM
calibration. After
update is complete, go
to step 3.
Step 4 Perform O2 Sensor Calibration and recheck O2S adaption value. Decision
Perform O2 Sensor Calibration (page 2042). After O2S calibration is complete, Yes: Replace O2S.
using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load parameter session. Find parameter Perform O2 Sensor
ID 99162 : Lambda sensor adaptation value, and document value. Calibration (page
2042). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 724 FMI 2 .
Is the adaptation value > 0.045? No: End diagnostics,
retest for SPN 724
FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects O2S circuits are short to PWR.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1639
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects O2S circuits are short to GND.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
1644 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1645
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
1646 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1647
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects one or more O2S circuits are Open.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
1648 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Oxygen (O2S) Sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave O2S disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1652 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect O2S.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave O2S disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect O2S.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave O2S disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect O2S.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave O2S disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1654 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when learned Oxygen Sensor (O2S) adaptation value exceeds 1.1 correction factor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when learned Oxygen Sensor (O2S) adaptation value is less than 0.95 correction factor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Oxygen Sensor (O2S) temperature is greater than
1472°F (800°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1663
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A between vehicle harness and Oxygen Sensor (O2S),
leave O2S disconnected
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
D. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
E. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER), using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor O2S temperature
and run O2S temperature to greater than 1,382°F (750°C) (O2S heater inactive).
1664 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Oxygen Sensor (O2S) heater temperature is below
minimum temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1665
Step 4 Check ECM PWR OUT 1 circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1669). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage Yes: Go to step 5.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A pin-4 and a known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between O2S pin-4
and ECM pin C1–33.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3223 FMI 1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1667
Step 5 Check O2 Heater GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1670). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage Yes: Replace O2S.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A pin-3 and a known good GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3223 FMI 1.
Is voltage 4.8 volts ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between O2S pin-3
and ECM pin C1–46.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3223 FMI 1.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
C. Key ON
1670 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1671
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Oxygen Sensor (O2S) heater circuit current is
greater than 350 micro amps.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check ECM PWR OUT 1 circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1675). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage Yes: Go to step 4.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A pin-4 and a known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
O2S pin-4 and ECM
pin C1–33. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3223
FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
C. Key ON
1676 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1677
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Oxygen Sensor (O2S) heater circuit current is less
than –350 micro amps.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Step 4 Check ECM PWR OUT 1 circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1681). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage Yes: Go to step 5.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A pin-4 and a known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
O2S pin-4 and ECM
pin C1–33. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3223
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1679
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
C. Key ON
1682 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to engine harness and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1683
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in the Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
heater.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
• SPN 724 FMI 3, 4 (O2S) • SPN 3223 FMI 3, 4 • SPN 3597 FMI 4 (ECM
(O2S) PWR)
Fault Facts
None.
Step 4 Check for short to GND in the HTR CTL circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1686). Using Digital Multimeter (DMM) measure voltage Yes: Go to step 4.
between ZTSE4735A pin-3 and pin-4.
Is voltage less than 5 volts? No: Repair short to
GND between O2S
pin-3 and ECM pin
C1-46. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3223 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1685
Step 5 Check for Open or high resistance in the HTR CTL circuit. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1687). Using a DMM measure resistance between Yes: Go to step 4.
ZTSE4735A pin-3 and ECM pin C1-46.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
between O2S pin-3 and
ECM pin C1-46. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3223
FMI 5.
Step 6 Check for Open or high resistance in the ECM PWR OUT 1 circuit. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1688). using a DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Replace O2S.
ZTSE4735A pin-4 and ECM pin C1-33. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3223 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
between O2S pin-4
And ECM pin C1-33.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3223 FMI 5.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01462-00
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1687
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness, and leave Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1688 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01462-00
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Control Module
(ECM) disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness, and leave O2 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1689
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01462-00
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01462-00 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Control Module
(ECM) disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness, and leave O2S disconnected.
1690 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 3223 FMI 17 - O2S heater temperature below minimum at low battery PWR
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects battery voltage drops below 10 volts when Oxygen
Sensor (O2S) heater is commanded ON.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
• SPN 158 FMI 17 (ECM • SPN 724 (O2S) • SPN 3223 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3597 FMI 4 (ECM)
PWR) 5 (O2S Heater)
Fault Facts
This fault indicates that while O2S heater was active, battery voltage dropped below 10 volts. This fault may not
be active when it arrives in shop. Ensure starting and charging system is working properly.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, ensure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A between engine harness and Oxygen Sensor (O2S).
C. Key ON
1694 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) feature allows operator to set and maintain constant engine speed
from outside vehicle cab. This feature may also be know as Remote Engine Speed Control (RESC). Control
over engine speed is accomplished by using remote mounted switches to turn on RESC and select desired
engine speed.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1695
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) signal
is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Body Builder connector 2.
C. Insert correct pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into Body Builder connector 2 pin-A.
D. Key ON.
1700 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Body Builder connector 2.
C. Insert correct pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into Body Builder connector 2 pin-A.
D. Insert correct pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into Body Builder connector 2 pin-C.
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Body Builder connector 2 pin-A to pin-C.
F. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
G. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1701
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) signal
is less than expected.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Body Builder connector 2.
C. Insert correct pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into Body Builder connector 2 pin-B.
D. Key ON.
1706 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Body Builder connector 2.
C. Insert correct pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into Body Builder connector 2 pin-A.
D. Insert correct pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into Body Builder connector 2 pin-B.
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Body Builder connector 2 pin-A to pin-B.
F. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
G. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1707
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Body Builder connector 2.
C. Insert correct pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into Body Builder connector 2 pin-A.
D. Insert correct pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into Body Builder connector 2 pin-B.
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Body Builder connector 2 pin-A to pin-B.
F. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
G. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1708 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 1569 FMI 31 - SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection System Inducement Severe
Fault Overview
Fault sets when any aftertreatment sensor or actuator is Open, disconnected, or bad Urea quality is detected for
at least one hour. After one hour (level 2) engine will be de-rated by 25%. After 4 hours (level 3 and 4) engine
will be de-rated by 40%, and Engine Control Module (ECM) will illuminate Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and turn on
warning buzzer. Five MPH Vehicle Speed Limit will be activated on Key OFF/ON event OR Fuel Refill OR when
idling for 60 minutes while Level 3 is active. Repeated Offense event (second instance of activating any SCR
fault) will also trigger this DTC (Level 3).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
This fault is a notification indication SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault is a notification indicating SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect. Check
for any associated aftertreatment circuit faults. Once condition that caused original circuit fault has been
repaired, SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure will need to be performed to reset SCR Tamperproof Warning
and Protection Inducement. If no associated faults are present, check repair history for recent previous repair
to aftertreatment system. If there was recent repair SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure may just need to
be performed.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a restriction in Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
lines, DEF Doser (DEFD), or in DEF Supply Module (DEFSM). Maximum adaptation limits reached for DEF
injection, and NOx conversion remains low.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 (NOx IN) • SPN 3218 (NOx IN) • SPN 3226 (NOx OUT) • SPN 3228 (NOx OUT)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7
(DEFPLH) (DEFRLH) (DEFSLH) (DEFD)
• SPN 5745 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5746 (DEFSMH)
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• Failed or leaking Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line or line connection
• Restricted DEF Supply Module (DEFSM) filter
• Failed DEFSM
• Failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1713
Step 2 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEF Supply Module Decision
(DEFSM), and DEF Doser (DEFD) lines and connections for
cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections; and
restrictions.
Perform KOEO DEF System Leak Test (page 2088). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or replace failed
condition and not leaking? line or connection. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3826 FMI 18.
Step 3 Check if DEF system can build pressure and is free of leaks. Decision
Perform KOEO DEF System Leak Test (page 2088). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Did DEF system build pressure and have no external leaks? No: Repair leaking DEF
component(s). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3826 FMI 18.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields. Limit
compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).
SPN 4331 FMI 18 - DEF Actual Dosing Quantity below normal operating range - Moderately Severe Level
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects calculated actual DEF flow is less than
commanded.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1761 (DEFTL) • SPN 3031 (DEFTLT) • SPN 3216 (NOx IN) • SPN 3218 (NOx IN)
• SPN 3226 (NOx OUT) • SPN 3226 (NOx OUT) • SPN 3361 FMI 2 • SPN 3362 FMI 31
(DEFSP) (DEFSP)
• SPN 3363 (DEFTHC) • SPN 3521 FMI 11 (SCR) • SPN 3826 FMI 18 • SPN 4337 (DEFSM)
(SCR)
• SPN 4340 (DEFPLH) • SPN 4342 (DEFRLH) • SPN 4344 (DEFSLH) • SPN 4364 FMI 18
(SCR)
• SPN 4376 (DEFSM) • SPN 4792 (SCR) • SPN 4794 FMI 31 • SPN 5394 FMI 2
(SCR) (DEFD)
• SPN 5491 (DEFLH • SPN 5745 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5746 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH)
Relay)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEF Supply Module Decision
(DEFSM), and DEF Doser (DEFD) lines and connections for:
cracks and pitting; and loose, leaking, or damaged connections.
Perform KOEO DEF System Leak Test (page 2088). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DEF tank, DEFSM, and DEFD lines and connections in good condition No: Repair or replace failed
and not leaking? line or connection. Perform
SCR Faults Reset Request
(page 2090). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4331 FMI 18.
Step 3 Determine if DEF system can provide proper amount of DEF. Decision
Perform DEF Doser Pump Override Test . Yes: End Diagnostics. Retest
for SPN 4331 FMI 18.
Was volume of DEF dosed within specification? No: Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Determine if DEF system can provide proper amount of DEF. Decision
Perform DEF Supply Module Flush (page 2026). Yes: Replace failed
component, and then perform
SCR Faults Reset Request
(page 2090). After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4331 FMI 18.
Does procedure identify a failed component? No: Replace DEFSM filter,
and then perform SCR Faults
Reset Request (page 2090).
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4331 FMI 18.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion efficiency
of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is less than expected. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 (NOx IN) • SPN 3218 (NOx IN) • SPN 3226 (NOx OUT) • SPN 3228 (NOx OUT)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16
4 (DEFSP) (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(DEFPLH) (DEFRLH) (DEFSLH) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5743 (SCR • SPN 520668 (AFT
4 (SCROT) (DEFD) Temperature Sensor system)
Module)
• SPN 520669 (AFT
system)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEF Supply Module Decision
(DEFSM), and DEF Doser (DEFD) lines and connections for
cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections; and
restrictions.
Perform KOEO DEF System Leak Test (page 2088). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Are DEF tank, DEFSM, and DEFD lines and connections in good condition No: Repair or replace failed
and not leaking? line or connection. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4364 FMI 18.
Step 5 Verify correct Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) operation. Decision
Perform DEF Doser Pump Override Test (page 2080). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Was amount of collected DEF within specifications? No: Replace DEFSM filter
and clean DEFSM using
18-200-01. Repeat Step 5. If
DEFD still does not operate
correctly, replace DEFD. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4364 FMI 18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1719
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects conversion of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) is too
low in aftertreatment system with maximum compensation commanded.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 (NOx IN) • SPN 3218 (NOx IN) • SPN 3226 (NOx OUT) • SPN 3228 (NOx OUT)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16
4 (DEFSP) (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHC) and 18 (DEFLP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(DEFPLH) (DEFRLH) (DEFSLH) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5743 (SCR
4 (SCROT) (DEFD) Temperature Sensor
Module)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEF Supply Module Decision
(DEFSM), and DEF Doser (DEFD) lines and connections for
cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections; and
restrictions.
Perform KOEO DEF System Leak Test (page 2088). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Are DEF tank, DEFSM, and DEFD lines and connections in good condition No: Repair or replace failed
and not leaking? line or connection. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4792 FMI 10.
Step 5 Verify correct Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) operation. Decision
Perform DEF Doser Pump Override Test (page 2080). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Was amount of collected DEF within specifications? No: Replace DEFSM filter
and clean DEFSM using
18-200-01. Repeat Step 5. If
DEFD still does not operate
correctly, replace DEFD. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4792 FMI 10.
1722 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects an internal circuit error in Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module, or wrong SCR temperature sensor module installed. Active and
parked regeneration of aftertreatment system is disabled, and Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is closed.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) reduction efficiency
is less than 0% after DEF tank has been refilled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion efficiency
of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is critically low. ACM compares NOx IN sensor value, to NOx
OUT sensor value. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will
be severely reduced and vehicle speed limited if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 (NOx OUT) • SPN 3228 (NOx OUT) • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when any aftertreatment sensor or actuator is Open, disconnected, or bad Urea quality is detected for
at least one hour. After one hour (level 2) engine will be de-rated by 25%. After 4 hours (level 3 and 4) engine
will be de-rated by 40%, and Engine Control Module (ECM) will illuminate Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and turn on
warning buzzer. Five MPH Vehicle Speed Limit will be activated on Key OFF/ON event OR Fuel Refill OR when
idling for 60 minutes while Level 3 is active. Repeated Offense event (second instance of activating any SCR
fault) will also trigger this DTC (Level 3).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
This fault is a notification indication SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault is a notification indicating SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect. Check
for any associated aftertreatment circuit faults. Once condition that caused original circuit fault has been
repaired, SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure will need to be performed to reset SCR Tamperproof Warning
and Protection Inducement. If no associated faults are present, check repair history for recent previous repair
to aftertreatment system. If there was recent repair SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure may just need to
be performed.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects hard-wired Diesel Exhaust Fluid Lamp (DEFL)
circuit is shorted to PWR.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1545). Use DMM to measure resistance between Yes: End diagnostics, retest
Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin C1-57 and B+. for SPN 7424 FMI 3.
Is resistance greater than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short to PWR
between ECM pin C1-57
and MIL. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 7424
FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module monitors signals from SCR Inlet Temperature
(SCRIT), and SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT) sensors, and communicates to Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) over Controller Area Network (CAN). Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited
period of time with this fault code active. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after
extended engine operation with these faults active.
SPN 5743 FMI 3 - SCR Temperature sensor module Out of Range HIGH
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module supply voltage is high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check for correct parallel battery pack wiring. 53798 Decision
Positive battery cable(s) should be connected from positive battery terminal to Yes: Repair
positive battery terminal. Negative battery cable(s) should be connected from overcharging in
negative battery terminal to negative battery terminal. charging system. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5743
FMI 3.
Is battery pack correctly assembled (wired in parallel and not in series)? No: Reassemble
battery pack. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5743
FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between vehicle harness and Selective Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) temperature sensor module.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1743
SPN 5743 FMI 4 - SCR Temperature sensor module Out of Range LOW
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module supply voltage is low.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean before completing diagnostics.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between vehicle harness and leave Selective Catalyst
Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1747
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave Selective Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) temperature sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON
1748 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects the number of SCR temperature sensor
module power reset events within a 300 second window is ≥ 5 counts. Active and parked regeneration is
disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean before completing diagnostics.
SPN 5743 FMI 16 - SCR Temperature sensor module Above Maximum Temperature
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects the Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module is greater than 302°F (150°C). Active and parked regeneration is disabled. Exhaust
Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after SCR temperature sensor module temperature drops below warning limit, and will
likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and
inactive fault codes.
Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system
seams, or other damage.
Step 2 Inspect for damaged or missing Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Decision
temperature sensor module heat shield.
Check for air flow restrictions around SCR temperature sensor module (mud, Yes: Go to step 3.
aftermarket shields, flaps, or brackets installed).
Is SCR temperature sensor module heat shield free of air restrictions and is not No: Remove air
missing or damaged? restriction, or replace
or repair SCR
temperature sensor
module heat shield.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module.
Lamp Reaction
MIL will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits: DOC
/ DPF temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NH3 sensor module, NOx OUT sensor
module, NOx IN sensor module, and DEFTLT sensor module. Verify batteries are fully charged and connections
are clean before completing diagnostics.
Step 2 Check Aftertreatment Power Distribution Module (PDM) for damaged Decision
fuse(s) and/or relay(s).
Check Aftertreatment PDM fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses; loose, missing, or Yes: Go to step 3.
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or
replace failed
fuse(s) or relay(s)
to Aftertreatment
PDM. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 19.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave Selective Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) temperature sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1759
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave SCR temperature sensor
module disconnected.
C. Key ON
1760 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave SCR temperature sensor
module disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1761
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave SCR temperature sensor
module disconnected.
C. Key ON
1762 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave SCR temperature sensor
module disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1763
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave SCR temperature sensor
module disconnected.
C. Key ON
1764 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave SCR temperature sensor
module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1765
Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction Inlet Temperature (SCRIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at inlet of SCR
catalyst. SCR temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control
Module (ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). SCRIT sensor is part of SCR temperature sensor module,
and is not serviceable individually.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Inlet
Temperature (SCRIT) signal value is greater than 1202°F (650°C) when not in regeneration mode.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will begin flashing immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 (DPFIT)
(EWPS) 31 (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ)
• SPN 3246 (DPFOT) • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 (DOCIT)
4 (SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5743 FMI 3,
4, 12, and 19 (SCR
Temperature)
Fault Fact
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after SCRIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
If more than one DOC, DPF and/or SCR temperature sensor over temperature fault code(s) are present, check
for unregistered fuel or oil in exhaust.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 0.
1768 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) has determined SCR Inlet Temperature (SCRIT)
sensor does not match engine operating conditions for more than 5 minutes. Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) injection
into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended
period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4360 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4363 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, and
(DPFOT) (SCRIT) (SCROT) 11 (DPF)
• SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Inlet
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor circuit is shorted to battery or Open. Active and parked regeneration will be
disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault
active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects aftertreatment Selective Catalyst Reduction
Inlet Temperature (SCRIT) sensor signal voltage is less than 1 volt. Active and parked regeneration will be
disabled and engine torque reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Inlet
Temperature (SCRIT) signal value is greater than 1157°F (625°C) when not in regeneration mode.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 (DPFIT)
(EWPS) 31 (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ)
• SPN 3246 (DPFOT) • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 (DOCIT)
4 (SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5743 FMI 3,
4, 12, and 19 (SCR
Temperature)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after SCRIT drops below maximum limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
If more than one DOC, DPF and/or SCR temperature sensor over temperature fault code(s) are present, check
for unregistered fuel or oil in exhaust.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 15.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1777
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Inlet
Temperature (SCRIT) signal value is greater than 1202°F (650°C) when not in regeneration mode.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 (DPFIT)
(EWPS) 31 (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ)
• SPN 3246 (DPFOT) • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 (DOCIT)
4 (SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5743 FMI 3,
4, 12, and 19 (SCR
Temperature)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after SCRIT drops below maximum limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
If more than one DOC, DPF and/or SCR temperature sensor over temperature fault code(s) are present, check
for unregistered fuel or oil in exhaust.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 16.
1780 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature (SCROT) measures exhaust temperature at outlet of SCR.
SCR temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
via Controller Area Network (CAN). SCROT sensor is part of SCR temperature sensor module, and is not
serviceable individually.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) signal value is greater than 1202°F (650°C) when not in regeneration mode.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) and Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately and Red Stop
Lamp (RSL) will start flashing with short repetitive beeps when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 (DPFIT)
(EWPS) (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ)
• SPN 3246 (DPFOT) • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 (DOCIT)
4 (SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5743 FMI 3,
4, 12, and 19 (SCR
Temperature Sensor
Module Assembly)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after SCROT drops below maximum limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
If more than one DOC, DPF and/or SCR temperature sensor over temperature fault code(s) are present, check
for unregistered fuel or oil in exhaust.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 0.
1784 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) sensor does not match engine operating conditions for more than 5 minutes. A default
value for SCROT is used and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled.
Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 4360 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4363 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(SCRIT) (SCROT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) sensor circuit is shorted to battery or Open. Active and parked regeneration will be
disabled and engine torque reduced. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) sensor circuit is shorted to GND. Active and parked regeneration will be disabled and
engine torque reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) signal value is greater than 1157°F (625°C) when not in regeneration mode.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 (DPFIT)
(EWPS) (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ)
• SPN 3246 (DPFOT) • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 (DOCIT)
4 (SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5743 FMI 3,
4, 12, and 19 (SCR
Temperature Sensor
Module Assembly)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after SCROT drops below maximum limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
If more than one DOC, DPF and/or SCR temperature sensor over temperature fault code(s) are present, check
for unregistered fuel or oil in exhaust.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 15.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1793
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) signal value is greater than 1202°F (650°C) when not in regeneration mode.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 731 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 2197 and 2798 • SPN 3242 (DPFIT)
(EWPS) (CYL Balance) FMI 11 (INJ)
• SPN 3246 (DPFOT) • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 (DOCIT)
4 (SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5743 FMI 3,
4, 12, and 19 (SCR
Temperature Sensor
Module Assembly)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after SCROT drops below maximum limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
If more than one DOC, DPF and/or SCR temperature sensor over temperature fault code(s) are present, check
for unregistered fuel or oil in exhaust.
WARNING: Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set
parking brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Decision
(AFTFSO).
Perform AFT Fuel Shutoff Leak Test (page 2128). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? No: Replace AFTFSO. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 16.
1796 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Service
Overview of Service Group
Lamp Reaction
None
Possible Causes
• Change oil and re-set interval counter
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1799
Overview
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet
Pressure (TC1TOP) and Barometric (BARO) pressure is greater than or equal to 1.45 psi (10 kPa) after engine
has been shut down.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 108 (BARO) • SPN 3511 FMI 14 • SPN 5541 FMI 3 and 4
(VREF) (TC1TOP)
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave TC1TOP disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 to pin-3
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1805
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave TC1TOP disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-1 to pin-3
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1806 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1807
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure
(TC1TOP) signal voltage is greater than 4.95 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave TC1TOP disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1811
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure
(TC1TOP) signal voltage is lower than 0.05 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately.
Associated Faults
Possible Causes
• TC1TOP circuit Open
• TC1TOP circuit short to GND
• VREF3 circuit Open
• VREF3 circuit short to GND
• Failed TC1TOP sensor
1812 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave TC1TOP disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1815
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave TC1TOP disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 to pin-3
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1816 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure
(TC1TOP) signal is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
MIL will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
In cold ambient temperatures the EBP may freeze and set this code. If the codes goes inactive once the exhaust
is up to operating temperature, no diagnostics are necessary. Repeated intermittent faults may also be from a
cracked or broken butterfly valve. If suspected remove the exhaust down pipe and inspect the butterfly plate
and shaft for damage.
Step 2 Inspect for a stuck closed Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV). Decision
Check that EBPV is in the Open position and resting against EBPV actuator stop. Yes: Go to step 4.
Is EBPV in Open position? No: Go to step 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
sensor signal value is less than 3 psi (20 kPa) with maximum command to Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Decision
Perform Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection (page 2346). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged exhaust
components. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5542
FMI 17.
Overview
The Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Sensor (TC2CIS) is a combined temperature and pressure sensor
located in the piping between the low-pressure compressor outlet and the high-pressure compressor inlet.
This sensor monitors boost pressure for the low-pressure turbo and the temperature of the charge-air entering
the high-pressure turbo. The ECM uses these measurements for calculating fuel delivery and controlling the
wastegate.
1822 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet temperature (TC2CIT) signal difference compared to Inlet
Manifold Temperature (IMT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT), and Exhaust Gas Recirculation
Gas Temperature (EGRGT) is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to engine harness and leave TC2CIS disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-4 to pin-1
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1826 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to engine harness and leave TC2CIS disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-4 to a known good GND.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1827
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects signal from Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet
Temperature (TC2CIT) circuit is greater then 4.78 volts. Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT)
sensor circuit is part of the combination Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Sensor (TC2CIS).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1831
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave Turbocharger 2 Compressor
Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1832 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave TC2CIT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave TC2CIT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-2 to a known good
GND.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1833
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module detects Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT)
circuit voltage is less than 0.05 volts. Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor circuit is
part of the combination Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Sensor (TC2CIS).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
D. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1836 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 1173 FMI 16 - TC2CIT Signal Above Desired (Interstage CAC Under Cooling)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) is above a expected value, based
on operating conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1173 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4076 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 7423 FMI 20 and
4 (TC2CIT) 4(ECT2) 21 (ECT2)
Fault Facts
Repair engine cooling system problems and engine overheating before doing this procedure (see Engine
Symptoms Diagnostics).
Step 2 Inspect for damaged or missing engine cooling fan, fan shroud, Decision
and fan hub assembly.
Inspect for damaged or missing engine cooling fan, fan shroud, and fan Yes: Go to Step 3.
hub assembly. Check for air flow restrictions around low temperature
radiator and between cooling system components. Check cooling system
for external plugging.
Is engine cooling fan, hub, shroud, and cooling system free of damage and No: Repair air restriction, or
air flow restrictions? replace engine cooling fan
or fan hub assembly. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 1173 FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Pressure (TC2CIP) signal is not within 1.7 psi (12 kPa)
of Barometric Pressure (BARO) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to engine harness and leave Turbocharger 2 Compressor
Inlet Sensor (TC2CIS) disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1843
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to engine harness and leave TC2CIS disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-4 to pin-1
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to engine harness and leave TC2CIS disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-4 to a known good GND.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1845
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) signal from Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Pressure
(TC2CIP) circuit is greater then 4.9 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1849
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TC2CIS.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
D. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1850 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave TC2CIS sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-1 to pin-4.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1851
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave TC2CIS sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-4 to a known good
GND.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
E. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1852 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects signal from the Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet
Pressure (TC2CIP) circuit is less then 0.1 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1856 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave TC2CIS sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1857
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TC2CIS.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
D. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1858 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) controls Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC) solenoid by regulating
amount of charge air pressure supplied. TC2WC solenoid is controlled by signals in response to engine speed,
required fuel quantity, boost, exhaust back-pressure, and altitude. TC2WC solenoid is part of turbocharger
assembly.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1859
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC) circuit
current is greater than 15.8 amps.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check TC2WC circuit for short to GND or short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1862). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 12-954-01 pin-4 and known good GND.
Is voltage 4.0 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair short to PWR or
GND between ACV pin-4 and
ECM pin E1-52. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1189 FMI 3.
Step 4 Check ECM PWR OUT 1 circuit for Open or short to GND Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1862). Use DMM, measure voltage between Yes: Go to Step 5.
Breakout Harness 12-954-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short to
GND between ACV pin-3 and
ECM pin E1-51. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1189 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1863
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to ACV and leave engine harness disconnected.
1864 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC) circuit
voltage is between 2.2 volts and 3.2 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check ECM PWR OUT 1 circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1867). Use DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-954-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short to
GND between ACV pin-3 and
ECM pin E1-51. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1189 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1868 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to ACV and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1869
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC) circuit
voltage is between 4.2 and 5.8 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1873
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to engine harness and leave ACV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Air Control Valve (ACV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-954-01 to ACV and leave engine harness disconnected.
1874 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Transmission tail shaft speed is detected by a magnetic pickup mounted on transmission that senses rotation of a
16 toothed gear installed on rear of transmission. AC (alternating current) sine wave signal is received by Engine
Control Module (ECM) and is utilized along with tire size and axle ratio, to calculate vehicle speed. Calculated
vehicle speed is transmitted to instrument cluster through Drive Train Data Link to operate speedometer within
instrument cluster. Calculated vehicle speed is also utilized in control strategies that control features such as
Cruise Control, PTO operation, and Road Speed Limiting.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1875
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) calculated vehicle speed is less than 0.6 mph when engine
load is high and PTO mode is not engaged.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
SPN 191 faults are only applicable for manual transmissions. There might be slight differences in 7600 connector
end based on type of transmission used.
Step 9 Check for excessive air gap between TOSS/VSS sensor and Decision
trigger wheel or damaged trigger wheel.
Inspect trigger wheel on transmission and verify it is not damaged or missing. Yes: Replace TOSS/VSS
sensor. After repairs are
correct retest for SPN 191
FMI 1.
Is trigger wheel in good condition and undamaged? No: Check TOSS/VSS sensor
air gap or trigger wheel and
repair as necessary. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 1.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301
for additional circuit information. There might be slight differences in 7600 connector end based on type of
transmission used.
Tools Required
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1881
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect the 21-pin Engine Interface connector.
C. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to 21-pin Engine Interface connector engine
harness and leave chassis harness disconnected.
D. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
E. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)
1882 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect the 21-pin Engine Interface connector.
C. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to 21-pin Engine Interface connector engine
harness and leave chassis harness disconnected.
D. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to the Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
E. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1883
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Connect Terminal Test Kit 4435C to chassis harness and leave TOSS/VSS sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)
1884 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Connect Terminal Test Kit 4435C to chassis harness and leave TOSS/VSS sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1885
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Connect Terminal Test Kit 4435C to chassis harness and leave TOSS/VSS sensor disconnected.
D. Disconnect ECM E-1 connector.
1886 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects no signal from TOSS/VSS speed sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This code can set for either manual or automatic transmissions. If equipped with an automatic transmission with
a CAN based TOSS signal refer to transmission service information.
Step 9 Check for excessive air gap between TOSS/VSS sensor and Decision
trigger wheel or damaged trigger wheel.
Inspect trigger wheel on transmission and verify it is not damaged or missing. Yes: Replace TOSS/VSS
sensor. After repairs are
correct retest for SPN 191
FMI 2.
Is trigger wheel in good condition and undamaged? No: Check TOSS/VSS sensor
air gap or trigger wheel and
repair as necessary. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 2.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301
for additional circuit information. There might be slight differences in 7600 connector end based on type of
transmission used.
Tools Required
• E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1891
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect the 21-pin Engine Interface connector.
C. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to 21-pin Engine Interface connector engine
harness and leave chassis harness disconnected.
D. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
E. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)
1892 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect the 21-pin Engine Interface connector.
C. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to 21-pin Engine Interface connector engine
harness and leave chassis harness disconnected.
D. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to the Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
E. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1893
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Connect Terminal Test Kit 4435C to chassis harness and leave TOSS/VSS sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)
1894 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Connect Terminal Test Kit 4435C to chassis harness and leave TOSS/VSS sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1895
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Connect Terminal Test Kit 4435C to chassis harness and leave TOSS/VSS sensor disconnected.
D. Disconnect ECM E-1 connector.
1896 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects TOSS/VSS speed sensor circuit is out of range
HIGH.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This code can set for either manual or automatic transmissions. If equipped with an automatic transmission with
a CAN based TOSS signal refer to transmission service information.
Step 4 Check for excessive air gap between TOSS/VSS sensor and Decision
trigger wheel or damaged trigger wheel.
Perform Test 2 (page 1900). Using DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Check TOSS/VSS
TOSS (7600) pin-A and pin-B. sensor air gap or trigger wheel
and repair as necessary. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 3.
Is resistance between 600 and 800 ohms? No: Replace TOSS/VSS
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 191
FMI 3.
1898 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301
for additional circuit information. There might be slight differences in 7600 connector end based on type of
transmission used.
Tools Required
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• EZ-Tech® Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ Software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1900 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS (7600) sensor.
C. Connect Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to chassis harness and leave TOSS (7600) sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1901
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Connect Terminal Test Kit 4435C to chassis harness and leave TOSS (7600) sensor disconnected.
1902 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect the 21-pin Engine Interface connector.
C. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to 21-pin Engine Interface connector engine
harness and leave chassis harness disconnected.
D. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to the Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
E. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1903
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Transmission Output Shaft Speed (TOSS) / Vehicle
Speed Sensor (VSS) circuit voltage is less than 0.1 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This code can set for either manual or automatic transmissions. If equipped with an automatic transmission with
a CAN based TOSS signal refer to transmission service information.
Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1906). Use the DMM, measure voltage between Yes: Go to Step 4.
Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin-12 and known good GND.
Is voltage 2.5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to GND on
TOSS-H circuit between ECM
pin E1-39 and pin-12 of 21-pin
connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 191
FMI 4.
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1907). Use the DMM, measure voltage between Yes: Go to Step 5.
Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin-13 and known good GND.
Is voltage 2.5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to GND on
TOSS-L circuit between ECM
pin E1-15 and pin-13 of 21-pin
connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 191
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1905
Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1908). Using DMM, measure voltage between Yes: Go to Step 6.
TOSS/VSS connector pin-A and known good GND.
Is voltage 2.5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to GND
between 21-pin connector and
TOSS/VSS pin-A After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
191 FMI 4.
Step 6 Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 1909). Using DMM, measure voltage between Yes: Go to Step 7.
TOSS/VSS connector pin-B and known good GND.
Is voltage 2.5 ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to GND
between 21-pin connector and
TOSS/VSS pin-B After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
191 FMI 4.
Step 7 Decision
Perform Test 5 (page 1910). Using DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 8.
TOSS/VSS connector pin-A and pin-B.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Repair short between
TOSS-H and TOSS-L circuits.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 191 FMI 4.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301
for additional circuit information. There might be slight differences in 7600 connector end based on type of
transmission used.
Tools Required
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• EZ-Tech® Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ Software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1907
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect the 21-pin Engine Interface connector.
C. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to 21-pin Engine Interface connector engine
harness and leave chassis harness disconnected.
D. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to the Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
E. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)
1908 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect the 21-pin Engine Interface connector.
C. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to 21-pin Engine Interface connector engine
harness and leave chassis harness disconnected.
D. Connect E2 Injector/Chassis Harness 00-01162-00 to the Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
E. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1909
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS (7600) sensor.
C. Connect Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to chassis harness and leave TOSS (7600) sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO).
1910 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS (7600) sensor.
C. Connect Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to chassis harness and leave TOSS (7600) sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1911
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Connect Terminal Test Kit 4435C to chassis harness and leave TOSS/VSS sensor disconnected.
D. Disconnect ECM E-1 connector.
1912 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
This fault is not related to the vehicle speed sensor, wiring or trigger wheel. It is a reaction to Vehicle Over Speed
Indicator Programmable Parameter 77542. If customer has requested to turn on vehicle over speed notices
to driver then following parameters need to be programmed accordingly. Once these parameters have been
programmed and vehicle reaches a vehicle over speed, SPN 191 FMI 16 will be logged in Engine Control Module
(ECM).
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp Reaction
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This code can set for either manual or automatic transmissions. If equipped with an automatic transmission
with a CAN based TOSS signal refer to transmission service information. SPN 191 FMI 16 is a result of an
over speed being reached and should not be diagnosed as a hardware issue. Failure to comply will result in
misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Overview
VREF circuits are used as reference voltage circuits for 3-wire sensors. Three-wire sensors can be temperature
position or pressure sensors and all use a 5 volt VREF circuit to generate signal voltage back to the ECM.
1914 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that VREF 1 circuit voltage is greater than 5.1 volts
or less than 4.9 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to engine harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1917
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect APP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to engine harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
D. KOEO
1918 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that VREF 2 circuit voltage is greater than 5.1 volts
or less than 4.9 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave IMP sensor disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1922 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect IMP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave IMP sensor disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1923
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect IMP sensor.
C. Disconnect Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave IMP sensor disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1924 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect IMP sensor.
C. Disconnect ETV
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave IMP sensor disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1925
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that VREF 3 circuit voltage is greater than 5.1 volts
or less than 4.9 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave TC1TOP sensor disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1928 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TC1TOP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave TC1TOP sensor disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1929
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that VREF 4 circuit voltage is greater than 5.1 volts
or less than 4.9 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Only diagnose Variable Electric Fan Control (EFC) and Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) VREF 4
circuits if vehicle is equipped with either option.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Sensor (TC2CIS).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to engine harness and leave TC2CIS disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1934 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TC2CIS.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to engine harness and leave TC2CIS disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1935
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TC2CIS.
C. Disconnect Variable Electric Fan Control (EFC).
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to engine harness and leave TC2CIS disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1936 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TC2CIS.
C. Disconnect Variable EFC.
D. Disconnect Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) sensor.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to engine harness and leave TC2CIS disconnected.
F. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1937
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TC2CIS.
C. Disconnect Variable EFC.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to engine harness and leave TC2CIS disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1938 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TC2CIS.
C. Disconnect Variable EFC.
D. Disconnect RAPP sensor.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to engine harness and leave TC2CIS disconnected.
F. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1939
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that VREF 5 circuit voltage is greater than 5.1 volts
or less than 4.9 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave FDP sensor disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1944 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect FDP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave FDP sensor disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1945
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect FDP sensor.
C. Disconnect Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave FDP sensor disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1946 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect FDP sensor.
C. Disconnect EOP sensor.
D. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave FDP sensor disconnected.
F. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1947
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect FDP sensor.
C. Disconnect EOP sensor.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave FDP sensor disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1948 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect FDP sensor.
C. Disconnect EOP sensor.
D. Disconnect APP sensor.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to engine harness and leave FDP sensor disconnected.
F. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1949
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that VREF 6 circuit voltage is greater than 5.1 volts
or less than 4.9 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 to engine harness and leave FRP sensor disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1952 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect FRP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4829 to vehicle harness and leave FRP sensor disconnected.
D. KOEO
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1953
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that VREF 7 circuit voltage is greater than 5.35
volts or less than 4.64 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure (AFTFP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to engine harness and leave AFTFP sensor disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1957
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to engine harness and leave AFTFP sensor disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1958 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFP sensor.
C. Disconnect 20-pin DEF Harness Interconnect connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to 20-pin DEF Harness Interconnect connector and leave
AFTFP sensor side of harness disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1959
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFP sensor.
C. Disconnect 20-pin DEF Harness Interconnect connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-050-01 to 20-pin DEF Harness Interconnect connector and leave
AFTFP sensor side of harness disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1960 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that VREF 8 circuit voltage is greater than 5.35
volts or less than 4.64 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to engine harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1963
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to engine harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
D. KOEO
1964 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that VREF 9 circuit voltage is greater than 5.35
volts or less than 4.64 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1969
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
disconnected.
D. KOEO
1970 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-574-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor side of
harness disconnected.
D. KOEO
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1971
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-500-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
disconnected.
D. KOEO
1972 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-574-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor side of
harness disconnected.
D. KOEO
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1973
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-500-01 to engine harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
disconnected.
D. KOEO
1974 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor provides a feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) when water is detected
in fuel supply. If water is detected, ECM will alert operator by illuminating WATER IN FUEL lamp. If a circuit fault
is detected, a code will set and ENGINE lamp will illuminate.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1975
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor signal voltage is shorted
to PWR.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect WIF sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1979
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect WIF sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1980 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor signal voltage is
shorted to GND.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect WIF sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1984 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect WIF sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1985
Overview
Wait To Start Lamp (WTSL) illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON. For Engine Coolant Temperature
(ECT) lower than 50°F (10°C), Engine Control Module (ECM) activates Inlet Air Heater Relay (IAHR). IAHR then
energizes Inlet Air Heater Fuel Igniter (IAHFI) for approximately 35 seconds. Once IAHFI is heated, WTSL starts
to flash and engine is ready to be started. Once engine starts, IAHFI remains energized and WTSL continues
to flash for a maximum of four minutes. When WTSL stops flashing, IAHFI and IAHS valve are deactivated. If
operator accelerates while WTSL is flashing, inlet air heater system will shutdown.
1986 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Wait to Start Lamp (WTSL) circuit is shorted
to PWR.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for short to power in Wait to Start Lamp (WTSL) circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1989). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage Yes: Replace WTSL. After
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4435C pin-B and known good GND. repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 1081 FMI 3.
Is voltage less than 4.2 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between WTSL (connector
1455) pin-B and ECM pin
C2-15. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 1081
FMI 3.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1989
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into Wait to Start Lamp (WTSL)
connector (1455) pin-B and leave WTSL disconnected. See (vehicle Electrical Circuit Diagrams)
for additional details.
C. Key ON
1990 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects no current on Wait to Start Lamp (WTSL) driver
circuit when WTSL is commanded ON.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Measure engine side of Wait to Start Lamp (WTSL) circuit for Decision
short to GND.
Perform Test 1 (page 1993). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure Yes: Go to Step 3.
resistance between Breakout Harness ZTSE4435C pin-B and known good
GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between WTSL (connector
1455) pin-B and ECM pin
C2-15. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1081 FMI 4.
Step 3 Measure vehicle side of WTSL circuit for short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1993). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Replace WTSL. After
Breakout Harness ZTSE4435C pin-A and known good GND. repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 1081 FMI 4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
between WTSL (connector
1455) pin-A and vehicle wiring
(see WTSL Circuit Diagram
and vehicle Electrical Circuit
Diagrams for additional
details). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1081 FMI 4.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1993
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into Wait to Start Lamp (WTSL)
connector (1455) pin-B and leave WTSL disconnected. See( vehicle Electrical Circuit Diagrams)
for additional details.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into WTSL connector (1455) pin-A
and leave WTSL disconnected. See( vehicle Electrical Circuit Diagrams) for additional details.
1994 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open in Wait To Start Lamp (WTSL) circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check vehicle side of Wait To Start Lamp (WTSL) circuit for Decision
Open or high resistance.
Perform Test 1 (page 1997). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure Yes: Go to Step 4.
voltage between ZTSE4435C pin-A and known good GND.
Is voltage 12 volts or greater while WTSL circuit is activated? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between WTSL
(connector 1455) pin-A and
vehicle wiring. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1081 FMI 5.
Step 4 Check Engine Control Module (ECM) side of WTSL circuit for Decision
Open or high resistance.
Perform Test 2 (page 1998). Use DMM, measure resistance between Yes: Repair Open or high
ZTSE4435C pin-B and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin C2-15. resistance between WTSL
(connector 1455) pin-B
and ECM pin C2-15. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 1081 FMI 5.
Is resistance greater than 5 ohms? No: Replace WTSL. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 1081 FMI 5.
See the latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 00-01467-00
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1997
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into Wait to Start Lamp (WTSL)
connector (1455) pin-A and leave WTSL disconnected. See( vehicle Electrical Circuit Diagrams)
for additional details.
C. Key ON
1998 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into WTSL connector (1455) pin-B
and leave WTSL disconnected. See( vehicle Electrical Circuit Diagrams) for additional details.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-01467-00.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-01467-00 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Control Module
(ECM) disconnected.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1999
Table of Contents
Aftertreatment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2374
Snap Acceleration Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2374
Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2375
Aftertreatment Purge Air Valve Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2378
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Valve (DEFD) Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2379
DEF Quality Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2383
DEF Level Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2384
DPF Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2387
DOC Inspection......................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2389
SCR Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2391
Decomp Tube Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2393
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2395
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2003
Overview
ServiceMaxx™ is an Engine Electronic Control System Diagnostic Tool. It is used to view Diagnostic Trouble
Codes (DTCs) stored in the Engine Control Module (ECM), perform various Service Bay Tests, Procedures,
and Program engine features. It can also monitor and record signals from the ECM and Aftertreatment Control
Module (ACM).
Engine Auto-Detection
The N13 Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) engine is able to auto-connect at KOEO or engine running. The
only difference when connecting with a running engine is most of the parameters will not load. You will also
notice a lot of missing values in the Vehicle Information window.
Connection (Sniffer)
This area will display all the modules communicating on the Public Controller Area Network (CAN) Network.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) will load signals, but will not load parameters.
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector .
2. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
NOTE: If ServiceMaxx™ displays the Engine selection window (Figure 773), it was unable to Auto- Detect. The
Engine Control Module (ECM) or the Public Controller Area Network (CAN) to the Data Link connector maybe
at fault.
Test Procedure
1. Click on the Start logging watched signals to log a file button (Figure 774) (Item 1).
2. Click on the Stop logging watched signals to a log file button (Figure 775) (Item 1) to stop the recording.
3. Snapshot recording will be saved in the Snapshot folder (Figure 776) located on your computers desktop.
1. Open previously recorded snapshot, Click on the Open Snapshot Recording File (Figure 777) from the File
Menu.
2. Select the desired recording you wish to open.
3. Once the recording (Figure 778) is open, you can select any signal you wish to show up in the graph.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2007
DTC Type:
Pending DTC
Pending Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)s are possible faults that were detected on the first drive cycle. On
Heavy Duty Onboard Diagnostic (HD-OBD) faults can be set as Pending. Pending HD-OBD faults do not turn
on the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Active DTC
There are 3 types of Active DTCs: Non-HD-OBD faults, 1 drive cycle and 2 drive cycle HD-OBD.
• Active Non HD-OBD faults go active on the first drive cycle and do not turn on the MIL.
• Active HD-OBD 1 drive cycle faults turn on the MIL.
• Active HD-OBD 2 drive cycle faults turn on the MIL.
Healing DTC
Healing DTCs are HD-OBD faults that were active on the previous drive cycle, but were not detected on the
current drive cycle. Healing faults do turn on the MIL. If the Healing fault is not detected within the next three
consecutive drive cycles, then the fault becomes Previously Active and turns off the MIL.
DTC Count
DTC Count logs the amount of times the fault was detected.
Freeze Frame
Freeze Frame data is a snapshot of the engines operating condition at the time the fault was detected.
2008 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Procedure:
ServiceMaxx™ software will update DTC status every 10 seconds and will check for DTCs as soon as the
Refresh DTC/Vehicle Events button (Figure 780) is pressed.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2009
Session Files
Overview
ServiceMaxx™ software has a variety of Sessions; Signal Monitoring, Engine Programming and Service Bay
Testing.
Service Bay Test and Procedures will automatically load pre-made default sessions. Users are not limited to
using pre-made default sessions. Sessions (Figure 781) can be built or modified, saved and loaded (Figure 782)
at any time. The operator can use their own saved session to run a Service Bay test as long as the check mark
is removed from the Load Test Specific Session (Figure 783) prior to running the test.
Overview
Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle and generate a Health Report of current vehicle information:
• Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) validation
• Vehicle mileage
• Engine hours
• Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
• Engine Control Module (ECM) calibration
• Fuel economy data
Tools Required
• PocketMaxx™, EST with International Graphical User Interface, or Navistar® EZ-Tech Launcher
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
None
Test Procedure
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect interface cable between PocketMaxx™, EST, or EZ-tech Launcher to vehicle Diagnostic Connector
(page 2044).
3. Use PocketMaxx™, EST, or EZ-tech Launcher to retrieve a vehicle Health Report.
4. Connect to internet and upload Health Report to Navistar® Service Portal.
5. Verify Health Report is visible on Navistar® Service Portal. Select Write Up > Vehicle Information.
Expected Outcome
Current vehicle Health Report is viewable on Navistar® Service Portal.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2012 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Programmable Features
Overview
Many features can be programmed into the Engine Control Module (ECM) to fit many different applications. To
make programming changes using ServiceMaxx™ software, load the Programming session.
Tool Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2013
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2014 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
4. Turn Key OFF for 15 seconds, so new value change be saved into the module (Figure 788).
5. Turn Key ON.
6. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)s, if any.
2016 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
None
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2017
Overview
Record Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) data to be referenced now, and in the future.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
1. Do not crank or run engine for 3 minutes or more to allow fluid pressures to stabilize.
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off.
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2018 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
KOEO values will be within specification.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2019
Overview
The Aftertreatment (AFT) maintenance provides the ability for a technician to install/reset maintenance
components. An example would be a new or clean Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) or Diesel Particulate Filter
(DPF). Once a DOC is considered by the Engine Control Module (ECM) to be “Face Plugged”, AFT dosing is
disabled. After the DOC is replaced, the technician would need to reset the value to clean in order to enable
dosing and re-initiate active regeneration. In order to prevent the misuse of this feature, the reset shall only be
available when most severe fault conditions exist on the particular AFT component that is being reset.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
2020 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Equipment Condition
One of the following active faults:
• SPN 3556 FMI 18
• SPN 5298 FMI 17
• SPN 5298 FMI 18
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector and launch ServiceMaxx™ software.
(page 2044).
Test Procedure
1. Verify that one of the active faults is present:
• SPN 3556 FMI 18
• SPN 5298 FMI 17
• SPN 5298 FMI 18
2. Replace the failed part.
3. Go to Procedures > KOEO Aftertreatment Procedures > DOC / DPF Replacement Reset (Figure 791).
Overview
A parked Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration cleans the DPF while monitoring aftertreatment system
operation.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, set parking brake, shift transmission to park or
neutral, and block wheels.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
1. Engine Speed (below 750 rpm).
2. Engine Coolant Temperature above 150°F (66°C).
3. Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) 0% (pedal released).
4. Break switch released.
5. Parking break set.
6. No Inhibitors (Figure 794).
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Start engine and allow engine coolant temperature to reach above 150°F (66°C).
2. Select KOER Aftertreatment Procedure > DPF Regeneration (Figure 793) from Procedures drop down
menu.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2023
3. Verify DPF Regeneration Procedure entry conditions are met and DPF regeneration inhibitors (Figure 794)
are not inhibited.
• If regen inhibitors are displayed as inhibited, refer to Check Regen Inhibitors (page 2024) table.
2024 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Exhaust temperature will rise and soot load will decrease.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2026 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
(DEFSM) flushing should be performed when DEFSM is suspected of being the cause of fault(s) and before
being replaced.
CAUTION: Do not disconnect vehicle batteries, DEFSM 12–way connector, or any DEF lines until the DEF
dosing system has completed its purge cycle. Wait at least five minutes after Key OFF for the DEF dosing
system to complete the purge cycle.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210 Compliant)
• DEF Refractometer 5025
• Rubber-tipped blow gun
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. If DEF Supply Module (DEFSM) is being removed for service, install protective caps on the 12–way electrical
connector and fluid fittings.
Test Procedure
NOTE: The DEFSM is not internally serviceable. Do not open the case.
CAUTION: Do not immerse the DEFSM in any kind of solution. Do not wash with any detergents.
Overview
Graph data using ServiceMaxx™. View recorded data, and save or print screenshots of playback.
NOTE: ServieMaxx™ snapshots can be viewed at any time by selecting Open Recorded Signal File from the
File drop-down menu or through the desktop Snapshots folder.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-Compliant Interface Cable
Equipment Condition
ServieMaxx™ snapshot is saved to Snapshot folder on desktop of EST.
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
5. Click Show Graphed Only box (Figure 804) (Item 1) allows technician to view selected parameter(s) only,
without other parameters being displayed. Show Graphed Only box not checked will display all parameters
again.
2034 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. Click Save Screenshot as JPG button (Figure 804) (Item 1) to save your screenshot as a picture file at any
point during recording. A dialog box will display showing location of saved screenshot picture file. Click OK
to save.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2035
7. Click Print Screenshot button (Figure 804) (Item 1) to print. Choose printer and select OK.
Expected Outcome
Technician will be able to view captured graph data, and save or print screenshots.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2036 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
IQA Adjustment
Overview
Calibrate Engine Control Module (ECM) for newly installed injectors. Each injector is encrypted with an Injection
Quantity Adjustment (IQA) code that must be programmed into the ECM anytime an injector has been replaced.
IQA injects the correct amount of fuel for each individual injector throughout the operating range of the engine.
Injector mechanical tolerances, high flow, and low flow can be evenly balanced with the ECM calibration.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Turn ignition switch to ON, engine OFF.
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector and launch ServiceMaxx™ software.
(page 2044).
Test Procedure
1. Select Injection Quantity Adjustment (Figure 805) from Procedures drop-down menu.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2037
2. Type in new IQA code (stamped on top portion of injector) (Figure 806) into proper cylinder location.
3. When the Undo button appears, the Program Engine button becomes active. Press the Program Engine
button (Figure 807).
2038 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
ECM will have correct fuel injector calibrations.
Followup Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2039
Overview
After diagnosing and repairing Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor, Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor, and base
engine concerns, CKP position parameter has to be reprogrammed.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
4. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) if any are displayed.
Test Procedure
5. When Engine Parameters Programmed Successfully (Figure 811) pop up box appears, turn Key Off for a
minimum of 15 seconds.
6. Turn Key On.
7. Clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC).
Expected Outcome
Engine will program successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2042 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Calibrates the Engine Control Module (ECM) to Oxygen (O2) Sensor.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector and launch ServiceMaxx™ software.
(page 2044).
Test Procedure
1. Clear exhaust fumes by performing Relative Compression Test (page 2067).
2. Select Procedures > KOEO Procedures > O2 Sensor Calibration (Figure 812).
3. Run O2 Sensor Calibration Procedure.
4. When calibration is complete, a pop up message will display Test completed, Successful.
Expected Outcome
ECM will be successfully calibrated to new O2 Sensor.
Follow-up Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2043
Overview
Use this test to diagnose inactive and/or intermittent faults. Inactive and/or intermittent faults are currently
healing, previously active, or inactive.
NOTE: For component faults that are pending or active, follow specific step based diagnostics for fault.
NOTE: Permanent faults are historic faults and are used for reporting purposes only. They should never be
treated as a current issue or used for diagnostics.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939–compliant interface cable
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On, Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Verify health report was saved. Clear fault codes.
2. Hit Record button in ServiceMaxx™.
3. Continuous Monitor Test (page 2063) and view voltage signal for suspect sensor.
• The continuous monitor test will have you watch voltage signals for voltage spikes while wiggling affected
harness and connections.
• A voltage spike while performing continuous monitor wiggle test indicates a damaged harness and/or
connector pin.
4. Stop recording and review snapshot file.
5. If voltage spike or fault occurs during continuous monitor wiggle test start from point voltage spike occurred
and inspect harness for rubbing, and inspect nearby connectors for pin damage, corrosion, fretting, etc.
Expected Outcome
The source of the intermittent / inactive fault will be isolated.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2044 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
If cable is not at fault, see J1939 Data Link Error (ECM unable to transmit) in Fault Code Diagnostics section of
this manual.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2047
NOTE: If software has connected to the ECM, active signals will populate startup screen, and ECM
connected icon in bottom right corner will show connected.
NOTE: When software is unable to connect to ECM, signals and vehicle information will not be displayed,
and ECM disconnected icon in bottom right corner will show disconnected.
If software is unable to connect to ECM, go to Interface Device Selection (page 2044) section, above.
2048 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Figure 822 ECM (Engine Control Module) 180 Pin Breakout Harness Overlay
2054 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Figure 823 ACM (Aftertreatment Control Module) 180 Pin Breakout Harness Overlay
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2055
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Actuator Test enables technicians to cycle any actuator to high or low states, and
some actuators have variable positions. Technicians can use a Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure changes
in voltage or duty cycle, or visually monitor actuator movement while actuator is commanded. This test does not
display pass or fail results.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Actuator Test (Figure 825) .
Expected Outcome
The test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2058 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify movement of Engine Throttle Valve (ETV).
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• RP1210 Compliant Interface Cable
• Breakout Harness 12-714-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key OFF.
2. Connect breakout harness 12-714-01 to both the ETV and engine harness.
3. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
4. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
5. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
2. Select ETV Position from Actuator Test drop-down menu on the right side.
3. Select 95% duty cycle and Command actuator movement by clicking the Start Test button.
4. Monitor Engine Throttle Position (ETP) in ServiceMaxx™ and compare to the commanded duty cycle during
the test.
5. Select 5% duty cycle and Command actuator movement by clicking the Start Test button.
6. Monitor Engine Throttle Position (ETP) in ServiceMaxx™ and compare to the commanded duty cycle during
the test.
7. Select 35% duty cycle and Command actuator movement by clicking the Start Test button.
8. Monitor Engine Throttle Position (ETP) in ServiceMaxx™ and compare to the commanded duty cycle during
the test.
Expected Outcome
ETP will meet commanded positions.
2060 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2061
Overview
Determine if Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) can meet commanded position and if it is sticking due to
debris or carbon build-up.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
1. EGRV heat protection shield removed (see Engine Service Manual).
2. Front EGR bellows (between EGR cooler and EGRV) removed (see Engine Service Manual).
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector and launch ServiceMaxx™ software.
(page 2044).
Test Procedure
1. Select Tests: KOEO Tests > Actuator Test. Follow on-screen instructions.
2062 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. From the actuator control panel (Figure 830) select EGR Position and set duty cycle to 95%.
3. Press the Start Test button and monitor the EGR Position (EGRP) signal to see if EGRV can meet
commanded position.
4. After monitoring EGRP signal, set desired delay time to run actuator test again and visually monitor EGRV
movement.
5. Verify duty cycle is at 95% and press the Start Test button.
6. With front EGR bellows(between EGR cooler and EGRV) removed, monitor EGRV movement. Check for
debris and carbon build-up in EGRV.
7. Repeat steps 2–6 with duty cycle set to 15% in steps 2 and 5.
Expected Outcome
EGRV position will meet ServiceMaxx™ commanded position, movement of EGRV can be seen, and no debris
or carbon build-up restricting EGRV movement.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2063
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Continuous Monitor test is used to detect sensor intermittent faults. During this
test, sensor voltages are continuously monitored. This test provides a graphical view of all signals and allows the
technician to detect intermittent spiking or momentary loss of signal. Perform this test while wiggling connectors,
wiring, and harnesses of the suspected faulty component.
NOTE: A sensor fault that goes out of range high or low will cause the voltage signal to display too high or too
low. The Continuous Monitor Test will force all sensor voltage to display actual voltages. Signals that display N
/ A are not available or not enabled on selected engine.
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2065
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test Procedure
2. Monitor suspect voltage signal while wiggling the wiring harness and connectors. If the circuit is interrupted,
the signal will spike.
3. Test will run until cancelled by pressing the Stop test button (Figure 834).
Expected Outcome
No intermittent faults detected.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2067
Overview
The KOEO Relative Compression Test measures cylinder balance in order to determine cylinder integrity. The
test results are presented in graphical or numerical displays. The graphs or numbers should be approximately
the same, indicating well balanced and equal cylinders.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Batteries must be charged (Use Battery charger if necessary).
Test Procedure
1. Select Relative Compression Test (Figure 835) from the KOEO Tests drop-down menu.
2068 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Results are measured on the down travel of each cylinder's power stroke (Figure 837). A cylinder with low
compression will be significantly lower then the others.
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2070 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Intake Air Heater (IAH) Test is used to activate the system when engine temperatures are above normal
IAH operating range. A technician can use this test to diagnose a problem with this system.
The Intake Air Heater (IAH) System does not assist in starting a cold engine, this system is used to help eliminate
white smoke after a cold engine start up. The normal operating range of this is below 50 degrees F.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test Procedure
1. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Intake Air Heater Test (Figure 839). This will load session and start test..
2. Start engine once WTSL begins to flash.
3. After engine has started, IAH Fuel Solenoid will open allowing fuel to feed the igniter.
Expected Outcome
On a cold engine, Intake Manifold Temperature should raise at least 10 degrees F before the test completes.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2071
Follow-on Procedure
None
2072 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Key-On Engine-OFF (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Reverting Control Valve Test is used to command
the DEF reverting valve on, allowing a technician to measure the voltage output to the valve, which confirms the
system is working correctly.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select KOEO Aftertreatment Test, Actuator – DEF Reverting Valve (Figure 841) from the drop-down menu.
2. The DEF Reverting Valve test session will load on the screen.
3. Adjust the desired test delay (Figure 842) amount, if any delay is needed.
4. Press the Begin Test button (Figure 842) to begin the test.
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
The test will complete successfully.
2074 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2075
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line Heater Test is used to command DEF Line
Heaters ON, allowing a service technician to measure voltage output to DEF Line heaters while confirming
system is working correctly.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select KOEO Aftertreatment Test > Actuator – DEF Line Heater (Figure 843) from drop-down menu.
2. DEF Line Heater session will load on the screen.
2076 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Adjust desired test delay amount, if any delay is needed (Figure 844).
4. Press Begin Test button to begin test (Figure 844).
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
Technician able to confirm DEF line heater operation.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2077
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Heater Test is used to command the DEF tank
heater on, allowing a technician to measure the voltage output to the DEF tank heater control valve confirming
the system is working correctly.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
2078 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2079
Test Procedure
1. Select KOEO Aftertreatment Tests, Actuator – Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Heater (Figure 846) from
the drop down menu.
2. The DEF tank heater session will load on the screen.
3. Adjust the desired test delay amount (Figure 847), if any delay is needed.
4. Press the Begin Test button (Figure 847) to begin the test.
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2080 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Validates performance of the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) dosing system, based on the amount of DEF flow for
a fixed amount of time. This test will inject 100 ml of DEF in 6 minutes.
Tools Required
• Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) Spray Test Kit 18-559-01
• Graduated cylinder
• Plastic container
• Air and Fuel Cap and Plug Kit ZTSE4891
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, avoid contact with Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) /
urea. Do not get DEF in eyes. In case of eye contact, immediately flush eyes with large amounts of water
for a minimum of 15 minutes. Do not swallow. If DEF is ingested, contact a physician immediately.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing radiator or
deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn counterclockwise to vent pressure.
• Continue to turn cap counterclockwise to remove.
3. Low battery voltage can cause dosing volume to be low. Verify batteries are fully charged before beginning
this test.
4. Remove deaeration tank cap and install Cap Adapter KL5004NAV (Figure 848) (Item 4) onto the deaeration
tank (Figure 848) (Item 5).
5. Connect Vacuum Module KL5005NAV (Figure 848) (Item 2) to Cap Adapter.
6. Verify both valves on the vacuum module are in the closed position, and attach clean dry shop air.
2082 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
7. Open air valve (Figure 849) (Item 1) on Vacuum Module, and allow 5 to 10 in. Hg to be drawn on the cooling
system.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
8. Use compressed air to remove any debris trapped in the gaps between the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser
(DEFD) valve (Figure 850) (Item 5) and the decomposition reactor tube (Figure 850) (Item 6).
9. Clean any white deposits from DEF on the DEFD valve pressure line (Figure 850) (Item 3) connection with
a shop towel soaked in warm water.
10. Disconnect DEFD valve coolant supply line (Figure 850) (Item 2) and coolant return line (Figure 850) (Item
1) at DEFD valve.
11. Install two DEFD valve Coolant Line Plugs 18-559-01-02 (Figure 851) (Item 1) onto DEFD valve coolant
supply and return line.
12. Open BLUE vent valve on the Vacuum Module (Figure 848) (Item 2) to release vacuum on the cooling
system.
2084 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Figure 852 DEFD Valve Pressure Line Plugged and Connector Disconnected
1. DEFD Valve pressure line plug
2. DEFD Valve pressure line
3. DEFD Valve connector
4. DEFD Valve spacers
5. DEFD Valve mounting bolts (3)
13. Place a plastic container under the DEFD Valve to catch Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
CAUTION: Do Not disconnect vehicle batteries, DEF doser module 12–way connector, or any DEF lines until
the DEF dosing system has completed the purge cycle. Wait at least five minutes after Key OFF for the DEF
dosing system to complete the purge cycle.
14. Disconnect DEFD Valve pressure line (Figure 852) (Item 2) and install DEFD Valve pressure line plug to
prevent debris from entering system using Air and Fuel Cap and Plug Kit ZTSE4891.
15. Disconnect DEFD Valve connector (Figure 852) (Item 3).
16. Remove three DEFD Valve mounting bolts (Figure 852) (Item 5) and spacers (Figure 852) (Item 4).
17. Remove DEFD Valve and gasket from decomposition reactor tube. Discard gasket.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2085
Figure 853 DEFD Valve Pressure Line and Harness Extensions Connected
1. DEFD Valve Harness Extension
2. Vehicle harness
3. DEFD Valve pressure line
4. DEFD Valve Pressure Line Extension
18. Connect DEFD Valve Pressure Line Extension 18-559-01-03 (Figure 853) (Item 4) between DEFD Valve
pressure line and DEFD Valve.
19. Connect DEFD Valve Harness Extension 18-559-01-01 (Figure 853) (Item 1) between vehicle harness and
DEFD Valve connector.
20. Place DEFD Valve into a clear graduated cylinder, large enough to contain the DEFD Valve, and marked in
milliliters (ml) or ounces (oz).
21. Cover the DEFD Valve and graduated cylinder so DEF spray is contained.
Test Procedure
6. Select Begin Test. When test starts, the DEF dosing system will first prime the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser
Valve (DEFD Valve). The DEFD Valve will open intermittently to purge air from the system. This will cause
some DEF to be sprayed from the DEFD Valve (normal operation).
7. While test is running, monitor DEFD Valve spray pattern. DEFD Valve spray pattern should be a fine mist. If
larger drops, dripping, or a non-symmetrical spray pattern is present, stop the test and clean the DEFD Valve
tip (see Exhaust System Service Manual). After cleaning is completed, restart DEF Doser Pump Override
test (page 2085).
8. After test is complete, measure DEF in graduated cylinder. DEF collected should be between 85 ml and
115 ml.
9. Perform steps 1 through 4 three times. If results are not within specification, inspect DEF doser module filter
for contamination and debris.
• If one or more of the test results is below 85 ml, clean the DEFD Valve (see Exhaust System Service
Manual).
• If one or more of the test results is above 115 ml, replace the DEFD Valve.
• If test results vary above and below specification, replace the DEFD Valve.
NOTE: Inspect collected sample for contamination or debris.
Expected Outcome
Technician will successfully validate performance of DEF Dosing system.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2087
Follow-on Procedure
1. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Valve (DEFD Valve) from graduated cylinder and dispose of DEF
according to local regulations.
2. Clean any components coated with DEF with a shop towel soaked in warm water.
3. Disconnect DEFD Valve Harness Extension 18-559-01-01 from DEFD Valve.
4. Disconnect DEFD Valve Pressure Line Extension 18-559-01-03 from DEFD Valve.
5. Install new DEFD Valve gasket onto bottom of DEFD Valve with metallic side facing DEFD Valve.
6. Install DEFD Valve, three DEFD Valve mounting bolts, and spacers onto decomposition reactor tube. Tighten
three DEFD Valve mounting bolts by hand first using DEFD Valve Mounting Bolts Tightening Sequence
(Figure 855) shown on the left. Then tighten to 80 lb·in (9 N·m) in the DEFD Valve Mounting Bolts Tightening
Sequence (Figure 855) shown on the right.
7. With Vacuum Module KL5005NAV installed, open air valve on Vacuum Module, and allow 5 to 10 in. Hg to
be drawn on the cooling system.
8. Remove DEFD Valve Coolant Line Plugs 18-559-01-02 from coolant supply and return line. Reconnect
Coolant supply and return line to DEFD valve.
9. Connect DEFD Valve coolant supply and return line at the DEFD Valve.
10. Connect DEFD Valve pressure line to DEFD Valve.
11. Connect vehicle wiring harness lead to DEFD Valve connector.
2088 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) System Leak Test is used to prime DEF system and hold pressure so the system
can be checked for leaks. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF System Leak (Figure 856).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2089
Expected Outcome
Technician will check DEF system for leaks while test is running.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2090 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
After diagnosing and repairing Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) faults, SCR Faults Reset Parameter will
have to be reprogrammed.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044) and log in.
Test Procedure
1. Select: Clear DTCs button.
Expected Outcome
Engine will program successfully and SCR faults will be reset.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2092 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
After diagnosing and repairing Low Coolant Level Repeat Occurrences faults, Low Engine Coolant Level and
Timer Parameters have to be reprogrammed.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector and launch ServiceMaxx™ software.
(page 2044).
3. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
Test Procedure
Figure 862 Menu – Trip Engine Coolant Level Low Time Parameter
2094 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Change value 41160 Trip Engine Coolant Low Time parameter to zero (0).
5. When Engine Parameters Programmed Successfully pop up box appears (Figure 864), turn key OFF for a
minimum of 15 seconds.
6. Turn key ON.
7. Clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC).
Expected Outcome
Engine will program successfully and Coolant Level Faults will be reset.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2095
Overview
After diagnosing and repairing Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) Relief Valve, FRP Relief Valve opening timer and
counter parameters have to be reprogrammed.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector and launch ServiceMaxx™ software.
(page 2044).
3. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC).
Test Procedure
3. Change Value on 95212 FRP Relief Valve Timer parameter (Figure 867)to zero (0).
4. Change Value on 95222 FRP Relief Valve Counter parameter (Figure 867)to zero (0).
Expected Outcome
Engine will program successfully and FRP faults will be reset.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2098 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test will provide a procedure for testing the Aftertreatment Purge Air Valve.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
1. Vehicle air tanks full.
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Go to Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > Actuator – AFT Purge Air Valve.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2099
2. Verify AFT Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) signal value (Figure 870) (Item 2) is below 50 psi (345 kPa).
• If AFTFP1 signal value is greater than 50 psi (345 kPa), cycle key from ON position to OFF repeatedly
till AFTFP1 signal value is less than 50 psi (345 kPa).
3. Set desired delay time, and press the Begin Test button (Figure 870) (Item 1).
4. Monitor AFTFP1 signal value.
Expected Outcome
AFTFP1 signal value should increase to approximately vehicle air tank pressure.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2100 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test is used to validate the Air Management System by monitoring effects of actuators on Intake Manifold
Pressure (IMP). Pressure drops by varying amounts each time an actuator is commanded open. This test does
not give Pass or Fail results.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Conditions
• Engine Speed (Low Idle - below 750 RPM)
• Engine Coolant Temperature (Above 100 F)
• Parameter: 77532 Maximum Standstill Engine Speed (Above 1650 RPM)
• Accelerator Pedal Position (0%)
• Brake Switch (Released)
• Parking Brake (Set)
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
4. Start engine and warm engine coolant temperature above 100° F (38° C)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2101
Test Procedure
1. Select Tests > KOER Tests > Air Management Test (Figure 871).
2. Engine will operate through a series of RPM ramp-ups commanding a different actuator to cycle for each
one.
3. When test is complete, Air Management Test: Test Completed, Successful (Figure 872) pop-up will appear.
2102 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully allowing the technician to validate actuator commands and compare them to IMP
sensor values.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2103
Overview
The High Pressure Pump Test validates performance of the high-pressure fuel system. This test accelerates and
decelerates the engine in four steps, while measuring the time it takes to increase and decrease fuel pressure.
When the test is complete, the Engine Control Module (ECM) sends the test results to the Electronic Service
Tool (EST). If the test passes, the test results will read “Normal” next to the pressure increase status. If the test
fails, the test results will read “too slow” next to the pressure increase status.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
• Engine coolant Temperature 1 (above 100 degrees F)
• Engine Speed (below 700 RPM)
• AFT Regen Status (Not Active)
• Vehicle Speed (Not Moving)
• Accelerator Pedal Position (0%)
• Brake Pedal (Release)
• Clutch Pedal (Release)
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
2. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
3. Start Engine and warm engine coolant temperature above 100°F (38°C).
2104 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Go to Tests > KOER Tests > High Pressure Pump Test (Figure 873).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2105
2. High Pressure Pump Test Session will auto-load and Pre-Test setup condition warning message will display.
3. After satisfying pre-test conditions, click OK button to begin test.
4. Engine will ramp up and Fuel Pressure Control system will test performance at 4 different test points.
2106 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
5. Test is complete when test results are displayed. Above test results display “Normal” next to pressure
increase status, indicating a good high-pressure fuel system.
Expected Outcome
Test will complete and test results will display “Normal” next to pressure increase status.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2107
Overview
Validates performance of Engine Fan by comparing ECM commanded state to actual operation.
Warning: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set parking brake, and block
wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Conditions
• Parking brake set.
• Accelerator, Clutch, and Brake pedals released.
• AFT Regen Status Not Active.
Test Setup
1. Key-ON, Engine-OFF (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044) and log in.
3. Start engine and run to operating temperature.
Test Procedure
See Changing Engine Fan Control Mode Parameters (Figure 877) to perform step 2.
2. Verify appropriate fan test is auto-loaded for vehicle fan type.
• If Engine Fan Control Mode does not match vehicle fan type, select parameters tab and change Engine
Fan Control Mode parameter as necessary.
Engine Fan Test is divided into two tests depending on application:
• On/Off Two Speed Fan Test (page 2109)
• Variable Speed Fan Test (page 2110)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2109
See On/Off Two Speed Fan Tests (Figure 878) to perform steps 1 through 3.
1. Select Turn Fan Off from Controls tab. Observe Engine Fan.
2. Select Turn Fan On from Controls tab. Observe Engine Fan.
3. Verify fan operates as commanded. If fan is always on or always off, ECM does not have control.
2110 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
See Variable Speed Fan Tests (Figure 879) to perform steps 2 and 3.
2. Select Engage Speed 1 from Controls tab. Allow test to run until notified of completion.
3. Repeat step 2 for engage speeds 2 through 5.
4. Once all tests have been completed, stop snapshot recording.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2111
See Good Variable Speed Fan Test (Figure 880) to perform step 5.
5. Verify results for variable speed fan. Fan Speed (2) should be within 250rpm of Desired Fan Speed (3).
During level 1, occasional Fan Speed spikes are normal as ECM still has control over fan.
Expected Outcome
• On/Off two speed fan: Fan will remain off when commanded off and engage when commanded on.
• Variable speed fan: Fan speed should be within 250 rpm of desired for each commanded setting.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2112 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The KOER Multiple Cylinder Cutout test is use to help diagnose rough idle or misfire symptoms. The test will
monitor engine load while disabling 3 cylinders at a time in a pre-determined sequence. Engine Load averages
are collected from each combination and used to calculating test results.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Conditions
1. Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) above 160°F (71°C)
2. Engine Speed (below 700 RPM)
3. Vehicle Not Moving
4. Accelerator Pedal Position (0%)
5. Brake Pedal (Release)
6. Clutch Pedal (Release)
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off.
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ Software.
4. Start engine and warm engine coolant temperature above 100°F (38°C).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2113
Test Procedure
1. Select Tests > KOER Tests > Multiple Cylinder Cutout Test .
2114 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. The Multiple Cylinder Cutout Test (Figure 882) Session will load.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2115
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2116 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Cylinder Balance
Overview
Isolates a suspect cylinder(s)causing a misfire or rough running. Can isolate cylinder(s) causing fuel knock
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) such as SPN 731 FMI 16 or 18.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector and launch ServiceMaxx™ software.
(page 2044).
Test Procedure
3. Start engine and allow Cylinder (1–6) Crankshaft Angular Velocity Data signal values (Figure 885) (Item 2)
to stabilize for 30 seconds.
4. After Cylinder (1–6) Angular Velocity Data signal values stabilize, compare signal values to each other.
• If signal values are within 0.6 of each other, continue to step 4.
• If signal values are not within 0.6 of each other, suspect cylinder(s) has been identified and test is
complete. Cylinder Balance Test Signal Values (Figure 885) shows Cylinder 1 is suspect for a failure.
5. Slowly increase engine speed to 1500 rpm while keeping Actual Engine Torque signal value (Figure 885)
(Item 1) below 150 lb-ft (203 N-m).
6. Hold engine speed at 1500 rpm for 2 minutes while comparing Cylinder (1–6) Angular Velocity Data signal
values.
• If signal values are within 0.6 of each other, test is complete.
2118 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
• If signal values are not within 0.6 of each other, suspect cylinder(s) has been identified and test is
complete. Cylinder Balance Test Signal Values (Figure 885) shows Cylinder 1 is suspect for a failure.
7. Stop snapshot recording.
Expected Outcome
All Cylinder (1–6) Angular Velocity Data signal values will be within 0.6 of each other.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2119
Overview
Validates performance of the Aftertreatment (AFT) fuel dosing system by measuring how much fuel comes out of
the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) in approximately 2 minutes 30 seconds while the AFI and Aftertreatment
Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV) are commanded Open. The AFT Fuel Dosing Test has three different modes:
• AFT Dosing System Test
• AFT Fuel Injector Leak Test
• AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test
Tools Required
• Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Aftertreatment Injector Test Kit 12-559-01
• Graduated Cylinder
• Air and Fuel Cap and Plug Kit ZTSE4891
Test Setup
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing the radiator cap
or deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn counterclockwise to vent pressure.
• Pause for a moment to avoid being scalded by steam.
• Continue to turn the cap counterclockwise to remove.
2120 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
1. Remove deaeration tank cap and install Cap Adapter KL5004NAV (Figure 886) (Item 4) onto the deaeration
tank (Figure 886) (Item 5).
2. Connect Vacuum Module KL5005NAV (Figure 886) (Item 2) to Cap Adapter.
3. Verify both valves on the Vacuum Module are in the closed position, and attach clean dry shop air.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2121
Test Procedure
1. Open air valve (Figure 887) (Item 1) on Vacuum Module, and allow 5 to 10 in. Hg to be drawn on the cooling
system.
2. Press release tab to disconnect wiring harness lead from AFTFI connector (Figure 888) (Item 1).
3. Disconnect AFTFI connector from AFTFI connector mounting bracket (Figure 888) (Item 2).
4. Disconnect three AFTFI harness fasteners (Figure 888) (Item 3).
5. Disconnect AFTFI fuel supply line (Figure 889) (Item 1) from AFTFI, and use Air and Fuel Cap and Plug Kit
ZTSE4891 to cap line. Discard O-rings.
6. Disconnect AFTFI coolant supply line (Figure 889) (Item 4) and coolant return line (Figure 889) (Item 6) at
the AFTFI. Discard O-rings.
7. Install two AFTFI Coolant Line Plugs (Figure 889) (Item 5) onto coolant supply and return line.
8. Open the BLUE vent valve (Figure 848) (Item 3) on the Vacuum Module to release vacuum on the cooling
system.
9. Remove two AFTFI M6 mounting bolts (Figure 889) (Item 2).
10. Remove AFTFI as an assembly from turbocharger exhaust outlet pipe. Discard metal gasket and fibrous
insulator.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2123
11. Install AFTFI Block Off Plate 12-559-01-05 (Figure 890) (Item 2) onto turbocharger exhaust outlet pipe using
two AFTFI Block Off Plate Bolts 12-55-01-04 (Figure 890) (Item 1).
2124 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
12. Connect AFTFI Fuel Supply Extension Line 12-559-01 (Figure 891) (Item 2) between AFTFI fuel supply line
and AFTFI.
13. Connect AFTFI Harness Extension 12-559-01-06 (Figure 891) (Item 3) between vehicle harness and AFTFI
connector.
14. Place AFTFI into a clear graduated cylinder (Figure 891) (Item 1), large enough to contain the AFTFI, and
marked in milliliters.
15. Cover the AFTFI and graduated cylinder so fuel spray is contained.
Expected Outcome
Technician has setup truck to perform AFT Dosing System Test, AFT Fuel Injector Leak Test, and AFT Fuel
Shutoff Valve Leak Test.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2125
Follow-On Procedure
None
2126 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Determines the amount of fuel dispensed from the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI). The test will open the
AFTFI and Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV), and inject 225 to 500 ml of fuel within 2 minutes 30
seconds.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Do Aftertreatment Fuel Dosing Test Preparatory Steps (page 2119).
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
3. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector and launch ServiceMaxx™ software.
(page 2044).
Test Procedure
1. Go to > KOER Aftertreatment Tests > AFT Fuel Dosing Test.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2127
Expected Outcome
Tech will verify amount of fuel dispensed from Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI).
Follow-On Procedure
None
2128 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Helps determine if the Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV) is leaking. This test should be run twice
consecutively. The first time to purge all remaining fuel from the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) supply line.
This test will open the AFTFI and close the AFTFSV.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required.
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Do Aftertreatment Fuel Dosing Test Preparatory Steps (page 2119).
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
3. Connect Electronic Service Tool with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
4. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Go to Tests > KOER Aftertreatment Tests > AFT Fuel Dosing Test.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2129
2. Under Value heading, select AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test (Figure 893).
3. Set the desired Delay Time and select Begin Test.
4. After test is completed, record results. If more than 5 ml of fuel is collected, replace the AFTFSV.
Expected Outcome
Technician will find out if Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve is leaking.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2130 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test will open the Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV), and close the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector
(AFTFI) to determine if it is leaking.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Do Aftertreatment Fuel Dosing Test Preparatory Steps (page 2119).
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
3. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector and launch ServiceMaxx™ software.
(page 2044).
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOER Aftertreatment Tests > AFT Fuel Dosing Test.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2131
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
3. Set the desired Delay Time and select Begin Test.
4. After test is completed, record results. If more than 5 ml of fuel is collected, replace AFTFI.
Expected Outcome
Less than 5 ml of fuel collected from AFTFI.
Follow-On Procedure
1. Remove Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) from graduated cylinder and dispose of collected fuel properly.
2. Disconnect AFTFI Harness Extension 12-559-01-06 from AFTFI.
3. Disconnect AFTFI Fuel Supply Extension Line 12-559-01 to AFTFI.
4. Remove AFTFI Block Off Plate 12-559-01-05 from turbocharger exhaust outlet pipe by removing two AFTFI
Block Off Plate Bolts 12-559-01-04.
5. Install new fibrous insulator and metal gasket onto AFTFI.
2132 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. Install AFTFI and two AFTFI M6 mounting bolts onto turbocharger exhaust outlet pipe. Tighten two AFTFI
M6 mounting bolts to 80 lb·in (9 N·m).
7. With Vacuum Module KL5005NAV installed, open air valve on vacuum module, and allow 20 to 25 in. Hg to
be drawn on the cooling system.
8. Remove AFTFI Coolant Line Plugs from coolant supply and return line.
9. Install new O-rings, and connect AFTFI coolant supply and return line at the AFTFI.
10. Install new O-rings, connect AFTFI fuel supply line to AFTFI.
11. Connect three AFTFI harness fasteners.
12. Connect AFTFI connector to AFTFI connector mounting bracket.
13. Connect wiring harness lead to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) connector.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2133
Overview
Validate engine performance throughout rpm range.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle's Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select Performance session.
2. Monitor Accel Pedal Position 1 (APP1) signal and depress accelerator pedal to floor. Record results on
Diagnostics Form.
• If APP1 signal does not go from 0% to 99.6%, see APP Sensor (page 243) in “ELECTRONIC CONTROL
SYSTEMS DIAGNOSTICS.”
• If APP1 signal does go from 0% to 99.6%, continue to next step.
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate performance of engine throughout RPM range.
Follow-on Procedure
None.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2135
Road Tests
Lug Down Test
Overview
This procedure alone is not a diagnostic tool, but allows the technician to recreate a problem and record signals
for later analysis while operating the vehicle.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not exceed local speed limit laws or drive too
fast for conditions.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. When safe to do so, select Tools > Start Recording Snapshot (Figure 897) and drive vehicle up to road
speed.
2. Select a suitable high range gear (Example: In a 10 Speed gearbox, select 8th gear).
3. Allow engine speed to drop to 1000 RPM.
4. Press accelerator pedal fully to the floor and accelerate to rated engine speed.
5. Try to reproduce fault while recording.
6. After Lug Down Test is complete select Tools > Stop Recording Snapshot (Figure 898).
Expected Outcome
Signals values will be recorded for diagnostic analysis.
Follow-On Procedure
Use recorded signals to analyze graphs and make diagnosis.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2137
Overview
This graph is to be used as an example only, no two graphs will ever be the same. Use information recorded
and this graph to diagnose faults. Only analyze Lug Down Test Signals during engine acceleration.
Figure 899 Lug Down Test (Engine Load, FRP, and FRPD)
1. Fuel Rail Pressure Desired 3. Accelerator Pedal Position 1 4. Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) (psi)
(FRPD) (psi) [Orange] (APP1) (percent) [Blue] [Red]
2. Engine load (percent) [Green]
Graph Analysis:
This graph shows a fuel management system operating as designed. This test does not give pass or fail results.
It only allows the user to validate Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) and Fuel Rail Pressure Desired (FRPD) signal values
2138 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
under load. As engine rpm increases, Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) should steadily increase. Low FRP will cause
low Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP). Diagnose low FRP concerns before diagnosing low IMP concerns
Actions:
1. Verify FRP signal value reaches 31,900 psi (219,943 kPa) at full load.
2. Verify FRP signal value is within a 1000 psi (6,895 kPa) range of FRPD signal value during acceleration.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2139
Lug Down Test (RPM, APP1, Vehicle Speed, and IMP) Graph
Overview
This graph is to be used as an example only, no two graphs will ever be the same. Use information recorded
and this graph to diagnose faults. Only analyze Lug Down Test Signals during engine acceleration.
Figure 900 Lug Down Test (Engine Speed, APP1, Vehicle Speed, and IMP)
1. Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) 3. Vehicle speed (mph) [Red] 5. Accelerator Pedal Position 1
(psi) [Purple] 4. Engine load (percent) [Orange] (APP1) (percent) [Green]
2. Engine speed (rpm) [Blue]
Graph Analysis:
This graph shows the Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal value responding as designed. This test does not
give pass or fail results. It only allows the user to validate IMP signal value under load. Engine power band is
typically between 1300 to 1700 rpm with peak power occurring around 1600 rpm. Anything outside of this power
band drops boost and power significantly. Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) signal value must be 99.6%
to successfully reach peak boost during this test. Low IMP can be the result of low Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP),
2140 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
or high Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP). Diagnose low FRP concerns first, high TC1TOP
concerns second, and low IMP concerns third.
Action:
1. Verify IMP signal value is between 40 psi (276 kPa) to 43 psi (296 kPa), with Accelerator Pedal Position
1 (APP1) signal value at 99.6%, and engine speed between 1300 rpm to 1700 rpm.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2141
Overview
This graph is to be used as an example only, no two graphs will ever be the same. Use information recorded
and this graph to diagnose faults. Only analyze Lug Down Test Signals during engine acceleration.
Figure 901 Lug Down Test (Engine Load, TC1TOP, and DPFOP)
1. Engine Load (%) [Yellow] 3. Engine Speed (rpm) [Blue]
2. TC1 Turbine Outlet Pressure 4. DPF Outlet Pressure (psi)
(psi) [Brown] [Green]
Graph Analysis:
This graph shows an exhaust aftertreatment system operating as designed (unrestricted). This test does not
give pass or fail results. It only allows the user to validate Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) signal values under load. High exhaust back pressure
2142 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
will cause low Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP). Diagnose high TC1TOP and DPFOP concerns before diagnosing
low IMP concerns.
Actions:
• Verify TC1TOP and DPFOP signal values remain less than 5 psi (34 kPa) during Lug Down Test.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2143
Overview
This graph shows an aftertreatment system operating as designed. This test does not give pass or fail results. It
only allows the user to validate operation of the aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running(KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
2144 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Figure 902 Graph 5: Normal Exhaust Gas Temperatures (Efficient DOC AND Unrestricted AFI) DPF
Soot Load Level 5
1. 1. Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet 2. 2. Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet 3. 3. Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Temperature (DOCIT) (degrees Temperature (DPFIT) (degrees Temperature (DPFOT) (degrees
Fahrenheit) [Red] Fahrenheit) [Blue] Fahrenheit) [Green]
1. After Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) reaches operating temperature and stabilizes, verify Diesel Particulate
Filter Inlet Temperature (DPFIT) signal value is at approximate target temperature for current soot load level
(page 2407).
2. Verify Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) signal value is between 550°F (287°C) to 800°F
(427°C). It is normal to see DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT signal values fluctuate at the beginning and end of
the OBFCT.
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate operation of aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2145
Follow-On Procedure
None
2146 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This graph shows inverted exhaust gas temperatures indicating an inefficient Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC).
Inverted temperatures in the exhaust stream occur when the Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
(DPFOT) is higher than Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Outlet Temperature (DOCOT) after the DOC has reached
operating temperature and stabilized (see callout 3, graph 7). This is caused by unburned fuel reacting with
the DPF, instead of the DOC, causing an increase in DPFOT. This test does not give pass or fail results. It only
allows the user to validate operation of the aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
SPN 4766 FMI 10 (DOC Efficiency) may be active when exhaust gas temperatures are inverted.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2147
Test Procedure
1. After DOC reaches operating temperature and stabilizes (see callout 3, graph 7), verify DPFOT signal value
is not 122°F (50°C) higher than DOCOT signal value. In this graph, DPFOT signal value is 122°F (50°C)
higher than DOCOT indicating inverted exhaust gas temperatures.
2. Verify Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) signal value is between 550°F (287°C) to 800°F
(427°C). It is normal to see Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature DOCIT, DOCOT, and DPFOT signal
values to fluctuate at the beginning and end of the OBFCT.
2148 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate operation of aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2149
Overview
This graph shows low exhaust gas temperatures indicating a restricted Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFI). Low
temperatures in the exhaust stream occur when Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Outlet Temperature (DOCOT) and
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) are less than 900°F (482°C) after the DOC has reached
operating temperature and stabilized (see callout 2, graph 8). This is caused by restricted fuel flow from the AFI,
resulting in less fuel burning in the exhaust stream. This test does not give pass or fail results. It only allows the
user to validate operation of the aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
3. Start ServiceMaxx™.
2150 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. After DOC reaches operating temperature and stabilizes (see callout 2, graph 8), verify DOCOT and DPFOT
signal values are greater than 900°F (482°C). In this graph, DOCOT and DPFOT are less than 900°F
(482°C).
2. Verify Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) signal value is between 550°F (287°C) to 800°F
(427°C). It is normal to see Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature DOCIT, DOCOT, and DPFOT signal
values to fluctuate at the beginning and end of the OBFCT.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2151
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate operation of aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2152 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC) is working correctly.
NOTE: A small amount of air leakage from the Air Control Valve (ACV) is normal. The ACV has an internal
pressure regulator that bleeds off some air pressure while key is in the ON position.
Tools Required
• EST with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
1. Vehicle air tanks full and no major air leaks present.
1
Test Setup
1. Key-ON, Engine-OFF (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Actuator Test.
2. Select TC2 Wastegate Control from Actuator drop-down menu and set to ON (95% Duty Cycle).
3. Test will command actuator ON for 5 seconds, then actuator will return to default position.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2153
4. Press the Start button and measure actuator rod (Figure 905) (Item 4) extension while test is active.
Compare to TC2WC Rod Extension specification in “Engine Specifications (page 2399).”
• If actuator rod extension is within specification (full travel), wastegate actuator (Figure 905) (Item 5) is
operating properly and no action is required.
• If actuator rod extension is not within specification, continue to next step.
5. Disconnect air supply line (Figure 905) (Item 1) at wastegate actuator and repeat test.
6. Check supply line for airflow to wastegate actuator by listening and feeling for airflow.
• If air is heard or felt, continue to next step.
• If no airflow is heard or felt, go to step 8.
2154 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
7. Remove actuator rod from wastegate arm (Figure 905) (Item 2). Check if wastegate arm moves freely.
• If wastegate arm moves freely, replace wastegate actuator.
• If wastegate arm does not move freely, replace high-pressure turbocharger as an assembly including
turbine housing and wastegate.
Expected Outcome
Wastegate actuator rod extension will be within specification when actuated.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2156 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Test Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) and associated air supply lines for proper operation.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
1. Truck-mounted components removed as necessary to view EBPV.
2. Vehicle air tanks full.
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2157
Test Procedure
1. Inspect EBPV to ensure valve is in fully open position when rested on EBPV stop (Figure 907) (Item 2).
• If valve is not fully open and rested on EBPV stop, go to step 4.
• If valve is fully open and rested on EBPV stop, go to next step.
2. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Actuator Test.
3. From the drop down menu Select > Exhaust Back Pressure Valve. Set the Duty Cycle to 95% and Select >
Start Test. Monitor EBPV movement while test is active.
• If EBPV cycles fully open and fully closed, it is working properly.
• If EBPV does not cycle fully open and fully closed, go to next step.
4. Key OFF, disconnect air supply line (Figure 907) (Item 1) to EBPV at EBPV.
2158 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
5. Check supply line (Figure 907) (Item 1) for airflow to EBPV by listening and feeling for airflow with key OFF.
• If airflow is heard or felt, replace Air Control Valve (ACV).
• If no airflow is heard or felt, go to next step.
6. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Actuator Test.
7. From the drop down menu Select > Exhaust Back Pressure Valve. Set the Duty Cycle to 95% and Select >
Start Test. Check EBPV air supply line (Figure 907) for leaks and damage while test is active.
• If supply line is free of leaks and damage, replace EBPV assembly.
• If supply line is leaking or damaged, repair supply line then go to next step.
8. Disconnect air supply line (Figure 908) (Item 1) to ACV (Figure 908) (Item 2) at ACV.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2159
9. Check supply line for airflow to ACV by listening and feeling for airflow.
• If airflow is heard or felt, replace ACV.
• If no airflow is heard or felt, repair air supply line from vehicle air tanks to ACV.
Expected Outcome
The EBPV will cycle fully open to fully closed, and then back to fully open.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2160 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Prime the fuel system after a repair has been made or the engine has run out of fuel.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION: Engine fluids (oil, fuel, and coolant) may be a hazard to human
health and the environment. Handle all fluids and other contaminated materials (e.g. filters, rags)
in accordance with applicable regulations. Recycle or dispose of engine fluids, filters, and other
contaminated materials according to applicable regulations.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, read all safety instructions in the “Safety
Information” section of this manual.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, store diesel fuel properly in an approved container
designed for and clearly marked DIESEL FUEL.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to fuel system components, make sure pressure regulator handle is in 50 psi
(345 kPa) position when servicing N13 engines.
NOTE: Fuel Priming System 12–922–01 ball valves (on hose ends) should be in closed position, unless suction
ad pressure hoses are connected to vehicle fuel system.
Tools Required
Fuel Priming System 12–922–01
Equipment Condition
1. Fuel system is completely assembled and not leaking.
Test Setup
1. Verify Fuel Priming System 12–92201 pressure regulator handle is in 50 psi (345 kPa) position.
2. Put a fuel drain pan under primary fuel filter / water separator and verify it is full with clean diesel fuel.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2161
Test Procedure
1. Fill Fuel Priming System 12-922-01 filter housing with approximately 1 gallon of clean diesel fuel up to level
indicator (Figure 909) (Item 1). Do this the first time tool is used and any time there is no diesel fuel in filter
housing.
2. Select suction adapter 12–922–01–2 and pressure adapter 12–922–01–3 from the adapter holding fixture
on the Fuel Priming System cart.
2162 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Disconnect fuel supply line to engine (Figure 910) (Item 1) from fuel supply line connector (Figure 910) (Item
2) at primary fuel filter / water separator (output to low-pressure fuel pump).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2163
4. Connect Fuel Priming System suction hose (Figure 911) (Item 2) to primary fuel filter / water separator
output.
5. Connect Fuel Priming System pressure hose (Figure 911) (Item 1) to fuel supply line to engine.
2164 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. Open pressure and suction hose ball valves (Figure 912) (Items 1 and 2).
7. Connect electrical power to Fuel Priming System.
8. Move Fuel Priming System power button (located on outlet box on top of Fuel Priming System cart) to ON
position.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2165
9. Run Fuel Priming System for a minimum of 2 minutes after no bubbles are visible in sight glass (Figure 913)
(Item 1).
10. After the 2 minutes has passed, start engine with Fuel Priming System still running.
11. Run engine at 1200 rpm for a minimum of 2 minutes.
12. After the 2 minute run time, turn off engine.
13. Move Fuel Priming System power button to OFF position.
14. Close pressure and suction hose ball valves.
15. Disconnect Fuel Priming System pressure and suction hoses from adapters
16. Remove suction and pressure adapter from vehicle.
17. Re-connect fuel supply line to primary fuel filter / water separator.
18. Re-start vehicle to verify that no leaks are present.
Expected Outcome
Fuel system primed and free of air.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2166 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Test Low-pressure Fuel Pump’s ability to build and maintain sufficient fuel delivery pressure for a proper
performing engine.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Conditions
• None
Test Set-up
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2167
Test Procedure
1. Monitor Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) at low idle.
2. Fully press accelerator pedal for 20 seconds, monitor FDP.
3. Return engine speed to low idle, shut off engine.
Expected Outcome
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) will be within specification.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2168 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Diagnose proper operation of the Low Pressure Fuel Pump by verifying operation of the Low-pressure Fuel
system using a known clean, unrestricted and dedicated fuel source.
CAUTION: Ensure all fuel lines and dry break fittings are clear of dirt and heavy debris before disconnecting
any fittings. Failure to comply could cause contaminants to enter the Low-pressure fuel system.
Tools Required
• Clean Fuel Source Tool – 15–637–01
• Air Cap, Fuel Cap and Plug Kit – ZTSE4891
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. With engine Off, disconnect fuel supply line at low-pressure fuel pump inlet fitting.
2. Use Air Cap, Fuel Cap and Plug Kit ZTSE4891 to cap disconnected fuel line.
Figure 915 Low-Pressure Fuel Pump with Clean Fuel Source Tool Connected
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2169
3. Connect Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01 to low-pressure fuel pump inlet (Figure 915).
4. Prime fuel system by pumping primer bulb.
CAUTION: Do not crank engine continuously for longer than 15 seconds. Failure to comply could result in
damage to engine starter motor.
Test Procedure
1. Crank the engine.
2. If engine starts, idle for 30 seconds before shutting down.
Expected Outcome
Engine will start and run with Clean Fuel Source Tool connected.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2170 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Check for and diagnose cause of fuel aeration.
Tools Required
• 15-637-01 – Clean Fuel Source Tool
• ZTSE4886 – Fuel Inlet Restriction / Aeration Tool
• ZTSE4905 – Fuel Block Off Tool
• ZTSE4906 – Fuel Line Coupler
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2171
Test Setup 1
1. Use Fuel Line Coupler ZTSE4906 to connect Fuel Inlet Restriction/Aeration Tool ZTSE4886 between fuel
supply line to secondary fuel filter and low-pressure fuel pump outlet.
2. Prime fuel system by pumping primer pump.
Test Procedure 1
1. Start or crank engine. If possible, raise engine speed to high idle while visually monitoring for fuel aeration
(air bubbles passing through the clear line of the Restriction/Aeration Tool).
• If fuel is not aerated, go to Restriction Test .
• If fuel is aerated, continue to Test 2.
2172 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup 2
Test Procedure 2
1. Start or crank engine. If possible,raise engine speed to high idle while visually monitoring for fuel aeration
(air bubbles passing through the clear line of the Restriction/Aeration Tool).
• If fuel is not aerated, repair fuel supply line between fuel primer pump and fuel tank.
• If fuel is aerated, repair low-pressure fuel pump supply line or fuel primer pump.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2173
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate fuel is not aerated or diagnose cause of fuel aeration.
Follow-On Condition
None
2174 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Check for and diagnose cause of fuel supply restriction.
Tools Required
• ZTSE4526 – Compucheck fitting
• 15-637-01 – Clean Fuel Source Tool
• ZTSE4409 – Pressure Test Kit
• ZTSE4886 – Fuel Inlet Restriction / Aeration Tool
• ZTSE4906 – Fuel Line Coupler
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2175
Test Setup 1
1. Use Fuel Line Coupler ZTSE4906 to connect Fuel Inlet Restriction / Aeration Tool ZTSE4886 between
low-pressure fuel pump supply line and low-pressure fuel pump inlet.
2. Connect Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409 vacuum gauge to Fuel Inlet Restriction / Aeration Tool ZTSE4886.
3. Prime fuel system by pumping primer pump.
2176 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure 1
1. Start or crank engine. If possible, raise engine speed to high idle while monitoring Pressure Test Kit vacuum
gauge.
• If restriction is above specification, go to Test 2.
• If restriction is within specification, retest for original complaint.
Test Setup 2
Test Procedure 2
1. Start or crank engine. If possible, raise engine speed to high idle while monitoring Pressure Test Kit
ZTSE4409 vacuum gauge.
• If restriction is within specification, go to Test 3
• If restriction is above specification, repair or replace fuel strainer and primer pump assembly, and check
fuel lines. After repairs are complete, retest for original problem.
Test Setup 3
1. Retain setup from Test 2, but connect Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01 to primary filter inlet
2178 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure 3
1. Start or crank engine. If possible, raise engine speed to high idle while monitoring Pressure Test Kit
ZTSE4409 vacuum gauge.
• If restriction is within specification, repair restriction between primary fuel filter and fuel tank. After repairs
are complete, retest for original problem.
• If restriction is above specification, replace primary fuel filter, clean fuel strainer, and check fuel lines for
damage. After repairs are complete, retest for original problem.
Expected Outcome
Technician will verify there is no fuel restriction or diagnose cause of fuel restriction.
Follow-on Procedure
Connect low-pressure fuel lines that were disconnected.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2179
Overview
Verify high-pressure fuel pump is receiving fuel.
Tools Required
• ZTSE4681 – Fuel Pressure Gauge
• ZTSE4886 – Fuel Inlet Restriction / Aeration Tool
• ZTSE4905 – Fuel Block Off Tool
• ZTSE4906 – Fuel Line Coupler
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Disconnect fuel supply to AFT fuel doser module.
2. Use Fuel Line Coupler ZTSE4906 to connect Fuel Inlet Restriction / Aeration Tool ZTSE4886 to AFT fuel
doser module fuel supply line.
Figure 921 Pressure Test Kit connected to AFT fuel doser module fuel supply line
1. AFT fuel doser module Fuel Supply Line
2. Fuel Line Coupler
3. Fuel Inlet Restriction / Aeration Tool
4. Fuel Pressure Gauge
5. Fuel Block Off Tool
3. Connect Fuel Block Off Tool ZTSE4905 to Fuel Inlet Restriction / Aeration Tool ZTSE4886.
4. Connect ZTSE4681 Fuel Pressure Gauge to Fuel Inlet Restriction / Aeration Tool ZTSE4886.
2180 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Start or crank engine. If possible, run at high idle. Monitor Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681.
• If gauge pressure is within specification, go to Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) Return Flow Test (page 2181).
• If gauge pressure is below specification, diagnose and repair low-Pressure fuel system.
Expected Outcome
Technician will verify High-Pressure Fuel pump is receiving proper fuel pressure.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2181
Overview
Verify return flow at cylinder head or fuel rail is within specifications.
Tools Required
• Diesel fuel container with measuring marks
• High Pressure Return Line Tester ZTSE4887
Equipment Condition
1. Low-Pressure (LP) fuel system is operating correctly and within specification.
Test Setup 1
1. Disconnect fuel drain tube assembly at rear of cylinder head.
Figure 922 High-Pressure (HP) Return Line Tester Connected to Cylinder Head
2. Connect HP Return Line Tester ZTSE4887 using 2 banjo ring seals to cylinder head fuel drain tube fitting.
Route the hose end into a diesel fuel container.
Test Procedure 1
1. Crank engine for a maximum of 15 seconds or start engine and run at low idle. If engine starts, wait until
fuel flow is steady and fuel volume reaches a good starting measurement point, then start timer and begin
measurement. Measure fuel return volume for 1 minute if the engine starts.
Test Setup 2
1. Verify fuel drain tube is connected to the cylinder head.
2182 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Figure 923 High-Pressure (HP) Return Line Tester Connected to Fuel Rail
1. HP Return Line Tester ZTSE4887
2. Fuel rail return port
3. Fuel rail return line
2. Disconnect fuel rail return line (Figure 923) (Item 3) at fuel rail.
3. Connect HP Return Line Tester ZTSE4887 (Figure 923) (Item 1) using 2 banjo ring seals to fuel rail return
port (Figure 923) (Item 2) . Route the hose end into a diesel fuel container.
Test Procedure 2
1. Crank engine for a maximum of 15 seconds or start engine and run at low idle. If engine starts, wait
until fuel flow is steady and fuel volume reaches a good starting measurement point, start timer and begin
measurement. Measure fuel return volume for 1 minute if the engine starts.
Follow-on Procedure
Reconnect fuel drain tube assembly or fuel rail return line.
2184 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Isolate pressure loss in high-pressure fuel system. Only run this test if engine fails High Pressure Pump test.
WARNING: The high-pressure fuel system may have extremely high pressure. Verify pressure is
below 500 psi before loosening a high-pressure line. Every time the engine is shut down and the key is
in the OFF position, the ECM commands a blank shot injection process that drains the high-pressure
fuel rail.
Tools Required
• Diesel fuel container measuring in milliliters
• High Pressure Rail Return Line Tester ZTSE4887
• High Pressure Rail Plugs ZTSE6098
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. If necessary, perform Cylinder Balance Test(page 2116).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2185
Test Procedure
1. Start with suspected injector(s) as identified by Cylinder Balance Test. If more than one cylinder is suspect,
block off multiple injectors simultaneously.
2. Disconnect injector high pressure fuel line(s).
3. Install High Pressure Rail Plugs ZTSE6098 on open fuel rail port(s).
4. Start engine. Run at low and high idle. Observe for reduction in white smoke.
5. If smoke is still present, repeat steps 2 through 4 for each injector until smoke is reduced and damaged
injector is identified.
Expected Outcome
Technician will identify damaged injector causing white smoke.
Follow-on Procedure
Replace all removed high pressure fuel lines with new parts.
2186 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify return flow is within specifications.
Tools Required
• ZTSE4526 – Compucheck fitting
• ZTSE4681 – Fuel Pressure Gauge
• ZTSE4886 – Fuel Inlet Restriction / Aeration Tool
• ZTSE4906 – Fuel Line Coupler
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Disconnect high-pressure fuel pump return line.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2187
Figure 925 High-pressure fuel pump return line connected to Fuel Pressure Gauge
2. Use Fuel Line Coupler ZTSE4906 to connect Fuel Inlet Restriction/Aeration Tool ZTSE4886 between the
high-pressure fuel pump and return line.
3. Use Compucheck fitting ZTSE4526 to connect Fuel Inlet Restriction / Aeration Tool ZTSE4886 to Fuel
Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681.
Test Procedure
1. Start or crank engine. If the engine starts run at high idle while monitoring Fuel Pressure Gauge.
2. If the engine does not start, continue cranking for a maximum of 15 seconds while monitoring fuel pressure
gauge.
Expected Outcome
Technician will verify fuel return flow is within specification.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2188 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify return flow from the High-Pressure (HP) fuel pump is within specifications.
Tools Required
• Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01
• Fuel Block Off Tool ZTSE4905
Equipment Condition
1. Verify Low-Pressure (LP) fuel system is operating correctly.
Test Setup
1. Disconnect High-Pressure (HP) fuel pump return line (Figure 926) (Item 4) from HP fuel pump.
2. Connect Fuel Block Off Tool ZTSE4905 (Figure 926) (Item 1) to HP fuel pump return line.
3. Connect Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01 (Figure 926) (Item 3) to the HP fuel pump fuel return port (Figure
926) (Item 2). Verify the shutoff valve is Open.
Test Procedure
1. Start engine or crank engine for 15 seconds while monitoring fuel flow from HP fuel pump fuel return port to
Clean Fuel Source Tool.
Expected Outcome
No fuel flow from HP fuel pump fuel return port until engine starts.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2190 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Test High-Pressure Fuel Pump (HPFP) by monitoring
• Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP)
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV)
• Camshaft Position (CMP)
Using the Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool and an Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™
software while running the High Pressure Pump Test. If software detects a fault in the HPFP, a Warranty
Authorization Code (WAC) will be generated
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set parking
brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
CAUTION: Do not store CPA tool in engine compartment. Exterior damage may adversely affect tool functionality
and cause flawed test results.
CAUTION: Secure CPA tool and test cables away from hot or moving parts and sources of radio frequency
interference.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ and CPA software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12–999–01
• Banana Jack Breakout (long) 12–999–01–08
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00–00956–08
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• E1 and E2 Harness Overlay 16–00530–00
• E1 and E2 ECM Cable 00–01468–00
Equipment Condition
1. Park vehicle on level ground.
2. Set parking brake, shift transmission to park or neutral, and block wheels.
3. Run engine to operating temperature.
4. Parked aftertreatment regeneration not Active.
5. Release accelerator pedal.
6. Release brake pedal.
7. Release clutch pedal.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2191
Test Setup
1. Key-On, Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to vehicle Diagnostic Connector and
log-in(page 2044).
NOTE: The first High Pressure Pump Test verifies entry conditions are met for CPA testing.
3. Select: Tests > KOER Tests > High Pressure Pump Test.
2192 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
See Engine Control Module (ECM) Connectors (Figure 929) to perform step 7.
7. Disconnect ECM E1 (3) and E2 (1) connectors from ECM (2).
2194 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
See E1 Breakout Box Harness Connector Connected (Figure 930) to perform step 8.
8. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box E1 harness connector (2) to ECM E1 connector. Reconnect engine harness
E2 connector (1) to ECM.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2195
See Cam Sensor Channel Connections (Figure 933) to perform steps 11 and 12.
11. Connect Harness 12–999–01–05 between Cam sensor channel (2) on CPA box and Banana Jack Harness
12–999–01–06.
12. Connect Banana Jack Harness black lead to 180–Pin Breakout Box pin E-17 CMP-H (1), and red lead to
E-41 CMP-L (3).
2198 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
See Crank Sensor Channel to FPCV Connections (Figure 934) to perform steps 13 and 14.
13. Connect Harness 12–999–01–05 between Crank sensor channel (2) on CPA box and Banana Jack Harness
12–999–01–06.
14. Connect Banana Jack Harness black lead to 180-Pin Breakout Box pin E-73 FPCV (3), and red lead to E-25
FPCV 12V (1).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2199
See Sensor 3 Channel to FRP Connections (Figure 935) to perform steps 15 and 16.
15. Connect Harness 12–999–01–05 between Sensor 3 channel (2) on CPA box and Banana Jack Harness
12–999–01–06.
16. Connect Banana Jack Harness black lead to 180-Pin Breakout Box pin E-21 SIG GND (1), and red lead to
E-34 FRP (3).
2200 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
See Sensor 4 Channel to FDP Connections (Figure 936) to perform steps 17 and 18.
17. Connect Harness 12–999–01–05 between Sensor 4 channel (1) on CPA box and Banana Jack Harness
12–999–01–06.
18. Connect Banana Jack Harness black lead to 180–Pin Breakout Box pin E-22 (2), and red lead to banana
jack harness (3) from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C and pin E-35 (4).
19. If CPA box is equipped with signal adjustment knobs, verify knobs are turned as far clockwise as possible.
Newer versions of the CPA box do not have these knobs.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2201
Test Procedure
1. From ServiceMaxx™ window, launch Cylinder Performance Analyzer. Select: Tests > Cylinder Performance
Analyzer.
2202 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. In the CPA Log-in Screen, fill-in the Operator field (1) and Customer Complaint field (2).
3. Select the Proceed button (3).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2203
12. When High Pressure Pump Test has completed, a results screen will appear.
• If pump passes the test, Test Summary will read “High Pressure Fuel Pump has passed the test”
indicating the HPFP is operating properly.
• If pump fails test, a Warranty Authorization Code (WAC) will be issued.
13. If programmable parameters were changed for testing, return parameter(s) to original customer setting.
Expected Outcome
If test passes, the Test Summary will read “High Pressure Fuel Pump has passed the test” indicating the HPFP
is operating properly.
If the test fails, a Warranty Authorization Code (WAC) will be issued.
Follow-On Procedure
1. Remove breakout box and reconnect ECM connectors.
2208 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Correct entry conditions so the High Pressure Fuel Pump Test will complete successfully.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
1. HPFP CPA Test has not completed successfully
Test Procedure
1. Using an EST with ServiceMaxx™ software select: Tests > KOER Tests > High Pressure Pump Test.
Expected Outcome
Able to correct entry conditions, and High Pressure Fuel Pump Test passes.
Follow-On Procedure
None.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2211
Overview
Verify IAHFI is working properly.
Tools Required
• EXP-1000 HD by Midtronics ZTSE4575 or Digital Multimeter (DMM) with amp clamp
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. In ServiceMaxx™ select Tests > KOEO Tests > Actuator Test.
2. Connect EXP-1000 HD by Midtronics current clamp or DMM with amp clamp ZTSE4575 around IAHFI power
circuit.
3. Select Inlet Air Heater Igniter from Actuator drop-down menu.
4. Press the Start Test button while monitoring current draw. Record results on Diagnostics Form.
2212 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Technician will verify Intake Air Heater Fuel Igniter (IAHFI) is working.
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2213
Overview
Verify sufficient fuel pressure is being supplied to the IAHFS.
Tools Required
• Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681
• Intake Air Heater Solenoid Test Adapter Kit ZTSE6059
Equipment Condition
1. Fuel Deliver Pressure (FDP) within specification.
2. Low-Pressure (LP) fuel system is in good operating condition.
3. No fault code(s) are active for LP fuel system.
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Disconnect fuel supply to IAHFS.
Figure 946 Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681 connected to IAHFS fuel supply line
2. Use Intake Air Heater Solenoid Test Adapter Kit ZTSE6059 to connect Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681 to
IAHFS fuel supply line.
3. Crank engine while monitoring Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681. Compare results to engine cranking
specification for IAHFS fuel supply pressure.
2214 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Fuel pressure supplied to IAHFS will be within specification.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2215
Overview
Verify sufficient fuel pressure is being supplied to the Intake Air Heater Fuel Igniter (IAHFI).
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681
• Intake Air Heater Solenoid Test Adapter Kit ZTSE6059
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test Procedure
1. Disconnect fuel supply to IAHFI.
Figure 947 Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681 connected to IAHFI fuel supply line
2216 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Use Intake Air Heater Solenoid Test Adapter Kit ZTSE6059 to connect Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681 to
IAHFI fuel supply line.
3. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to Tests > KOEO Tests > Intake Air
Heater Test.
4. When Wait to Start lamp begins flashing, crank engine while monitoring Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681.
Compare results to engine cranking specification for IAHFI fuel supply pressure.
Expected Outcome
Fuel pressure to the IAHFI will be within specification.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2217
Overview
Inspect batteries, electrical system, and connections to help identify corroded connections, voltage drops, verify
proper battery voltage, and identify damaged electrical connections and components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, disconnect the main battery negative terminal
before disconnecting or connecting electrical components. Always connect ground cable last.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, assure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.
Tools Required
• Digital Multi-Meter (DMM)
• Flash light (optional)
• Battery charger
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect batteries and battery connections. If connections are corroded, loose, or damaged; clean and
reinstall battery connections. If batteries are cracked or damaged replace as necessary.
2. If applicable, check batteries electrolyte level. If electrolyte is below the top of the plates in one or more
cells, add distilled water.
3. Inspect electrical system for damaged electrical components or wiring, and loose connections (including
engine grounds and starter connections). Repair damaged or loose components or connections.
4. Measure voltage of each battery. If voltage is less than 12.6 volts, charge batteries, and test charging
system.
Expected Outcome
Batteries, wiring, electrical connections, and electrical components are clean, connections are tight, and not
damaged. Batteries voltage 12.6-15 volts.
2218 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Monitors engine systems as the engine is cranked to determine if systems are able to meet minimum starting
requirements.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select: Session > Default.
2. Select: Tool > Start Recording Snapshot.
3. Crank engine for 10 seconds.
4. Select: Tools > Stop Recording Snapshot.
5. Verify the following signals meet engine cranking specifications:
• Switch Battery (SWBAT)
• Engine Speed (RPM)
• Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP)
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Turbocharger 1 Turbine Output Pressure (TC1TOP)
Expected Outcome
All signal values meet engine cranking specifications.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2219
Overview
Check if centrifuge breather is functioning properly.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, read all safety instructions in the “Safety
Information” section of this manual.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, set parking brake, shift transmission to neutral or
park, and block wheels starting the engine.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, avoid rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot engine
surfaces.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Ultrasonic Leak Detector ZTSE4800
Equipment Condition
Before performing this test, ensure engine operating temperature is 82 to 88˚ C (180 to 190˚ F) and oil level and
pressure are within specification.
Test Setup
1. Key On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test Procedure
1. Select Performance session.
2. Start engine. Ensure engine operating temperature is 82 to 88˚ C (180 - 190˚ F).
NOTE: The Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor does not have circuit fault codes. A Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC) will only be set if the Engine Control Module (ECM) does not see an rpm signal with
the engine running.
3. Monitor CC Oil Separator (CCOS) signal with engine at low and high idle. Record results on Diagnostics
Form.
• If CCOS is within specification, crankcase breather system is operating correctly.
• If CCOS is reading 0 rpm with engine running, continue to next step.
4. With engine running, place Ultrasonic Ear ZTSE4800 near CCOSS sensor.
5. Turn engine OFF and quickly monitor for centrifugal noise. The centrifuge will continue spinning for 15
seconds after engine is shut off.
2220 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Technician will verify if centrifuge breather is working properly.
Follow-on Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2221
Overview
Pressure test the Charge Air Cooler to check for leaks.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, read all safety instructions in the “Safety
Information” section of this manual.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set parking
brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• CAC Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4341
Equipment Condition
1. Charge Air Cooler (CAC) removed from vehicle (see appropriate Radiator / Cooling System Service
Manual).
Test Setup
Figure 948 CAC Cleaning Adapter Kit (Off Chassis) 09-925-01 With CAC Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4341
Installed
1. CAC Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4341
NOTE: Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4341 (Figure 948) (Item 1) shown in the CAC Cleaning
Adapter Kit 09-925-01 carrying case. CAC Pressure Test Kit is not part of CAC Cleaning Adapter Kit , but the
CAC Pressure Test Kit can be stored in the CAC Cleaning Adapter Kit carrying case.
2222 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Visually inspect CAC for cracks, holes, and other damage. If cracked or damaged, replace CAC.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, clean all hoses and other pressure test
components of oil, grease, or other lubricants before connecting.
See CAC Pressure Test Kit Installed on CAC Outlet(Figure 949) to perform steps 2 through 5.
2. Install large hose (5) and T-clamp (4) onto CAC outlet (6). Tighten T-clamp (4) securing large hose to CAC
outlet to 55 lb·in (6.2 N·m).
3. Install gauge coupler (3) and T-clamp (4) onto large hose. Tighten T-clamp (4) securing gauge coupler (3)
to large hose (5) to 55 lb·in (6.2 N·m).
4. Connect safety cable (7) to a known good anchor point.
5. Attach gauge / regulator assembly (1) onto quick disconnect fitting (2).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2223
See Bleed-Off Coupler Installed on CAC Intake(Figure 950) to perform steps 6 through 8.
6. Install small hose (4) and T-clamp (3) onto CAC Intake (5). Tighten T-clamp (3) securing small hose (4) to
CAC Intake (5) to 55 lb·in (6.2 N·m).
7. Install bleed-off coupler (2) and T-clamp (3) onto small hose (4). Tighten T-clamp (3) securing bleed-off
coupler (2) to small hose (4) to 55 lb·in (6.2 N·m).
8. Connect safety cable (1) to a known good anchor point.
2224 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, attach safety cables to Charge Air Cooler (CAC)
or a known good anchor point.
CAUTION: Adjust air regulator valve to minimum setting before connecting shop air supply. Accidentally applying
high-pressure can damage tool components or the Charge Air Cooler (CAC).
9. Connect filtered shop air supply to air valve (1) on gauge / regulator assembly.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, increase air pressure slowly to prevent coupler
blowing-out during testing.
10. Open air valve slightly, and slowly increase air pressure until gauge (3) reads 30 psi (205 kPa). If needed,
adjust air regulator knob (2) as follows until gauge reads 30 psi (205 kPa):
a. Pull air regulator knob outward to unlock.
b. Turn air regulator knob to adjust pressure to 30 psi (205 kPa).
c. Push air regulator knob inward back into locked position.
11. Close air valve and monitor gauge pressure for 15 seconds.
• If air pressure drops more than 5 psi (34 kPa), replace CAC.
• If air pressure drops 5 psi (34 kPa) or less, perform cleaning procedure. See Charge Air Cooler (CAC)
Cleaning in Engine Service Manual.
12. Repeat steps 10 and 11 three times to verify results.
Expected Outcome
Technician will verify Charge Air Cooler (CAC) in not leaking.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2225
Follow-on Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, relieve air pressure through bleed-off valve slowly
before removing test equipment.
1. Slowly turn bleed-off valve (Figure 952) (Item 2) on bleed-off coupler (Figure 952) (Item 1) counterclockwise,
and release air from system.
2. Disconnect filtered shop air supply from air valve on gauge / regulator assembly.
2226 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. Remove gauge / regulator assembly (Figure 954) (item 1) from quick disconnect fitting (Figure 954) (item 2).
7. Remove safety cable (Figure 954) (item 7) from anchor point.
8. Remove gauge coupler (Figure 954) (item 3) and T-clamp (Figure 954) (Item 4) from large hose (Figure 954)
(Item 5).
9. Remove large hose and T-clamp from CAC outlet (Figure 954) (item 6).
10. Install Charge Air Cooler on engine.
2228 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Pressure test the Interstage Cooler (ISC) to check for leaks.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, ensure ISC Test Kit components are tightened
properly; otherwise, they can explode while ISC is under pressure.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, ensure ISC air inlet and outlet, O-rings are removed
and that no lubricant is on sealing surface. O-ring and lubricant can cause the ISC Pressure Test Kit
components to explode while ISC is under pressure.
Tools Required
• Interstage Cooler (ISC) Pressure Test Kit ZTSE6042
Equipment Condition
1. ISC removed from engine (see appropriate Radiator / Cooling System Service Manual).
Test Setup
See Pressure Test On Air Side Of Interstage Cooler (ISC)(Figure 956) to perform steps 1 through 6.
1. Attach Charge Air Cooler Test Kit to ISC.
2. Cover ISC air outlet (1) with Air Outlet Disc Plug.
3. Install Air Outlet Disc Plug Retaining Bracket on top of Air Outlet Disc Plug. Tighten clamping bolt to seal
ISC air outlet.
4. Attach Air Inlet Plug (with 1/4″ NPT hole) to ISC air inlet (4), and tighten clamps.
5. Attach Coolant Port Plug (solid) to ISC coolant return port (2). Tighten clamp.
6. Attach Coolant Port Plug (with 1/4″ NPT hole) to ISC coolant supply port (3). Tighten clamp.
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields. Limit
compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).
1. Connect regulated shop air source, and pressurize the air side of ISC to 30 psi (207 kPa).
2. Spray a soapy water solution on ISC. Look for leaks from hose connections, ISC, or test components.
3. If a leak is detected on ISC or test gauge pressure drops, replace ISC.
4. Depressurize air side of ISC.
5. Connect regulator with shop air source, and pressurize the coolant side of ISC to 30 psi (207 kPa).
2230 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. Spray a soapy water solution on ISC. Look for leaks from hose connections, ISC, or test components.
7. If a leak is detected on ISC or test gauge pressure drops, replace ISC.
Expected Outcome
Technician will verify if Interstage Cooler (ISC) is leaking.
Follow-on Procedure
1. Remove Interstage Cooler (ISC) Pressure Test Kit from ISC.
2. Install ISC on engine.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2231
Test Setup
1. Verify crankcase oil breather separator is functioning properly before running this test. See Crankcase Oil
Breather Separator Test (page 2219).
2. Disconnect breather outlet tube from 90 degree breather outlet elbow on top of oil separator.
3. Connect Crankcase Pressure Test Tool ZTSE4039 to breather outlet elbow.
Test procedure
1. Start engine and run at high idle. Allow manometer reading to stabilize before recording pressure reading.
2. Record crankcase pressure.
• If pressure is within specification, no repair is required.
• If pressure is above specification, continue to next step.
2232 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Shut engine OFF. Drain vehicle air tanks until pressure is removed from air system.
4. Remove air line from remote-mounted centrifugal filter and cap using Air Cap, Fuel Cap and Plug Kit
ZTSE4891.
5. Start engine and run at high idle. Allow manometer reading to stabilize before recording pressure reading.
6. Record crankcase pressure.
• If pressure is within specification, repair or replace centrifugal filter assembly.
• If pressure is above specification, continue to next step.
7. If engine has an air compressor, remove discharge line and test again. Allow manometer reading to stabilize
before recording pressure reading.
8. Record crankcase pressure
• If pressure is above specification, go to Relative Compression Test (page 2067) to pinpoint suspect
cylinder.
• If pressure is at or below specification, compressed air is leaking into crankcase. Repair or replace air
compressor.
Expected Outcome
Crankcase pressure will be within specification. Cause of crankcase pressure being out of specification will be
diagnosed and determined.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2233
Overview
Determine if leaks are present in the air intake system. Pressurized smoke will pass through the High-Pressure
Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC), Interstage Cooler (ISC), clamps, and air intake system hoses to help locate difficult
to find leaks.
During smoke test, tiny “pinhole” leaks may be seen at some sealing surfaces. This is normal and does not
indicate a component has failed.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components
or testing.
NOTE: Do not exceed 5 psi (34 kPa) system pressure when using Navistar® Leak Detector 19–700–01.
Operating the system at higher pressures will obscure test results, and make leaks more difficult to locate.
Lower system pressures will allow smoke trails to be more visible.
Tools Required
• Navistar® Leak Locator Kit 19–700–01
Equipment Condition
1. Navistar® Leak Locator filled with smoke fluid 19–700–01–02, connected to power supply, and connected
to air supply (see Navistar® Leak Locator Operation Manual).
Test Setup
1. Remove air cleaner assembly.
2234 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Install Navistar® fixed graduated intake adapter (Figure 959) (Item 2) into air intake piping (Figure 959) (Item
1) with clamp (Figure 959) (Item 4) previously removed from air cleaner assembly.
3. Connect Navistar® Leak Locator supply line (Figure 959) (Item 3) to intake adapter.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2235
Test Procedure
5. On right side of engine, check three connection points (Figure 971) (Item A), four clamps (Figure 971) (Item
B), High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) (Figure 971) (Item C), Interstage Cooler (ISC) (Figure 971)
(Item D), two hoses, and air intake system piping for smoke trails produced by Navistar® Leak Locator.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2237
6. On left side of engine, check three clamps (Figure 962) (Item B), HPCAC (Figure 962) (Item C), hose (Figure
962) (Item E), and air intake piping for smoke trails produced by Navistar® Leak Locator.
Expected Outcome
High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC), Interstage Cooler (ISC), clamps, hoses, and air intake system piping
are free of leaks.
Follow-On Procedure
1. Disconnect Navistar® Leak Locator supply line from Powersmoke™ adapter.
2. Deflate and remove Powersmoke™ adapter per Navistar® Leak Locator Operation Manual.
3. Install air cleaner assembly.
2238 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test will determine if leaks are present in the exhaust system. Pressurized smoke will pass through the
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC), turbocharger down pipe, decomposition reactor tube, Selective Catalyst
Reduction (SCR) catalyst, and associated exhaust system piping to help locate leaks.
The exhaust system is tested separately upstream and downstream of the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF). This
is done since smoke from Navistar® Leak Detector 19–700–01 may not be able to physically pass through a
properly functioning DPF. If smoke does pass through the DPF, this does not indicate the DPF has failed and it
should not be replaced.
During smoke test, tiny “pinhole” leaks may be seen at some sealing surfaces. This is a normal condition and
does not indicate a component has failed.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components
or testing.
NOTE: Do not exceed 5 psi (34 kPa) system pressure when using Navistar® Leak Detector 19–700–01.
Operating the system at higher pressures will obscure test results, and make leaks more difficult to locate.
Lower system pressures will allow smoke trails to be more visible.
Tools Required
• Navistar® Leak Locator Kit 19–700–01
Equipment Condition
1. Navistar® Leak Locator filled with smoke fluid 19–700–01–02, connected to power supply, and connected
to air supply (see Navistar® Leak Locator Operation Manual).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2239
1. Disconnect turbocharger down pipe (Figure 963) (Item 1) at turbocharger outlet (see Engine Service
Manual).
2240 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Install appropriate Powersmoke™ adapter (Figure 964) (Item 2) into turbocharger down pipe (Figure 964)
(Item 1) inlet, and connect safety chain (Figure 964) (Item 4) to secure location.
3. Inflate Powersmoke™ adapter per Navistar® Leak Locator Operation Manual
4. Connect Navistar® Leak Locator supply line (Figure 964) (Item 3) to Powersmoke™ adapter.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2241
5. Check three sensor ports (Figure 966) (Item A), flex pipe (Figure 966) (Item B), three clamps (Figure 966)
(Item C), and piping for smoke trails produced by Navistar® Leak Locator.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2243
1. Disconnect SCR catalyst outlet pipe (Figure 967) (Item 2) at muffler, and rotate pipe so it clears muffler inlet
(Figure 967) (Item 1).
2244 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Install appropriate Powersmoke™ adapter (Figure 968) (Item 1) into SCR catalyst outlet pipe (Figure 968)
(Item 4), and connect safety chain (Figure 968) (Item 3) to secure location.
3. Inflate Powersmoke™ adapter per Navistar® Leak Locator Operation Manual.
4. Connect Navistar® Leak Locator supply line (Figure 968) (Item 2) to Powersmoke™ adapter.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2245
5. Plug SCR catalyst drain hole (Figure 969) (Item 2) at bottom rear of catalyst.
2246 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
5. On right side of exhaust system, check two sensor ports (Figure 971) (Item A), three clamps (Figure 971)
(Item C), and piping for smoke trails produced by Navistar® Leak Locator.
2248 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. On left side of exhaust system, check three sensor ports (Figure 972) (Item A), clamp (Figure 972) (Item C),
and piping for smoke trails produced by Navistar® Leak Locator.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2249
Expected Outcome
Exhaust system sensor ports, flex pipe, clamps, and piping free of leaks.
Follow-On Procedure
1. Disconnect Navistar® Leak Locator supply line from Powersmoke™ adapter.
2. Deflate and remove Powersmoke™ adapter per Navistar® Leak Locator Operation Manual.
3. Unplug SCR catalyst drain hole.
4. Reconnect turbocharger down pipe to turbocharger outlet (see Engine Service Manual).
2250 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Relay Diagnostics
Overview
This table provides information for relay diagnostics. It lists the different type of relay activation conditions, how
to test that type of relay, which relays are utilized in what way, where the relays are mounted and relevant fault
code or symptom information for each relay.
Overview
This test provides diagnostics for relays that have constant battery voltage at Terminal-85, switched ground
(GND) at Terminal-86 and constant battery voltage at Terminal-30.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Relay Breakout Harness
Equipment Conditions
None
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2423) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
Test Procedure
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
3
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 4
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
5
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 to GND Yes: Go to Step 6
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 GND Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2253
Equipment Conditions
None
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2423) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
Test Procedure
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
3
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 4
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
5
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 to Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 6
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 to Terminal-30 Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2255
Equipment Conditions
None
Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2423) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2256 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
2
Measure voltage at Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 5
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
5
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: Go to Step 7
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2257
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
7
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2258 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Equipment Conditions
None
Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2423) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2259
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
2
Measure voltage at Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 5
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
5
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: Go to Step 7
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
2260 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
7
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2261
Equipment Conditions
None
Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2423) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
1
Measure voltage between Terminal-86 and GND Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2262 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Step
Check for battery power between Terminal-86 and Terminal-85. Decision
2
Measure voltage between Terminal-86 and Terminal-85 Yes: Check and repair wiring
and/or connectors to relay
Terminal-85 for short to GND.
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)?
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
No: Go to Step 3
Step
Check for a shorted or open coil. Decision
3
Measure resistance between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 Yes: Relay is good, End
Diagnostic Steps
Is resistance reading between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 approximately No: Replace relay, coil is
100 Ohms? shorted (if low) or open (if high).
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2263
Equipment Conditions
None
Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2423) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure
Step
Check for a shorted or open coil. Decision
1
Measure resistance between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Replace relay, coil is
Is resistance reading between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 approximately shorted (if low) or open (if high).
100 Ohms? After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
2264 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
2
Measure voltage between Terminal-30 and GND Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Check for battery power between Terminal-86 and Terminal-85. Decision
3
Measure voltage between Terminal-30 and Terminal-85 Yes: Go to Step 4
No: Check and repair wiring
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? and connectors between
Terminal-85 and GND. After
repairs are complete, retest for
original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay switch circuit. Decision
5
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No:Check and repair wiring
B. Measure voltage between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 between Terminal-86 and
control unit. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-30 to Terminal-86 Yes: Check and repair open
in wiring between Terminal-86
B. Check to see if relay activates
and control unit. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
Does relay activate? problem.
No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2265
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2266 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Equipment Conditions
None
Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
2044).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2423) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure
Step
Check for a shorted or open coil. Decision
1
Measure resistance between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Replace relay, coil is
Is resistance reading between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 approximately shorted (if low) or open (if high).
100 Ohms? After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
2
Measure voltage between Terminal-86 and GND Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2267
Step
Activate and test relay switch circuit. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No:Check and repair wiring
B. Measure voltage between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 between Terminal-85 and
control unit. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay. Decision
5
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: Check and repair open
in wiring between Terminal-85
B. Check to see if relay activates
and control unit. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
Does relay activate? problem.
No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2268 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
J1939 Diagnostics
Overview
J1939 is an industry standard protocol providing for communications between Electronic Control Units (ECUs)
over a Controller Area Network (CAN) bus. Diagnostic tools can also use the bus to monitor the data between
ECUs and communicate with individual ECUs for troubleshooting, software updates, and programming. An ECU
may be a module such as the Engine Control Module (ECM), or a sensor such as the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank
Level and Temperature sensor (DEFTLT).
The J1939 datalink used in Navistar® vehicles uses two wires labeled High (H) and Low (L), twisted together at
regular spacing to create an unshielded twisted pair (UTP). UTP wiring provides a high degree of immunity to
electrical noise, which could interrupt communications. To further keep noise to a minimum, the total resistance
between the H and L wires is specified at 60 ohms. This is accomplished by having two 120 ohm resistors,
one near each end of the bus, between the H and L wires. The two 120 ohm resistors in parallel form a total
resistance of 60 ohms. The resistor may be an external, separate item, or internal to an ECU. Together, the H
and L wires form a communication bus. An ECU may have more than one bus. If the busses are independent,
such as the Public and Private busses found in the ECM, a fault in one bus will not affect the other bus.
Any fault in a communication bus will result in some loss of communication between ECUs. This can include
any of the following:
• Short to ground, to voltage, or H and L wires shorted together will result in total loss of communication, with
no ECUs able to communicate.
• Open anywhere along the bus will effectively result in two separate networks, with ECUs on one side of the
break being unable to communicate with ECUs on the other side. If the break results in the disconnection
of one of the terminating resistors, the ECUs still connected to each other may not be able to communicate
with each other as well. ECUs on one side of the break will set faults indicating that messages from ECUs
on the other side were not received.
• Loss of power to an individual ECU will result only in that ECU not sending messages, and no other
interruption will occur. Other ECUs will set a fault indicating that messages from the ECU without power
were not received.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C or Breakout harness, as required
Equipment Condition
Vehicle batteries fully charged.
Test Setup
1. Disconnect vehicle harness at suspect connector.
Test Procedure
NOTE: See the latest version of Navistar® Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO), use a DMM to measure voltage between the following connector locations:
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2269
2. Key OFF, wait 1 minute. Use a DMM to measure resistance between the following connector locations:
Expected Outcome
All voltage and resistance tests will be within specifications. All ECU’s communicating on J1939 data bus.
Follow-On Procedure
1. Reconnect vehicle harness at suspect connector.
2270 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Remove residue buildup on intake valves caused by internal coolant leakage. A test Engine Control Module
(ECM) will replace the factory ECM to eliminate variations in engine speed and temperature during cleaning
process.
Engine speed will be raised to approximately 1450 rpm (maximum throttle) and cleaning solution will then be
injected through Intake Air Heater Fuel Igniter (IAHFI) port. During injection of cleaning solution, Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT) signal will drop indicating cleaning solution is entering combustion chamber. Procedure will
last approximately 40 to 60 minutes, or until cleaning solution is used up.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, immediately close Induction System Cleaner shut off valve if engine
shutdown occurs during procedure.
Tools Required
• Induction System Cleaner 12–544–01
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
1. O2 sensor removed (see Engine Service Manual).
2. NOx IN sensor removed (see Engine Service Manual).
3. Engine oil at proper level and not contaminated (see Engine Oil Level and Quality Inspection (page 2333)).
4. Engine coolant at proper level (see Coolant Level Inspection (page 2335)).
5. Air filter housing removed.
6. Negative battery cable disconnected.
Test Setup
1. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual).
2. Verify valve bridges are installed and adjusted properly.
• If valve bridges are not installed and adjusted properly, follow appropriate Engine Service Manual
procedure. When finished, reinstall valve cover and continue to next step.
• If valve bridges are installed properly and undamaged, reinstall valve cover (see Engine Service Manual)
and continue to next step.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2271
3. Disengage two upper Engine Control Module (ECM) connector locks (Figure 973) (Item 2), and disconnect
connectors from ECM (Figure 973) (Item 1).
4. Disengage two lower ECM connector locks (Figure 973) (Item 4), and disconnect connectors from ECM.
5. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR) connector (Figure 973) (Item 3).
6. Remove eight ECM mounting bolts. Do not discard.
7. Remove ECM from vehicle. Do not discard.
2272 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
8. Install Test ECM 12–544–01–18 (Figure 974) (Item 1) with two of previously removed eight ECM mounting
bolts. Tighten bolts to 10 lb-ft (14 N·m). Remaining six bolts do not need to be installed for this procedure.
9. Connect two lower ECM connectors (Figure 974)to Test ECM, and engage connector locks.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2273
10. Connect two upper ECM connectors (Figure 975) (Item 2) to Test ECM, and engage connector locks.
11. Install air filter housing.
12. Remove Intake Air Heater Fuel Igniter (IAHFI), electrical connector, and fuel supply line (see Engine Service
Manual).
2274 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
13. Install Test Injector 12–544–01–07 (Figure 976) (Item 1) and Adapter 12–544–01–08 into IAHFI port. Hand
tighten injector adapter to 10 lb-in (1 N·m).
14. Install Cleaning Solution Supply Line 12–544–01–05 (Figure 977) (Item 1) onto Test Injector (Figure 977)
(Item 2).
15. Disconnect turbocharger down pipe at Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) housing.
16. Install NOx IN Sensor Plug 12–544–01–21 (Figure 978) (Item 1) and O2 Sensor Plug 12–544–01–20 (Figure
978) (Item 2) into EBPV housing. Tighten to 27 lb-ft (36 N·m).
2276 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
17. Using three previously removed bolts (Figure 979) (Item 2), three spacers, and gasket, install Exhaust
Redirect Pipe 12–544–01–16.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2277
18. Install Crankcase Breather Redirect Tube 12–544–01–17 (Figure 980) (Item 1) over Crankcase Oil Separator
(CCOS) breather tube.
2278 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
19. Connect exhaust vent tube (Figure 981) (Item 3) to Exhaust Redirect Pipe (Figure 981) (Item 1) and
Crankcase Breather Redirect Tube (Figure 981) (Item 2).
20. Reconnect negative battery cable.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2279
21. Disconnect EGR valve connector (1). Keep EGR valve connector clear of EGR inlet tubes.
2280 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
22. Open lid (Figure 983) (Item 2) on Pressure Tank 12–544–01–01 (Figure 983) (Item 4).
23. Using a strainer, add 2.5 gal (9.5 L) of EGR cooler cleaner and 2.5 gal (9.5 L) of clean water. Discard strainer.
24. Verify Shutoff Valve 12–544–01–06 (Figure 983) (Item 1) is in closed position and Pressure Regulator
12–544–01–02 (Figure 983) (Item 3) set to 0 psi.
25. Attach shop air supply to Pressure Regulator, and set pressure to 75 psi (517 kPa).
26. If ambient temperature is below 32°F (0°C), do the following:
• Verify front and rear vehicle Air Condition (A/C) is turned off.
• Install cardboard in front of High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC).
27. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
28. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
29. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Start engine and warm engine coolant temperature above 170°F (77°C). Record Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT) signal value.
2. Raise engine speed to 1,450 rpm (maximum throttle or utilizing cruise control switches).
3. Move Shutoff Valve (Figure 983) (Item 1) on Pressure Tank to open position.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2281
Expected Outcome
Coolant residue deposits removed from intake valves.
2282 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Follow-On Procedure
1. Remove shop air supply from Pressure Regulator.
2. Connect EGR valve connector to vehicle harness.
3. Remove exhaust vent tube from Exhaust Redirect Pipe and Crankcase Breather Redirect Tube.
4. Remove Crankcase Breather Redirect Tube from CCOS breather tube.
5. Remove Exhaust Redirect Pipe from EBPV housing.
6. Connect turbocharger down pipe to EBPV housing.
7. Remove NOx IN and O2 sensor plugs, and install NOx IN and O2 sensor.
8. Remove Test Injector and Cleaning Solution Supply Line.
9. Install IAHFI, electrical connector, and fuel supply line.
10. Remove Test ECM, and install factory ECM.
11. Install valve cover.
12. Clear any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) generated during procedure.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2283
Overview
Record exhaust aftertreatment system pressures to help determine cause of restriction.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to vehicle Diagnostic Connector and
log in. (page 2044)
2284 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Record DPFDP, DPFOP, and TC1TOP to be used to determine cause of exhaust restriction.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2286 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2287
Overview
Verify proper operation of the deaeration tank cap.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing the radiator cap
or deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn counterclockwise to vent pressure.
• Pause for a moment to avoid being scalded by steam.
• Continue to turn the cap counterclockwise to remove.
2288 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Testing Kit ZTSE2384 or Coolant Cap Pressure Tester 09-040-01
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2289
Test Setup
Test Procedure
1. Determine rated pressure of deaeration tank cap.
2. Test dearation cap following the tool instructions for the tester being used.
3. Replace cap if not within specification.
2290 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Cap will hold rated pressure.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2291
Overview
Apply air pressure to cooling system to determine if system has leaks. The system should hold pressure
indicating there are no leaks.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do following when removing radiator cap or
deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
• Wrap a thick cloth around the radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
• Pause for a moment to avoid being scalded by steam.
• Continue to turn cap counter-clockwise to remove.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, ensure shop-air pressure is properly regulated.
Tools Required
• Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV.
Equipment Condition
1. Remove splash guards (as necessary).
2. Cooling system full.
2292 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
Test Procedure
See Cap Adapter and Pressure Module(Figure 991) to perform steps 1 through 8.
1. Turn Coolant Supply Tank valve to CLOSED position.
2. Open air valve (3) on Pressure Module (1) making sure not to exceed cap pressure on system.
3. Close air valve (4). System is now pressurized with air.
4. Take note of gauge reading and check for pressure decay. If no decay is detected, there are no leaks, go
to Step 7.
5. If decay is evident, check cooling system for leak(s).
6. Repeat steps 1 to 3 to re-pressurize system as necessary to find source of pressure loss.
7. Disconnect compressed air, and remove Pressure Module (1).
8. Slowly open air valve (3) on Pressure Module (1) to vent the pressure in the cooling system.
2294 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Technician will pressurize cooling system to inspect for leaks and verify integrity.
Follow-on Procedure
Replace splash guards (if removed).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2295
Overview
This test is used to verify that the air compressor is not leaking engine coolant into the engine engine oil.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Drain engine engine oil and remove oil pan
2. Install Radiator Pressure Test Kit - ZTSE2384 on Deaeration Tank
3. Maintain 15 psi (103 kPa) of cooling system pressure throughout this test
4. Perform Coolant Leak - Visual Inspection (page 2338)
Test Procedure
1. With cooling system under 15 psi (103 kPa) of pressure, visually inspect engine engine oil return port from
air compressor inside crankcase
Expected Outcome
No engine coolant will be found leaking from engine engine oil return port from air compressor.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2296 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Determine if air compressor is aerating coolant or causing coolant to overflow by reducing pressure in vehicle
air system.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Fill deaeration tank with coolant to proper level.
2. Install deaeration tank cap.
3. Drain vehicle air tanks.
Test Procedure
1. Open air tank drain valves and prop them open.
2. Run engine to recreate overflow condition.
Expected Outcome
Determine if air compressor is causing coolant overflow.
Follow-on Procedure
1. Close air tank drain valves.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2297
Overview
Inspect inside of exhaust pipe at Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFI) nozzle for presence of coolant.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not let engine fluids stay on your skin. Clean
skin and nails using hand cleaner and wash with soap and water. Wash or discard clothing and rags
contaminated with engine fluids.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Testing Kit ZTSE2384
Equipment Condition
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing the radiator cap
or deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn counterclockwise to vent pressure.
• Pause for a moment to avoid being scalded by steam.
• Continue to turn cap counterclockwise to remove.
Test Setup
1. Remove deaeration tank cap.
2. Connect Radiator Pressure Testing Kit ZTSE2384 with Surge Tank Cap Adaptor to deaeration tank.
Test Procedure
1. Disconnect exhaust pipe at the turbocharger outlet pipe after the AFTFI.
2. Pressurize cooling system to 117 kPa (17 psi) for 15 minutes.
2298 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Technician will verify if coolant is present in exhaust pipe at AFI nozzle.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2299
Overview
Test Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler for coolant leakage.
Tools Required
• EGR Cooler Pressure Test Kit 12–892–07
• Spray bottle with soapy water solution
• Beaker of water
Equipment condition
1. EGR cooler removed from engine (see Engine Service Manual).
Test Setup
See EGR Cooler Supply and Return Lines / Harness (Figure 993) to perform steps 1 through 2.
2300 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
1. Remove EGR cooler exhaust gas outlet hose (1), EGR valve coolant return line and deaeration fitting (2),
and harness (3).
2. Remove EGR valve coolant supply 90 degree fitting (4).
3. Install Exhaust Gas Inlet Adapter (1) into EGR cooler exhaust gas inlet port. Tighten knurled ring to seal.
4. Align and install Heater Core Supply Plug (1) into heater core supply port. Tighten knurled knob to seal.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2301
5. Align and install Coolant Inlet Block-Off (1) into EGR cooler coolant inlet port. Tighten knurled knobs to seal.
6. Align and install EGR Valve Coolant Supply Adapter (1) into EGR valve coolant supply port.
2302 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
7. If vehicle is equipped with bunk heater, align and install Sleeper Cab Heat Block-Off (1). Tighten knurled
knob to seal.
See Front Pressure Test Adapters (Figure 999) to perform steps 8 through 10.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2303
8. Align and install Exhaust Gas Outlet Plug (1) into EGR cooler exhaust gas outlet port. Tighten knurled ring
to seal.
9. Align and install three EGR Valve Coolant Return, Deaeration, and Coolant Filter Supply Plugs (2) as needed
for vehicle configuration.
10. Align and install Coolant Outlet Clamp Assembly (4) into EGR cooler coolant return port. Tighten knurled
knob (3) to seal.
11. Install Bubble Test Hose Assembly (1) onto EGR Valve Coolant Supply Adapter.
2304 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
See Test Hose In Beaker of Water (Figure 1001) to perform step 12.
12. Insert test hose (2) into a beaker of water to depth of 0.375 inches. Red marking (1) on test hose indicates
depth of 0.375 inches.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2305
See Regulator Assembly Installed On Outlet Plug (Figure 1002) to perform step 13.
13. Install Regulator Assembly (1) onto Exhaust Gas Outlet Plug (2).
CAUTION: Adjust air regulator knob on regulator assembly to minimum setting before connecting filtered shop
air supply. Applying high-pressure air can cause damage to tools or components.
14. Connect filtered shop air supply to Regulator Assembly.
2306 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
See Bubble Test Hose and Regulator Assembly Switched (Figure 1004) to perform step 5.
5. Switch positions of Bubbles Test Hose Assembly (1) and Regulator Assembly (2).
6. Connect filtered shop air supply to Regulator Assembly.
2308 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
7. Insert test hose (2) into a beaker of water to depth of 0.375 inches. Red marking (1) on test hose indicates
depth of 0.375 inches.
8. Slowly turn air regulator knob on Regulator Assembly clockwise until gauge reads 40 psi (276 kPa).
9. Monitor for air bubbles coming from end of test hose for 5 minutes.
• If no air bubbles present after 5 minutes, EGR cooler can be reused.
• If air bubbles are present during 5 minutes, replace EGR cooler.
Expected Outcome
No air bubbles coming from test hose for 5 minutes.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2309
Overview
Determine if engine thermostats open when engine reaches operating temperature by monitoring upper radiator
hose temperature.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Infrared Thermometer ZTSE4799
Equipment Condition
1. Allow engine to cold soak.
2. Perform Coolant Level Inspection (page 2335)
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test Procedure
1. Select the Temperature tab in ServiceMaxx™.
2. Verify the following sensor values are approximately equal:
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
• Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT)
• Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT)
3. Start engine.
4. Monitor upper radiator hose temperature using Infrared Thermometer ZTSE4799.
2310 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
5. Run engine to operating temperature. Upper radiator hose temperature should be less than ECT1 while
thermostat is closed.
As ECT1 reaches approximately 181°F (83°C), a working thermostat will begin to open, and the upper
radiator hose should heat up to match ECT1 (± 25° F).
• If ECT1 continues to rise and upper radiator hose remains cooler, replace thermostat and retest.
• If ECT1 never reaches 181° F (83° C), replace thermostat and retest.
• If upper hose matches ECT1 (± 25° F) after engine coolant temperature reaches approximately 181°F
(83°C), thermostat is working properly.
Expected Outcome
Upper radiator hose temperature will increase to within ± 25° F of ECT1 after engine warms up past thermostat
opening temperature.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2311
Overview
Compare electronic signal from Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor to actual EOP using mechanical gauge.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
• Oil Pressure Test Fitting 12–889–04
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector. (page 2044)
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Start engine.
2312 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Start recording by selecting Tools > Start Recording Snapshot. Monitor instrument panel gauge during test.
3. Allow engine to idle for 5 – 10 seconds or until oil pressure reading is stabilized.
4. Increase engine speed to high idle.
5. Wait until oil pressure reading stabilizes and then return engine to low idle.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2313
8. Connect Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409 to Oil Pressure Test Fitting (Figure 1008) (Item 1).
9. Start engine.
10. At low idle, monitor mechanical gauge for engine oil pressure reading; compare value to recorded snapshot.
11. Increase engine speed to high idle.
12. At high idle, monitor mechanical gauge for engine oil pressure reading; compare value to recorded snapshot.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2315
Expected Outcome
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) reading on mechanical gauge, and EOP sensor signal value in ServiceMaxx™ will
be within specification and approximately the same.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2316 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify Power Steering Fluid is not leaking to Engine Engine Oil.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Adjust engine engine oil level to full operating range.
2. Adjust power steering fluid level to full operating range.
Test Procedure
1. Start engine, run for a minimum of 10 minutes.
2. Stop engine, inspect engine engine oil and power steering fluid levels.
• If power steering fluid level is decreasing and engine engine oil level is increasing, install a new power
steering pump (see Engine Service Manual).
• If power steering fluid level is not decreasing and engine engine oil level is not increasing, power steering
fluid is not leaking into engine engine oil.
Expected Outcome
Technician will verify Power Steering Fluid is not leaking to Engine Engine Oil.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2317
Overview
Compare EOP sensor signal value in ServiceMaxx™ to instrument panel gauge reading.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector. (page 2044)
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Start engine.
2. Start recording by selecting Tools > Start Recording Snapshot. Monitor instrument panel gauge during test.
2318 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Allow engine to idle for 5 – 10 seconds or until oil pressure reading is stabilized.
4. Increase engine speed to high idle.
5. Wait until oil pressure reading stabilizes and then return engine to low idle.
Expected Outcome
EOP sensor signal value in ServiceMaxx™, and instrument panel gauge will be within specification and
approximately the same.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2319
Engine Brake
Engine Compression Brake ECM Inputs and Programmable Parameter Checks
Overview
Verify engine compression brake Engine Control Module (ECM) input and parameter values are within
specification
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with Diamond Logic Builder™ software
• EST with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2044).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select: Sessions > Parameters.
NOTE: To make program changes using ServiceMaxx™ software see Programmable Features (page 2012).
2320 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Verify the following engine parameters are set to correct value using table below:
3. Log off ServiceMaxx™ software and log in to Diamond Logic Builder™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2321
4. Go to Features and select the Filter icon (Item 1) in the left hand corner of the Features window.
5. Type “Engine Brake” into the pop-up search window (Item 2).
2322 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. Click on appropriate feature code (Item 1) so it is highlighted. Lower half of window will now show applicable
parameters (Item 2) for that feature.
7. Verify the following parameter values:
• Clutch switch status in Engine Control Module (ECM) and Body Control Module (BCM)
• Brake switch status in ECM and BCM
• Engine Brake switch status in ECM
• Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) 0.00% when released
Expected Outcome
Engine brake Engine Control Module (ECM) input and parameter values are within specification.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2323
Follow-On Procedure
None
Overview
Determines if engine compressions brake activates when commanded ON.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None.
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to vehicle diagnostic connector (page 2044) and log in.
Test Procedure
1. Run engine to operating temperature 180°F (82°C).
3. Select Engine Compression Brake 1 from Actuator drop down menu (1).
4. Click “Start Test” button (2) and monitor engine for a misfire on three cylinders. If misfire does not occur,
diagnose engine compression brake 1 problem.
5. Select Engine Compression Brake 2 from Actuator drop down menu.
6. Click “Start Test” button and monitor engine for a misfire on three cylinders. If misfire does not occur,
diagnose engine compression brake 2 problem.
Expected Outcome
Each engine brake assembly will cause three cylinders to misfire when commanded ON.
Follow-On Procedure
None.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2325
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO).
Test Procedure
1. Observe the following:
• Wait to Start lamp
• WATER IN FUEL indicator (Integral Digital Display)
2. Record results on Diagnostics Form.
• If WATER IN FUEL indicator stays ON, go to Fuel Quality Check (page 2330).
Expected Outcome
Technician will verify ECM is powered up and if water is in fuel supply.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2326 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify instrument panel fuel gauge indicates correct fuel level, and fuel system is free of damage. Check primary
(chassis mounted) fuel filter for leaks, contamination, and other damage.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Vehicle parked on level ground.
1. Check fuel filter and filter housing for fuel leaks, large dents, or damage.
2. Verify fuel filter O-ring is installed properly and free of damage.
3. Check maintenance history for primary fuel filter replacement. Replace filter if beyond recommended service
interval (see Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual).
2328 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
1. Check fuel filter and filter housing for fuel leaks or damage.
2. Visually inspect fuel filter following the Primary Fuel Filter (Cartridge Style) Inspection) (page 2328).
Fuel level above top of fuel Change primary fuel filter element.
filter. May cause loss of
power complaint.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2329
Excessive bubbles are seen 1. Check all fittings and lines from between fuel tank and
flowing within fuel. chassis fuel filter assembly.
2. Check upper and lower connector O-rings.
Loss of power complaint. 1. Check for missing grommet at lower end of filter.
Fuel level is below fuel filter
2. Check for missing or broken spring at top of primary fuel
housing collar.
filter element.
Expected Outcome
Fuel tank(s), lines, filters, and connections free of damage, contamination, and leaks. Fuel level equal in both
tanks, and fuel gauge indicates correct level.
2330 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Drain fuel filter assembly and check fuel quality.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
NOTE: Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel is required for Navistar® Diesel Engines used with advanced
aftertreatment systems.
NOTE: Do not continue diagnostic procedures if fuel is contaminated.
Tools Required
• Clear diesel fuel container
• Clear plastic hose
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2331
Inspection Procedure
1. Place clear diesel fuel container under fuel-filter housing (Figure 1017).
2. Install clear plastic hose on fuel drain valve.
3. Route clear plastic hose into clear diesel fuel container.
4. Open drain valve and fill container.
2332 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
5. Check for water, waxing, icing, sediment, gasoline, kerosene, or Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) by shaking fuel
sample container and letting contents settle.
• Sediments will fall to bottom of fuel sample container.
• Gasoline and kerosene will separate from diesel fuel.
• Waxing or icing will prevent diesel fuel flowing from fuel-drain valve.
Expected Outcome
Fuel is free of water, waxing, icing, sediment, gasoline, kerosene, or Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2333
Overview
Inspection of engine oil level and engine oil quality.
NOTE: API CJ-4 oils are recommended for use in high-speed diesel engines with advanced-exhaust
aftertreatment systems that meet on-highway exhaust emissions standards for year 2007 and beyond.
NOTE: If inspection indicated engine oil is contaminated or diluted, replace engine oil and filter.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
2334 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Inspection Procedure
1. Use oil level gauge (dipstick) (Item A) to check engine oil level.
• If engine oil level is below specification, inspect engine for leaks, oil consumption, or improper servicing.
Repair cause of low engine oil prior to filling to proper level.
• If engine oil level is above specification, inspect for fuel dilution, coolant contamination, or improper
servicing. If engine oil level is above specification, drain to proper level and diagnose cause of dilution,
contamination, or improper servicing.
Expected Outcome
Oil level should be within specification and free of dilution, coolant contamination, and improper servicing.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2335
Overview
Determine if coolant is at appropriate level.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Allow engine to cold soak.
Inspection Procedure
Expected Outcome
Coolant level should be between COLD MAX and COLD MIN lines.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2337
Overview
Check coolant for proper freeze point, and for contamination.
Tools Required
• Coolant and Battery Refractometer ZTSE4796
Equipment Condition
• Park vehicle on level ground
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
Inspection Procedure
1. Wrap a thick cloth around deaeration cap.
2. Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
3. After pressure has been released, remove cap.
4. Check coolant for signs of contamination.
5. Take a sample from the deaeration tank.
6. Examine sample for engine oil and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
• Oil contamination may result in a dark sludge.
• DEF contamination may give coolant a dark yellow / brown color with a strong ammonia smell.
7. If coolant is not contaminated, check freeze point.
Expected Outcome
Coolant should be free of contamination, and at the correct freeze point.
2338 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Check engine cooling system for proper level and leaks.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Park vehicle on level ground. If engine was running, allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
2. Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap. Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
After pressure has been released, remove the cap.
3. Check coolant level. Compare coolant level to level indicators on the deaeration tank. If coolant level is low,
add coolant.
4. Install Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384.
5. Pressurize cooling system.
6. Check both sides of vehicle for coolant, leaks, and coolant on the ground.
7. If coolant is leaking, determine what component is leaking.
Expected Outcome
Coolant should be at the correct level. There should be no visible coolant leaks.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2339
Overview
Determine if engine coolant is in the exhaust system.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool 15 minutes or more before
working with components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not let engine fluids stay on your skin. Clean
skin and nails using hand cleaner and wash with soap and water. Wash or discard clothing and rags
contaminated with engine fluids.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION: Engine fluids (oil, fuel, and coolant) may be a hazard to human
health and the environment. Handle all fluids and other contaminated materials (e.g., filters rags)
in accordance with applicable regulation
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384
Equipment Condition
1. Vehicle parked on level ground.
2. Engine allowed to cool for 15 minutes or more.
Inspection Procedure
1. Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap. Slowly turn cap counter-clockwise one-quarter to one-half
turn to vent pressure. After pressure has been released, remove cap.
2. Install Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384 (with appropriate adapter if needed) onto deaeration tank.
3. Disconnect exhaust pipe at exhaust brake housing (see Engine Service Manual).
4. Pressurize cooling system to 15 psi (103 kPa).
5. Inspect exhaust pipe and brake housing for engine coolant and engine coolant residue.
Expected Outcome
Determine if coolant is in exhaust system.
2340 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect engine oil for coolant contamination.
NOTE: Oil cooler coolant leakage to oil will occur only when coolant pressure is higher than oil pressure.
Diagnosis and repairs will not be authorized based solely on oil analysis.
NOTE: Oil contaminated with coolant usually causes oil to thicken and turn light gray.
Tools Required
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Remove engine oil level gauge (dipstick) and inspect for coolant contamination. An overfilled crankcase can
be due to coolant in the engine oil.
2. Remove drain plug from oil pan and obtain an oil sample.
3. Inspect oil sample for signs of coolant.
Expected Outcome
Determine if engine oil is contaminated with coolant or not.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2341
Overview
Inspect cylinder sleeves for holes or cracks caused by cavitation (gas-filled bubbles formed in the coolant).
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Remove cylinder head. See Engine Service Manual.
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect piston crowns for signs of coolant leaks. Lack of carbon indicates possible coolant leak into the
cylinder.
2. Using a torque wrench set to 120 lb-ft (162 N·m), bar engine over until pistons 1 and 6 are at Bottom Dead
Center (BDC).
3. Inspect cylinder sleeves 1 and 6 for coolant, coolant staining, pinholes, and cracks.
4. Repeat for cylinders pairs 2-5 and 3-4.
5. Repair as needed.
Expected Outcome
Carbon deposits should be present on piston crowns, indicating cylinder sleeves are free of holes and cracks.
Cylinder sleeves should not have coolant, coolant staining, pinholes, or cracks.
2342 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Visual inspection of the Interstage Cooler (ISC) and the High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger Intake Elbow for
coolant or evidence of coolant residue.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, ensure Interstage Cooler Test Kit components are
tightened properly; otherwise, they can explode while ISC is under pressure.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, ensure ISC air inlet and outlet O-rings are removed
and that not lubricant is on sealing surface. O-ring and lubricant can cause the ISC Pressure Test Kit
components to explode while ISC is under pressure.
Tools Required
• Interstage Cooler Test Kit ZTSE6042
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect for coolant or white coolant residue in High Pressure (HP) turbocharger air inlet duct and Interstage
Cooler (ISC).
• Remove HP turbocharger center section with HP turbocharger air inlet duct. See Engine Service Manual
for procedure.
Expected Outcome
No evidence of coolant or coolant residue will be found in the Interstage Cooler or the HP-Turbocharger Intake
Piping.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2343
Overview
Inspect the High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC), Interstage Cooler (ISC), hoses, clamps, and connections
for leaks, wear, or damage.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to engine, do not hold engine at a high idle for a period longer than 20 seconds
when performing this inspection.
Tools Required
• None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Start engine. Raise engine speed to high idle for no longer than 20 seconds.
2. While engine is at high idle, on right side of engine inspect High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC)
(Figure 1021) (Item C), two hoses (Figure 1021) (Item E), three connection points (Figure 1021) (Item A),
four clamps (Figure 1021) (Item B), and Interstage Cooler (ISC) (Figure 1021) (Item D) for leaks and worn
or damaged parts.
3. While engine is at high idle, on left side of engine inspect three clamps (Figure 1022) (Item B), HPCAC
(Figure 1022) (Item C), and hose (Figure 1022) (Item E) for leaks and worn or damaged parts.
Expected Outcome
HPCAC, ISC, hoses, clamps, and connections are free of leaks, wear, or damage.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2345
Overview
Inspect air filter and air intake assembly for blockages and / or damage.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect for a dirty, damaged, or incorrectly installed air filter.
• If air filter is clean, undamaged, and correctly installed, go to next step.
• If air filter is dirty or damaged, replace air filter, go to next step.
2. Inspect for air flow restrictions in air intake tubing, tubing connections, and filter housing.
• If air flow is restricted repair air flow restrictions, go to next step.
• If no air flow restriction is found, no action is required, go to next step.
3. Inspect for loose or damaged intake and CAC hoses and pipes.
• If loose or damaged air hoses and pipes are found, repair Intake or CAC.
• If no loose or damaged air hoses and pipes are found, no action is required.
Expected Outcome
Air filter, air intake tubing, and air filter housing are free of damage and restrictions. Intake air restriction should
be less than 25 in Hg (84.7 kPa) at full load and rated speed.
2346 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect exhaust and aftertreatment system for leaks, damage, and restrictions.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
See Exhaust and Aftertreatment System (DPF Canister) (Figure 1023) to perform step 1.
1. On Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) canister, check the following for leaks, damage, and soot trails:
• Five sensor ports (Item A) and connections
• Flex pipe (Item B)
• Seven clamps (Item C)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2347
See Exhaust and Aftertreatment System (SCR Canister) (Figure 1024) to perform steps 2 and 3.
2. On Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) canister, check the following for leaks, damage, and soot trails:
• Three sensor ports (Item A) and connections
• Two clamps (Item C)
3. Visually inspect DEFDV (Item D) for damage or leaking DEF.
2348 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Technician will determine if exhaust and aftertreatment system is leaking, damaged, or restricted.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2351
Overview
Inspect for internal components leaking larger than normal amounts of oil or damaged internal parts.
Tools Required
• Regulator assembly
Equipment Condition
1. Oil drained.
2. Oil pan removed (see Engine Service Manual).
Inspection Procedure
See Oil Pump Pick-up Tube (Figure 1027) to perform steps 1 through 3.
1. Inspect oil pump pick-up tube and oil pump pick-up tube O-ring (A) for looseness, cracks, obstructions, and
other damage.
2352 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Visually inspect crankcase for missing, loose, or damaged cylinder sleeve O-rings.
3. Visually inspect bearing inserts for damaged or spun bearings.
Expected Outcome
No internal engine damage or excessive engine oil leaking will be found.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2353
Overview
Inspect oil pump, gear driven fan drive, and cup plugs for oil leaks and damage.
Tools Required
• None
Equipment Condition
1. Engine front cover removed (see Engine Service Manual)
Inspection Procedure
1. If equipped with a gear fan drive, remove fan drive housing (see Engine Service Manual).
See Fan Drive Housing Cup Plugs (Figure 1029) to perform step 2.
2. Inspect two cup plugs (A) on fan drive housing. Ensure plugs are installed and not leaking.
2354 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
See Fan Drive Supply Cup Plug (Figure 1030) to perform step 3.
3. If engine is not equipped with gear driven fan drive, verify oil supply to fan drive has cup plug (A) installed
and is not leaking.
4. Remove Oil pump (see Engine Service Manual).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2355
Expected Outcome
Technician will determine if oil pump, gear driven fan drive, or cup plugs are damaged or leaking.
2356 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Cylinder Head, Valve train, and Engine Brake Housing Oil Leak Inspection
Overview
Inspect cylinder head, rocker arm shafts, rocker arms, and engine brake housings for oil leaks causing low oil
pressure.
Tools Required
• None
Equipment Condition
1. Valve cover removed (see Engine Service Manual).
Inspection Procedure
See Rocker Arm and Shaft Plugs (Figure 1032) to perform step 1.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2357
1. Inspect end of rocker shafts and arms for 18 properly installed and not leaking oil cup plugs (Item A).
Expected Outcome
Cylinder head, engine brake housing, rocker arm, and rocker arm shaft oil cup plugs are properly installed and
free of leaks.
2362 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect engine brake.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Remove over-engine equipment such as air intake, and turbocharger crossover pipes. Follow procedures in the
Engine Service Manual.
Remove upper valve cover, following procedures in the Engine Service Manual.
Inspection Procedure
1. Check for loose, damaged, brittle, or cracked wiring or connections at engine brake solenoid. Repair as
necessary.
2. Check for loose or damaged hold-down bolts (Figure 1038) (Item A).
• If hold-down bolts are loose or damaged, tighten to specification or replace as necessary.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2363
3. Check control valve assembly (Figure 1038) (Item B) for binding in housing bore.
• If control valve assembly is binding, clean housing and control valve. If binding continues, replace
housing.
4. Remove engine brake solenoid assembly (Figure 1038) (Item D) from engine brake housing (Figure 1038)
(Item E) (see Engine Service Manual).
5. Check engine brake solenoid assembly screens (Figure 1039) (Item H) and O-rings (Figure 1039) (Item G)
for damage or restrictions. Replace as necessary.
6. Remove engine brake assemblies from engine (see Engine Service Manual).
7. Check engine brake housing for cracks.
• If cracks are present, replace engine brake housing.
8. Check engine brake housing plugs (Figure 1038) (Item C) for leaks.
• If leaks are present, remove plug and clean threads. After threads are cleaned, reinstall plug(s) and
tighten to 100 lbf-in (11 N·m).
2364 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
9. Inspect master piston rollers (Figure 1040) (Item I) for damage or binding,
• If rollers are binding, clean housing and master piston. If binding continues, replace housing.
10. Check engine brake slave piston (Figure 1040) (Item J) setting of 0.8 mm and engine valve settings (see
Engine Service Manual) and adjust as necessary.
Expected Outcome
Engine brake housing should be free of cracks, engine brake solenoid and control valve assemblies in good
operating condition, and engine brake housing plugs should be free of leaks. Valve bridges and actuator pins in
place and free of damage. Engine brake slave piston adjustment will be within specification. Master and slave
pistons free of damage and binding.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2365
Overview
Check High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger for excessive radial play.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Remove compressor housing from High Pressure (HP) Turbocharger.
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect high pressure turbocharger compressor housing and compressor wheel for signs of contact including
damage to the compressor wheel and/or scarring to the compressor housing.
Expected Outcome
High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger compressor wheel does not have excessive play, does not contact the inside
of the compressor wheel housing, and is free from damage.
2366 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect lower crankcase, upper crankcase, cylinder head, and cylinder bore for damage.
Tools Required
• None
Equipment Condition
1. Vehicle parked on level ground.
2. Negative battery cable disconnected.
3. Oil pan removed (see Engine Service Manual).
Inspection Procedure
Expected Outcome
Technician will determine if internal engine mechanical damage is present.
2370 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect connecting rod and crankshaft bearings, journals, and caps for signs of excessive wear and damage.
Tools Required
• None.
Equipment Condition
• Oil Pan removed (see Engine Service Manual).
Inspection Procedure
1. Remove connecting rod caps and main bearing caps from engine (see Engine Service Manual).
2. Inspect bearing caps and bearings for streaking or pitting that a fingernail can be caught on, indicating
excessive wear.
2372 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Inspect crankshaft journals for streaking or pitting that a fingernail can be caught on, indicating excessive
wear.
4. Inspect connecting rod and main bearing caps for damage or excessive wear. Damaged rod or main bearing
caps are not reusable.
Expected Outcome
Determine if connecting rod and crankshaft bearings, journals, and caps are reusable or damaged.
2374 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Aftertreatment
Snap Acceleration Test
Overview
This test is used to check the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) for cracks or internal damage without removing it
from vehicle. The test checks for basic functionality of the DPF and should be done prior to removing it.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
None
Test Procedure
1. The transmission must be in neutral and the parking brake applied.
2. Start and idle the engine.
3. Rapidly snap the accelerator to full throttle (this can be done multiple times).
4. During the engine accelerations, visually monitor the exhaust pipe for heavy black smoke. Use assistant if
necessary.
Expected Outcome
There will not be heavy clouds of black smoke exiting the exhaust pipe. Black smoke is an indication of a failure
in the Aftertreatment (AFT) system, specifically the DPF.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2375
Overview
Check for failed aftertreatment system temperature sensor.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key OFF
2. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve connector
3. Key-On, Engine-Off (KOEO)
4. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ to vehicle diagnostic connector (page 2044).
5. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
2376 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set parking
brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
2. Start and run engine at 1400 - 1500 rpm for 5 minutes.
3. Monitor the following signals in the Temperature tab:
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2377
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate performance of aftertreatment temperature sensors.
Follow-on Procedure
1. Reconnect the EGR valve connector.
2. Use EST with ServiceMaxx™ to clear Fault Codes that set during test.
2378 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Valve (DEFD).
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Remove DEFD for inspection. Follow procedures in Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR
Service Manual.
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Valve (DEFD) (Figure 1052) (Item A) tip for DEF deposits.
• If DEF deposits are found, the DEFD must be cleaned. Follow cleaning procedure in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
• If DEFD tip is free of DEF deposits, go to next step.
2. Check that DEFD coolant passages (Figure 1053) (Item A) are clean.
• If DEFD coolant passages need to be cleaned, follow cleaning procedure in Exhaust Aftertreatment System
with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
• If DEFD coolant passages are clean, go to Decomposition Reactor Tube Inspection (page 2393).
3. Visually inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) pressure, suction, and return lines (Figure 1054) for leaks, kinks,
bends, or other damage.
Expected Outcome
DEFD tip should be free of DEF deposits and coolant passages should be clean.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2383
Overview
Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) for contamination and proper urea concentration.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, avoid contact with Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) /
urea. Do not get DEF in eyes. In case of eye contact, immediately flush eyes with large amounts of water
for a minimum of 15 minutes. Do not swallow. If DEF is ingested, contact a physician immediately.
Tools Required
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Refractometer 5025
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Obtain sample of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
2. Visually inspect for contamination.
3. Use DEF Refractometer 5025 to test urea concentration of DEF.
Expected Outcome
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) should be free of contamination and urea concentration should be 32.5% +/- 1.5%.
2384 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Determine the approximate level of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) in the DEF tank and operation of the DEF level
gauge.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Park vehicle on level ground.
2. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2385
Inspection Procedure
2. Remove DEF fill neck (Figure 1056) by turning fill neck counter clockwise until it stops, roughly 45°, and
lifting out.
3. Use shop light or flashlight to view DEF level in tank related to tank volume. Example: 1/4 full, 1/2 full.
4. Compare DEF tank level to gauge reading.
5. DEF level should be roughly equivalent to amount shown on DEF level Gauge.
6. Reinstall DEF filler neck and DEF cap.
Expected Outcome
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) in DEF tank close to level indicated on DEF level gauge.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2387
DPF Inspection
Overview
Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) channels for restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and filter damage.
Inspect exterior for container damage.
NOTE: DPF may need to be removed prior to inspection (see appropriate Exhaust Aftertreatment System with
DPF and SCR Service Manual).
NOTE: Mark DPF to show exhaust flow direction prior to removal to ensure proper installation.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Index and mark DPF to show direction of exhaust flow and proper orientation.
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect exterior of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) for exterior damage such as dents or cracks. If DPF is
damaged, replace DPF.
2388 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Figure 1057 New Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) - Face is Clear and All Channels Visible
2. Inspect DPF inlet and outlet. Face should be clear, all channels visible (Figure 1057), and light soot coating
over the face should be easily wiped away with a finger.
A. If DPF is plugged with ash or soot, follow Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and DPF Reuse
Guidelines in Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual to clean or
replace DPF.
B. If DPF is cracked or melted, source of excessive combustibles that caused cracking or melting must
be investigated and DPF must be replaced.
Expected Outcome
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) should be free of contamination, soot leakage, and filter damage. DPF channels
should be free of restrictions.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2389
DOC Inspection
Overview
Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and melted or deformed
cells.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Before removal, mark the DOC to show the direction of exhaust flow. Marking the DOC ensures proper
installation after the DOC has been cleaned or replaced.
Inspection Procedure
1. The Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) may need to be removed to be inspected. There are several variations
of exhaust systems depending on the specific truck series. All of the variations have the same components
and the removal/installation procedures are similar for the different variations. Follow procedures in the
Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2390 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Inspect DOC.
3. If black soot or gray ash is visible on the face of the DOC, the system is working properly. The DOC can be
reused.
4. If inspection shows separation between the substrate and housing(Item A)(Figure 1059), the DOC can be
reused.
5. If DOC cells are melted or deformed, determine the cause of excessive exhaust gas temperatures.
6. Repair cause of excessive exhaust gas temperatures. Replace the DOC. Follow procedure in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
Expected Outcome
DOC should be free of restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and melted or deformed cells.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2391
SCR Inspection
Overview
Inspect Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) canister.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Check SCR canister (Figure 1060) (Item A) for exterior damage such as dents or cracks.
2. Check sensors (Figure 1060) (Item E) and sensor modules (Figure 1060) (Item B) for visual damage.
3. Check for loose, damaged, brittle, or cracked wiring or electrical connectors (Figure 1060) (Item D).
2392 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
4. Check for loose or damaged mounting bolts (Figure 1060) (Item C) or nut (Figure 1060) (Item F).
5. Repair items that fail visual check(s).
Expected Outcome
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) canister should be free of dents of cracks. Sensors and sensor modules
should be free of visual damage. Wiring and electrical connectors should pass visual inspection and be in good
working order.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2393
Overview
Inspect decomposition reactor tube for blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Decomposition Reactor Tube removed from exhaust.
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect decomposition reactor tube for blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.
• If the DEF deposits in the mixer area are blocking more than 50% of the decomposition reactor tube,
the decomposition reactor tube must be cleaned.
2. Inspect the exhaust flanges for corrosion or other damage.
3. Follow cleaning procedure in the Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2394 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Decomposition reactor tube should be free from blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2395
Overview
Inspect Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) for leaks and damage.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Engine cover (dog house) removed.
Inspection Procedure
1. Visually inspect AFTFI and exhaust pipe for leaks and damage.
2. Visually inspect Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) fuel supply line (Figure 1062) (Item D) and coolant
supply and return lines (Figure 1062) (Item C) for leaks, kinks, bends, or other damage.
2396 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Remove AFTFI (see Engine Service Manual) and discard gasket. Perform visual check of the following:
• AFTFI (Figure 1062) (Item E) and bore (Figure 1062) (Item A) are unrestricted and free of carbon buildup.
• AFTFI tip is free of cracks and other visible damage.
4. Reinstall AFTFI (see Engine Service Manual) with new gasket.
Expected Outcome
Technician will determine if AFTFI is leaking and / or damaged. Determine if AFTFI fuel supply, and coolant
supply and return lines are leaking, kinked, bent, or damaged.
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2397
Table of Contents
Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2417
All Ratings
Key On Engine Off Specifications
Barometric pressure (500 ft. above sea level) 99.01 kPa (14.36 psi) / 3.91 V
15 seconds maximum crank time per attempt. Wait 2 to 3 minutes before repeating.
Intake air heater fuel solenoid fuel supply pressure 55 - 82 kPa (8 - 12 psi)
Intake air heater fuel igniter fuel supply pressure 55 - 82 kPa (8 - 12 psi)
High-pressure pump Intake pressure 482 - 896 kPa (70 - 130 psi)
Engine coolant temperature 1 (max. before DTC is set) 111 °C (232 °F) / 0.64 V
Engine coolant temperature 2 (max. before DTC is set) 98 °C (208 °F) / 0.64 V
Engine oil pressure (min. with gauge) 68 kPa (10 psi) / 1.5 V
Intake air temperature 2 (boost) (max. before DTC is set) 95 °C (203 °F) / 1.11 V
Intake manifold air temperature (max. before DTC is set) 100 °C (212 °F) / 0.47 V
Turbocharger wastegate control supply pressure (min.) 358 kPa (52 psi)
2402 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Fuel rail pressure 165 to 200 MPa (24,000 to 29,000 psi) / 4.01 V
Diesel particulate filter differential pressure (max. before DTC is set) 35 kPa (5 psi) / 1.9 V
Engine oil pressure (min. with gauge) 275 - 482 kPa (40 - 70 psi) / 4.7 V
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2403
Full Load
Engine oil pressure (min. with gauge) 72 psi (500 kPa) / 3.9 V
Diesel particulate filter differential pressure (max. before DTC is set) 5 psi (35 kPa) / 1.9 V
Water temperature differential across radiator (top and bottom) 16°F (9°C)
2404 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Sensors (Engine Coolant Temperature 1 [ECT1], Engine Coolant Temperature 2 [ECT2], Engine Oil
Temperature [EOT], Intake Manifold Air Temperature [IMAT])
Other Components
Temperature Sensors (Engine Coolant Temperature 1 [ECT1], Engine Coolant Temperature 2 [ECT2], Engine Oil
Temperature [EOT], Intake Manifold Air Temperature [IMAT])
Temperature Sensors (Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature [DOCIT], Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Outlet
Temperature [DOCOT], Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature [DPFOT])
Crankcase Pressure
Full travel 42 mm
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2409
Full travel 13 mm
2410 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
® N13 (12.4 L)
Navistar®
365 HP @ 1700 rpm
Intake manifold pressure (gauge) Peak torque – 161 kPa (23 psi)
Intake manifold pressure (gauge) Peak torque – 181 kPa (26 psi)
Intake manifold pressure (gauge) Peak torque – 198 kPa (29 psi)
Intake manifold pressure (gauge) Peak torque – 195 kPa (28 psi) / 2.17 V
Intake manifold pressure (gauge) Peak torque – 212 kPa (31 psi) / 2.36 V
Intake manifold pressure (gauge) Peak torque – 233 kPa (34 psi) / 2.73 V
Intake manifold pressure (gauge) Peak torque – 233 kPa (34 psi)
Fluids
Fluid Specifications and Info
Fuel
See engine Operator’s and Maintenance Manual.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not mix gasoline, gasohol, or alcohol with diesel
fuel. An open heat source, spark, cell phone or electronic device can ignite these fuel mixtures. This
creates a fire hazard and possible explosion.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not mix propane with diesel fuel. Navistar® will not honor warranty
claims against engines that have used propane.
If oil level is below operating range, fill with recommended oil for operating climate. The ADD mark indicates 3
quarts US (2.8 liters) of oil should be added.
API CJ-4 oil, in combination with Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel [0.0015% (15 ppm) maximum sulfur
content], is recommended to maintain performance and durability of aftertreatment systems meeting 2007 and
beyond diesel emission regulations.
The Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) defines oil viscosity (thickness) by grade. Colder temperatures
require lower grade oils for correct flow during starting. Higher temperatures require higher grade oils for
satisfactory lubrication.
• An oil pan and block coolant heater is required for temperatures below 10 °F (-12 °C).
• For heavy duty driving or trailer towing, higher oil grades 15W-40 and 5W-40 oils are required, if temperatures
are over 50 °F (10 °C).
API classification CI-4 or later for 15W-40: above 10°F (-12°C), and below 10°F (-12°C).
Coolant
Coolant Mixtures
Extended Life Coolant (ELC) 50/50 Premix is the standard factory fill for the cooling system. ELC 50/50 Premix is
used to replenish coolant loss and ensure that glycol / water concentrations stay in balance. If a customer wishes
to use a conventional (non-OAT ELC) coolant, it should minimally meet ASTM D6210, Standard Specification
for fully - Formulated Glycol Base Engine Coolant for Heavy Duty Engines.
Freeze Point Protection Levels Concentrate (ethylene glycol) and Water Mixtures
Concentrate and Water Mixtures Freeze Point Protection
40% concentrate and 60% water -12 °F (-24.4 °C)
50% concentrate and 50% water -34 °F (-36.7 °C)
60% concentrate and 40% water -62 °F (-52.2 °C)
67% concentrate and 33% water -95 °F (-70.6 °C)
For vehicles operating in extremely cold climates, a coolant mixture of 60% Concentrate and 40% water or
67% Concentrate and 33% water provide freeze protection as shown in table. Mixtures having more than 67%
Concentrate are not recommended.
2420 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2421
Table of Contents
Electrical Tools
180-Pin Breakout Box
The 180-Pin Breakout Box allows testing of electronic control system components without disturbing connections
or piercing wire insulation to access various signal voltages in the electronic control system.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the 180-Pin Breakout Box, the 180-Pin Breakout Box is used for measurement
only, not to activate or control circuits. High current levels passing through the 180-Pin Breakout Box will burn
out the internal circuitry.
This box is universal and can adapt to any control system by means of a unique jumper harness. Each jumper
harness is a separate part, complete with a 180-Pin Breakout Box overlay (pin identifier) sheet.
The standard box layout is as follows:
• Two 90-pin connectors which feed 90 banana plug probing points.
• Each 90-pin section of the box is basically a stand-alone box.
• The top row is all fuse protected circuits, the second row is all twisted pair circuits.
2424 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498 is used for sensor-end diagnostics of sensor circuits.
The 500-Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 is used for sensor-end diagnostics of sensor circuits, and for
performing loaded circuit tests.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2425
The International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit is used to access circuits in the connector harness and
allows for the use of a DMM without damaging the harness connectors. The probes may also be used as a
guide to determine whether the harness connector is retaining correct tension on the mating terminal.
2426 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The terminal test probe kit is used to access circuit in the connector harness and allows for the use of a DMM
without damaging the harness connectors.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2427
The DMM ZTSE4357 is used to troubleshoot electrical components, sensors, injector solenoids, relays, and
wiring harnesses. The DMM has a high input impedance that allows testing of sensors while the engine is
running without loading the circuit being tested. This ensures the signal voltage measurement will not be affected
by the voltmeter.
2428 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Amp Clamp
The Amp Clamp is used to measure amperage draw for the inlet air heater.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2429
EXP-1000 HD by Midtronics
The EXP-1000 HD by Midtronics is used to measure current draw for the inlet air heater system.
2430 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The EST is used to run ServiceMaxx™ software for diagnosing and troubleshooting engine and vehicle
problems.
ServiceMaxx™ Software
ServiceMaxx™ software, loaded to an EST or laptop computer, is used to check performance of engine systems,
diagnose engine problems, and store troubleshooting history for an engine.
Breakout Harness 4485A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Accelerator Pedal
Position (APP) sensor.
Breakout Harness 4602 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to: Engine Coolant
Temperature 1 (ECT1), Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) or Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensors.
2432 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 4735A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Oxygen Sensor
(O2S).
Breakout Harness 4760A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Aftertreatment
Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV), Aftertreatment Purge Air Valve (AFTPAV), Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI),
and Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature (EGRGT) sensors.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2433
Breakout Harness 4782 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to: Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT) and Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensors.
Breakout Harness 4827 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid Tank Heater Control Valve (DEFTHC), Inlet Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) and Engine Oil Level (EOL).
2434 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 4828 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Fuel Pressure
Control Valve (FPCV) and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Valve (DEFDV).
Breakout Harness 4829 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Fuel Rail
Pressure (FRP) sensor.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2435
Breakout Harness 4830 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to Turbocharger 2
Compressor Inlet Sensor (TC2CIS).
Breakout Harness 4844 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the variable
Electronic Fan (EFAN) control .
2436 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 4845 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Aftertreatment
Fuel Pressure sensor 1 (AFTFP1) sensor.
Breakout Harness 4850 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to: Intake Manifold
Pressure (IMP), Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP), Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) and Fuel
Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensors.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2437
Breakout Harness 4871 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to: Ambient Air
Temperature (AAT) sensor and Engine Fan Control (EFC).
Breakout Harness 4885 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Inlet Air Heater
Relay (IAHR).
2438 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 4908 is used to measure voltage and resistance on various relay circuits.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) valve.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2439
Breakout Harness 4951 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Crankcase Oil
Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor.
Breakout Harness 6002 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Water In Fuel (WIF)
sensor.
Breakout Harness 6004 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Engine Compression
Brake (ECB).
Breakout Harness 6021 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Crankshaft Position
(CKP) and Camshaft Position (CMP) sensors.
Breakout Harness 12-574-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 8-way
DPF Jumper.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2441
Breakout Harness 12-575-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the DPF Differential
Pressure / Outlet Pressure Sensor.
Breakout Harness 18-045-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Suction Line Heater.
2442 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 18-046-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Return Line Heater.
Breakout Harness 18-047-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the DEF Pressure
Line Heater.
Breakout Harness 18-050-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 20-way
DEF Harness Interconnect.
Breakout Harness 18-124-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Tank Level and Temperature Sensor.
Breakout Harness 18-250-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 12-way
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Jumper Harness.
Breakout Harness 18-500-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 12-way
Aftertreatment (AFT) interconnect.
Breakout Harness 18-648-01 (NOx In Sensor Module and SCR Temperature Sensor Module)
Breakout Harness 18-648-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Carbon
Monoxide (NOx) In sensor module and Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module.
2446 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 18-649-01 (NOx Out and DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module)
Breakout Harness 18-649-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Carbon
Monoxide (NOx) Out and Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel Particulate Filter (DOC / DPF) temperature sensor
module.
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Supply Module.
2448 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Mechanical Tools
Air Cap, Fuel Cap and Plug Kit
The Disposable Air and Fuel Caps are used to cap the fuel system lines and fittings when the fuel system is
disconnected for diagnostics. The Disposable Air and Fuel Caps prevent dirt and foreign particles from entering
and contaminating the fuel system.
Air Compressor Coolant Line Release Tool releases the locking mechanism to allow the removal of the coolant
line on the air compressor.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2449
The Air Intake Guard is used to protect the turbochargers while performing diagnostics with the air cleaner
disconnected.
The Blow-by Test Tool is used to measure combustion gas flow from the crankcase oil separator and may be
used with the digital or Slack Tube® manometer.
Use the pressure readings obtained with this adapter as the main source of engine condition. Use oil
consumption trend data if the pressure readings are over the specified limits. Neither changes in oil
consumption trends nor crankcase diagnostic pressure trends can establish a specific problem. These changes
only indicate that a problem exists.
2450 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Clean Fuel Source Tool is used to provide a clean, alternative fuel source to aid in the diagnosis of the fuel
system.
The Inlet Air Heater Solenoid Test Adapter Kit is used with the Fuel Pressure Gauge to test fuel pressure at the
Inlet Air Heater Fuel Igniter (IAHFI) and Inlet Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS).
2452 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Digital Manometer
The Digital Manometer is used to measure low vacuum due to intake restriction or low crankcase pressure. A
variety of digital manometers are available for purchase locally. The Water Manometer kit (ZTSE2217A) is an
alternative to the Digital Manometer.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2453
The EGR Cooler Leak Detection Test Kit is used to pressure test the EGR cooler to check for leaks.
The Charge Air Cooler Test Kit is used to pressurize the charge air cooler and piping to check for leaks.
2454 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Digital IR Thermometer
The Digital Infrared (IR) Thermometer is used to take temperature readings when Electronic Service Tool (EST)
and dash gauge readings need to be verified.
The Fuel Block Off Tool is used to block the T-connector fuel line at the high pressure pump in order to measure
the low pressure pump output pressure.
2456 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Fuel Injector Cups protects and prevents dirt and debris from damaging the injectors while out of the engine.
The Fuel Inlet Restriction and Aeration Tool is used to check for pressure and aerated fuel in the low fuel pressure
system.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2457
The Fuel Line Coupler is used in conjunction with the Fuel Inlet Restriction and Aeration Tool to measure the
fuel pressure in the return line.
The Fuel Line Disconnect Tool 11.8 mm is used to release the locking mechanism on low pressure fuel line
connectors.
2458 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Fuel Line Disconnect Tool 16 mm is used to release the locking mechanism on low pressure fuel line
connectors.
The Fuel / Oil Pressure Test Coupler is used with the fuel pressure test fitting for an easy connection to measure
fuel pressure.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2459
The Fuel Pressure Gauge is used to check for fuel pressure and aerated fuel in the low fuel pressure system.
The High Pressure Rail Plugs are used to isolate individual injectors by blocking the pressure pipe rail output.
The High Pressure Return Line Tester is used to check for fuel returning from the pressure pipe rail or from the
cylinder head fuel return port. Tool consists of two adapters, ZTSE4887-1 (17mm) and ZTSE4887-2 (19mm),
and hose ZTSE4887-3.
The Pressure Test Kit is used to measure intake manifold (boost) pressure, fuel system inlet restriction, fuel
pressure, oil pressure, air cleaner intake restriction, and crankcase pressure.
• 0 to 200 kPa (0 to 30 psi) measures intake manifold pressure.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2461
• 0-30 in Hg vacuum /0 to 200 kPa (0 to 30 psi) compound gauge measures fuel system inlet restriction and
intake manifold pressure.
0-30 in H2O 0 to 7.5 kPa (0 to 1 psi) maximum pressure magnehelic gauge measures crankcase pressure
and air inlet restriction.
• 60 to 1100 kPa (0 to 160 psi) gauge may be used to check the fuel pressure and oil pressure.
The Radiator Pressure Test Kit is used to check pressure caps and cooling systems. The pressure gauge
indicates if the pressure cap holds the correct pressure and whether the cooling system has leaks or holds
pressure.
2462 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Slack Tube® Manometer is a U-shaped tube with a scale mounted between the legs of the tube. When the
portability of the Pressure Test Kit is not required, this manometer is used to measure low vacuum for intake
restriction, low pressure for crankcase, or exhaust back pressure.
Filling
Fill the manometer with water before checking pressure. Use only distilled water. Add some colored water
vegetable dye so the scale can be read more easily. With both legs of the manometer open to the atmosphere,
fill the tube until the top of the fluid column is near the zero mark on the scale. Shake the tube to eliminate any
air bubbles.
Installing, Reading, and Cleaning
1. Support the manometer vertically. Make sure the fluid level is in line with the zero indicator on the graduated
scale.
2. Connect one leg of the manometer to the source of the pressure or vacuum. Leave the other leg open to
atmospheric pressure.
3. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Then run the engine to high idle. The
manometer can be read after 10 seconds.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2463
4. Record the average position of the fluid level when it is above and below the zero indicator. Add the two
figures together. The sum of the two is the total column of fluid (distance A). This represents the crankcase
pressure in inches of water (in H2O).
At times, both columns of the manometer will not travel the same distance. This is no concern if the leg not
connected to the pressure or vacuum source is open to the atmosphere.
5. Compare the manometer reading with engine specifications.
6. When the test is done, clean the tube thoroughly using soap and water. Avoid liquid soaps and solvents.
The UV Leak Detection Kit is used with fuel dye to quickly identify leaks. The fuel dye combines with fuel
and migrates out at the leak. The ultraviolet lamp illuminates the leaking fuel dye, which appears fluorescent
yellow-green in color.
2464 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Vacuum Analyzer and Fuel Pump Tester is used to test the operation of the fuel pump.
The Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Refractometer 5025 is used to measure the DEF Urea/Water concentration,
which is important for proper SCR system operation.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2465
The Aftertreatment Injector Test Kit is used when performing tests on the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI).
The DEF Doser Valve Spray Test Kit is used when performing tests on the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Valve
(DEFDV).
2466 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Pressure Gauge Adapter 18-538-01 converts Aftertreatment (AFT) temperature sensor ports to 1/8-in NPT
thread so a standard pressure gauge can be used to measure exhaust pressure.
18-200-01 DEF Doser Cleaning Kit is used to flush contaminated Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) from the supply
module.
5 COMPONENT LOCATOR 2467
Table of Contents
Top View
Front View
Left View
Right View
Back View
DPF Components
SCR Components
Table of Contents
Engine Identification
Engine Serial Number
The Engine Serial Number (ESN) is located on the front of the crankcase (left side), below the cylinder head.
Figure 1151 2010 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) exhaust emission label (example)
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) exhaust emission label is on top of the valve cover (front left
side). The EPA label typically includes the following:
• Model year
• Engine family, model, and displacement
• Advertised brake horsepower and torque rating
• Emission family and control systems
• Valve lash specifications
• Engine Serial Number (ESN)
• EPA, Onboard Diagnostics (OBD), EURO, and reserved fields for specific applications
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2489
Engine Specifications
Engine Description
The Navistar® N13 diesel engine is designed for increased durability, reliability, and ease of maintenance.
The cylinder head has four valves per cylinder for increased airflow. The fuel injector is centrally located between
the four valves, directing fuel over the piston for improved performance and reduced emissions.
The overhead camshaft is supported by seven bearings in the cylinder head. The camshaft gear is driven from
the rear of the engine. The overhead valve train includes roller rocker arms and dual valves that open, using a
valve bridge.
Navistar® N13 engines use one-piece steel pistons. All pistons use an offset piston axis and centered combustion
bowls. Crown markings show correct piston orientation in the crankcase.
The one-piece crankcase uses replaceable wet cylinder liners that are sealed by dual crevice seals.
The crankshaft has seven main bearings with fore and aft thrust controlled at the sixth bearing. One fractured
cap connecting rod is attached at each crankshaft journal. The piston pin moves freely inside the connecting
rod and piston. Piston pin retaining rings secure the piston pin in the piston. The rear oil seal carrier is part of
the flywheel housing.
A gerotor engine oil pump is mounted behind the front cover and is driven by the crankshaft. Pressurized
oil is supplied to various engine components. All Navistar® N13 engines also use an engine oil cooler and a
cartridge-style engine oil filter, which are installed in the engine engine oil module.
The low-pressure fuel pump draws fuel from the fuel tank(s) through a chassis mounted filter/water separator.
The low-pressure fuel pump provides fuel for the engine mounted fuel module. Conditioned low-pressure fuel
is supplied from the engine mounted fuel module to the high-pressure fuel pump, Inlet Air Heater fuel solenoid,
and the AFT fuel doser module.
2492 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
The high-pressure fuel system is a direct injection common-rail system. The common-rail includes a
high-pressure fuel pump, two fuel rail supply lines, fuel rail, six fuel injectors, and pressure relief valve.
The fuel injectors are installed in the cylinder head under the valve cover and are electronically actuated by the
ECM.
Navistar® N13 engines use a dual stage, fixed geometry turbocharger assembly. Each stage includes a Charge
Air Cooler (CAC). The High Pressure (HP) turbocharger includes a pneumatically operated wastegate. The
Interstage Cooler (ISC) is mounted on the lower right side of the engine, and uses the engine cooling system
to regulate charge air temperatures. The High Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) is mounted in front of the
engine cooling package. The HPCAC is an air-to-air type cooler, and requires no connections to the engine's
cooling system.
The Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system circulates cooled exhaust into the air inlet duct. The EGR cooler
provides regulated cooling of the EGR gases before entering the air inlet duct. This cools the combustion
process, and reduces Nitrogen Oxides (NOX) emissions.
The open crankcase breather system uses a centrifugal Crankcase Oil Separator (CCOS) to return oil mist to
the crankcase, and vent the cleaned crankcase gasses to the atmosphere. The CCOS is part of the oil module.
Blowby gases enter the CCOS through the side of the crankcase.
The Inlet Air Heater system warms the incoming air supply during engine cranking and several minutes after
cold engine start up to help reduce emissions.
The Navistar® Engine Brake by Jacobs® is optional for Navistar® N13 engines. The engine brake is a compression
release system that provides additional vehicle braking performance. The operator can control the engine brake
for different operating conditions.
Optional Equipment
Optional cold climate features available are an oil pan heater and a coolant heater. Both heaters use an electric
element to warm engine fluids in cold weather.
The oil pan heater warms engine oil to ensure optimum oil flow to engine components.
The coolant heater warms the engine coolant surrounding the cylinders. Warmed engine coolant increases fuel
economy and aids start-up in cold weather.
• The DPF temporarily stores carbon-based particulates, oxidizes stored particulates, stores non-combustible
ash, and provides required exhaust back pressure for proper engine performance. The DPF is monitored by
the ACM using the DOC / DPF temperature sensor module installed on the DPF, and the Diesel Particulate
Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / outlet pressure sensor installed on or near the DPF.
• The Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst oxidizes Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) into Nitrogen gas and
water. The SCR catalyst is monitored by the ACM using a NOx IN sensor module installed after the HP
turbocharger outlet pipe, and a NOx OUT sensor module installed after the outlet of the SCR catalyst. An
ammonia (NH3) sensor provides feedback to the ACM related to Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into
the SCR catalyst.
2494 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Airflow
Air flows through the air filter assembly and enters the Low-Pressure (LP) turbocharger. The LP turbocharger
increases air pressure and temperature before entering the Interstage Cooler (ISC). Cooled and compressed air
then flows from the ISC into the High Pressure (HP) turbocharger compressor inlet. Hot and highly compressed
air flows from the HP turbocharger compressor outlet into the High Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) where
it is cooled, and into the intake throttle duct, and continues through the Engine Throttle Valve (ETV). The HP
and LP turbochargers can increase pressures up to 345 kPa (50 psi).
If the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve is open, exhaust gases pass through the EGR cooler and into
the intake throttle duct where it is mixed with filtered charge air. This mixture flows into the intake manifold, and
then the cylinder head. The intake manifold is an integral part of the cylinder head casting.
During cold weather, the Inlet Air Heater system activates the heater element, vaporizing and igniting small
quantities of fuel into the air inlet duct.
After combustion, exhaust gases exit through the cylinder head exhaust valves and ports. The exhaust gas is
forced through the exhaust manifold where, depending on EGRV position, it is split between the EGR system
and the exit path through the HP turbocharger, LP turbocharger, and Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV).
The EBPV is operated by the Air Control Valve (ACV), a pneumatic actuator. When the ACV is applied, the
EBPV restricts flow and increases exhaust back pressure. Operation of the EBPV is controlled by the ECM
using the ACV and the Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor. When the EBPV is opened,
exhaust back pressure is released.
Exhaust gases exiting the engine flow through the EBPV, then through the vehicle Aftertreatment (AFT) system,
and out the exhaust tail pipe.
2496 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Turbochargers
Figure 1153 High and Low Pressure Turbocharger Components – Inner and Outer views
1. Low Pressure (LP) turbocharger 5. Oil return tube 9. HP turbocharger
turbine outlet 6. LP turbocharger compressor 10. HP turbocharger wastegate
2. Turbocharger oil supply tube inlet actuator
3. High Pressure (HP) turbocharger 7. HP turbocharger compressor 11. LP turbocharger
turbine outlet outlet
4. LP turbocharger compressor 8. HP turbocharger compressor
outlet inlet
Navistar® N13 engines are equipped with a pneumatically regulated two-stage turbocharger system. The High
Pressure (HP) and Low Pressure (LP) turbochargers are installed in parallel on the right side of the engine.
Intake air flow: Filtered air enters the LP compressor, where it is compressed and directed to the Interstage
Cooler (ISC). Cooled compressed air then enters the HP compressor, where it is further compressed and directed
into the High Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC). Compressed air then goes through the Engine Throttle Valve
(ETV) and the intake throttle duct. This system provides high charge air pressure to improve engine performance
and to help reduce emissions.
Exhaust gas flow: The HP turbocharger is connected to the exhaust manifold through the HP turbine inlet.
Exhaust gases exit the HP turbine outlet and are directed to the LP turbine inlet. The HP turbocharger is
equipped with a wastegate, which is controlled by a pneumatic actuator. The HP turbocharger wastegate is
used to regulate boost by controlling the amount of exhaust gas that bypasses the turbine of the turbocharger.
When boost demand is low, the wastegate is opened, allowing part of the exhaust gas flow to bypass the HP
turbine.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2497
All signals related to the LP turbocharger are designated as Turbocharger 1 (TC1) signals, and are identified
below:
• Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
All signals associated with the HP turbocharger are designated as Turbocharger 2 (TC2), and are identified
below:
• Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC)
• Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Pressure Sensor (TC2CIP)
• Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor
The ACV assembly contains the High Pressure (HP) turbocharger wastegate control valve, the Exhaust Back
Pressure Valve (EBPV), and the air supply port. Although these components are integral to the ACV, each circuit
is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) independently. The ACV controls compressed air for both
control valves. The air supply port is connected to the vehicle's air system.
The ECM provides a Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) signal for operation of the wastegate control valve. With
no PWM signal, the control valve is closed, and vehicle no air is supplied to the wastegate actuator.
When an increase in the boost is required, the ECM supplies PWM voltage to close the control valve. This
reduces air pressure to the wastegate actuator causing the wastegate to close and vent air pressure, results in
increased boost. The limit values of the PWM signals are between approximately 9%, corresponding to a fully
opened air control valve, and 100% corresponding to a closed air control valve.
2498 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
The EBPV control valve is in the ACV. The EBPV control valve is also operated by the ECM using PWM, and
the TC1TOP sensor is monitored by the ECM. The EBPV control valve operates the EBPV actuator to increase
exhaust back pressure.
Boost Control
The wastegate control valve, in the ACV, provides for operation of a pneumatic wastegate actuator for the HP
turbocharger. Boost is controlled for HP turbocharger, by signals sent from the ECM to the ACV. In normal
operation the wastegate is actuated by the ACV using vehicle compressed air, regulated to 43 psi (296 kPa).
Positioning of the wastegate by the ACV is based on boost pressure and temperature signals monitored by the
ECM.
Because of the ability to generate very high charge air pressure levels and to avoid Charge Air Cooler (CAC)
overloading, the wastegate actuator for the HP turbocharger is also spring loaded. When boost levels increase
above specification, boost pressure alone will open the wastegate, and the exhaust gases will bypass the HP
turbocharger. Exhaust back pressure is constantly monitored by the ECM using TC1TOP. The TC1TOP sensor
is mounted to the air inlet duct, and is connected to the exhaust system by a steel pipe.
This temperature sensor is a thermistor and has two connections to the Engine Control Module (ECM). A
thermistor varies resistance as temperature changes. When interfaced to the ECM circuitry, a change in sensor
resistance results in a voltage change internal to the ECM. A transfer function contained in the ECM software
translates the measured voltage to a temperature value.
The ECM continuously monitors the voltage resulting from the thermistor’s changing resistance. High and low
diagnostic voltage thresholds are evaluated to ensure that the output voltage is within a valid range.
EGR is switched Off (EGRV closed) if any of the following conditions are present:
• Engine coolant temperature less than 10°C (50°F) will close the EGR valve
• Intake manifold temperatures less than 7°C (45°F) will close the EGR valve
• During engine brake operation
EGR Flow
Hot exhaust gas from the exhaust manifold flows through the EGR inlet tube to the Exhaust Gas Recirculation
Valve (EGRV). When EGR is commanded, the EGRV opens and allows exhaust gas to enter the EGR cooler.
Exhaust gas flows through the EGR cooler, is cooled and then flows through the EGR outlet tubes, and into the
intake throttle duct where it is mixed with filtered charge air.
EGRV Control
The EGR Valve has an integrated position sensor, and provides feedback to the ECM indicating EGR Valve
position.
Crankcase ventilation is provided using the CCOS. Excess crankcase vapors are filtered by the CCOS, and are
then vented to the atmosphere.
2504 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
A centrifugal oil separator, driven by engine oil pressure, separates and directs oil mist to the side of the CCOS
housing. The separated oil drains from the oil separator, through the crankcase, and into the oil pan. The oil
separator is an integral part of the oil module.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2505
Aftertreatment System
The AFT system, part of the larger exhaust system, processes engine exhaust to meet emission requirements.
The AFT system traps particulate matter (soot) and prevents it from leaving the tailpipe, and reduces Nitrogen
Oxides (NOx).
The AFT system performs the following functions:
• Monitors exhaust gas temperatures DOC In, DPF In, DPF Out, SCRIT, SCROT temperature, and Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) delta pressure. It controls engine operating parameters for emission control and
failure recognition.
• May cancel regeneration in the event of catalyst or sensor failure
• Monitors the level of soot accumulation in the DPF
• Initiates regeneration automatically when DPF is full with soot and controls engine operating parameters to
increase temperature to have successful regeneration
• Maintains vehicle and engine performance during regeneration
2506 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection is required when Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) levels exceed acceptable limits.
The Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines when DEF injection is required by monitoring signals from
the Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN sensor module, and NOx OUT sensor module.
When NOx levels are too high, the ACM commands the DEF supply pump ON, allowing DEF to be drawn from
DEF tank, through the suction line, and to the DEF supply module. DEF then exits the supply module and travels
to the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) Valve through the pressure line. The ACM then commands the DEFD
Valve ON allowing DEF to be sprayed into the aftertreatment system.
2508 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
The AFT fuel doser module injects fuel into the exhaust system to increase temperature of the Diesel Oxidation
Catalyst (DOC), and is necessary for Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration. AFT fuel doser module is
controlled by the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). The ACM receives signals from the Aftertreatment Fuel
Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) sensor (installed in the AFT fuel doser module), and control operation when aftertreatment
fuel injection (regeneration) is required. The ACM also controls the Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV)
(installed in the AFT fuel doser module) which controls the volume of fuel sent to the AFTFI.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2509
The AFT fuel doser module is connected to the clean side of the low-pressure fuel system, and provides
a metered amount of fuel to the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI). The AFT fuel doser module provides
pressurized fuel injection pulses to the AFTFI. The AFTFI is a solenoid type injector, and will only inject fuel
when commanded ON by the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). The AFT fuel doser module is installed on
the left side of the engine, to the rear of the fuel module.
The AFTFP1 sensor monitors fuel pressure in the AFT fuel doser module, and provides constant feedback to
the ACM.
Navistar® N13 engines are equipped with a high-pressure common rail fuel injection system which provides
pressurized fuel to the fuel injectors for optimal fuel atomization in the combustion chamber.
Excess fuel is returned to the chassis mounted filter separator, before returning to the fuel tank.
The fuel system is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM), various sensors, and the Fuel Pressure
Control Valve (FPCV) installed in the HP fuel pump.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2511
Fuel Flow
Fuel is pumped from the tank, through the chassis mounted fuel filter/water separator using the Low Pressure
(LP) fuel pump. Fuel is pumped from the LP fuel pump to the engine mounted fuel filter assembly, before being
supplied to the High Pressure (HP) fuel pump. The HP fuel pump supplies high-pressure fuel to the fuel rail,
which feeds the fuel injectors through individual tubes. The LP fuel pump and HP fuel pump are assembled as
one gear driven unit, and are serviced as an assembly.
2512 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
The LP fuel pump pumps fuel from the tank through the chassis mounted fuel filter/water separator, fuel strainer
element, and engine filter element, then to the high-pressure fuel system, inlet air heater system, and AFT fuel
doser module.
In addition to providing high-pressure fuel to the injectors, the fuel system provides filtered low-pressure fuel to
the downstream injection and Inlet air heater systems.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2513
Pressurization and injection are separate in the common rail injection system. Optimal fuel injection pressure is
generated by the high-pressure pump at any engine speed. High-pressure fuel quantity from the high-pressure
pump is controlled by the FPCV. Injection timing and quantity are calculated in the Engine Control Module (ECM)
and implemented by solenoid valve controlled injectors. The use of solenoid valve controlled injectors allows
three injections per cycle.
The first injection is used to reduce combustion noise and emissions by introducing a small amount of fuel into
the cylinder, preventing a rapid rise in cylinder pressure when combustion begins. The second injection is the
main injection. This injection allows high-temperatures to be maintained during combustion, but not long enough
to allow generation of large soot amounts. The third injection is done during the power stroke to maximize
cylinder temperature and reduce engine soot generation.
The high-pressure fuel system consists of the high-pressure pump with integrated Fuel Pressure Control Valve
(FPCV), pressure pipe rail, high-pressure fuel lines, injectors, FRP sensor, and rail pressure limiting valve.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2515
Fuel Rail
The fuel rail is a HP fuel storage unit. The storage volume of the fuel rail is designed to reduce pressure pulses
caused by the HP pump and injectors, and to maintain constant fuel pressure even when large fuel quantities
are injected into the cylinders. Connection between the fuel rail and injectors are made through two individual
injection lines.
Fuel Injectors
Navistar® N13 engines are equipped with electronically controlled fuel injectors. During engine operation,
injectors are supplied with high-pressure fuel, and the injector solenoid valves open up to three times per
combustion cycle. The injectors are positioned vertically in the center of the cylinder head and are held in place
by clamps. The seal between the injectors and the combustion chamber consists of a copper washer on the
tip of each injector.
2516 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Figure 1167 Intake Air Heater Fuel Igniter (partial cut away view)
1. Electrical connection
2. Insulation
3. IAHFI fuel line connection
4. Metering device
5. Vaporizer filter
6. Vaporizer tube
7. Heater element
8. Protective sleeve
The IAHFI has an internal fuel metering device, vaporizer filter, vaporizer tube, heater element, and a protective
sleeve. The protective sleeve has holes that allow enough air to pass through the IAHFI to enable fuel
vaporization and combustion.
The IAHFI is installed on the left front side of the engine, in the intake throttle duct.
Once the IAHFI is heated to approximately 1000°C (1832°F), the wait-to-start lamp starts to flash and the
operator can crank the engine. When the engine is rotating, the IAHFS valve opens and allows fuel to enter the
IAHFI. Inside the IAHFI, fuel passes through the vaporizer tube. The vaporized fuel then mixes with in coming
air and ignites in contact with the heater element.
With the engine running, the IAHFI remains energized and fuel continues to be injected, and the wait-to-start
lamp continues to flash for a maximum of four minutes. When the wait-to-start lamp stops flashing, the IAHFI
and the IAHFS valve are deactivated. If the operator accelerates while the wait-to-start lamp is flashing, the
Intake Air Heater system will shutdown.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2519
Unfiltered oil is drawn from the oil pan through the pickup tube and front cover passage by the crankshaft driven
gerotor pump. Pressurized oil is moved through a vertical crankcase passage and into the oil module.
Inside the oil module, unfiltered oil flows through plates in the oil cooler heat exchanger. Engine coolant flows
around the plates to cool the surrounding oil. An oil return shutoff valve installed at the exit from the oil cooler
prevents oil from draining through the oil pump and back into the oil pan when the engine is stopped. If oil
2520 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
pressure coming out of the oil pump is too high, a pressure relief valve allows excess oil to return through the
crankcase into the oil pan before entering the oil cooler.
Oil that exits the oil cooler flows through a return shutoff valve that prevents the oil from draining back into the
oil pan. From the return shutoff valve, oil enters the oil filter element and flows from the outside to the inside of
the filter element to remove debris. When the filter is restricted, an oil filter bypass valve opens and allows oil
to bypass the filter so engine lubrication is maintained. If oil pressure inside the oil filter element is too high, an
oil pressure relief valve, installed at the bottom of the oil filter element housing, allows the excess oil to return
to the oil pan.
After passing through the oil filter element, oil flow is directed to the cylinder head and crankcase.
Clean oil enters the cylinder head through an external flange elbow connected to the oil module. Inside the
cylinder head, oil flows through passages to lubricate the camshaft bearings, rocker arms, exhaust valve bridges,
and cylinder head intermediate gear.
Clean oil enters the crankcase from the oil module to lubricate the crankshaft, high-pressure pump, air
compressor, and intermediate gears. The crankshaft has cross-drillings that direct oil to the connecting rods.
Oil sprayer nozzles direct cooled oil to the bottom of the piston crowns.
The turbochargers are lubricated with filtered oil from an external supply tube that connects the oil filter module
to the center housing of each turbocharger. Oil drains back to the oil pan through the low and high-pressure
turbocharger oil return pipes connected to the crankcase.
A service oil drain valve, installed at the bottom of the filter element cavity, opens automatically when the filter
element is lifted for replacement, and allows the oil from the oil filter element cavity to drain into the oil pan.
Oil is also supplied to the Navistar® Engine Brake housings (under valve cover) through specially designed rocker
mounting bolts.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2521
Figure 1169 Oil module with crankcase oil separator assembly (inner and outer views)
1. Crankcase Oil Separator 6. Oil filter assembly 14. Oil out to crankcase
(CCOS) 7. Oil return from cylinder head 15. Regulator
2. CCOS vent outlet 8. Oil supply to cylinder head 16. Oil cooler outlet to crankcase
3. Crankcase Oil Separator Speed 9. Crankcase gas inlet 17. Sensor Tee-Fitting
(CCOSS) sensor 10. Oil cooler inlet 18. Engine Oil Pressure (EOP)
4. Filter cover 11. Oil supply from oil pump sensor
5. Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) 12. CCOS oil return
sensor 13. Oil module pressure relief port
The oil module contains a canister style filter, oil cooler, EOP and EOT sensors, a pressure relief valve, an oil
filter bypass valve, and an oil return shutoff valve. The oil module also collects, and directs crankcase emissions
to the CCOS. The oil that separates from the crankcase emissions is drained back into the oil pan through the
oil return port.
The water pump is installed on the water distribution housing and draws coolant from the radiator through the
coolant inlet.
Navistar® N13 engines have no coolant passages between the crankcase and cylinder head through the cylinder
head gasket. This eliminates the possibility of coolant leaks at the cylinder head gasket. Coolant in and out of
the crankcase and cylinder head is directed through external passages. Coolant flows through the crankcase
and cylinder head from front to rear. This coolant flows around the cylinder liners and combustion chambers to
absorb heat from combustion.
Coolant exiting the crankcase and cylinder head at the rear of the engine is directed through an external coolant
pipe to the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler. Coolant passes between the EGR cooler plates, travels
parallel to the exhaust flow, into the EGR cooler return manifold, and into the thermostat housing. A deaeration
port on top of the EGR cooler directs coolant and trapped air to the coolant deareation tank.
Coolant from the water pump also flows through the Interstage Cooler (ISC) to regulate charge air temperature.
Flow through the ISC is controlled by the Low-Temperature Radiator (LTR) Thermostat. Depending on the
coolant flow, LTR Thermostat sends coolant through the EGR Cooler, or bypass indirectly to the ISC, after going
through the LTR installed in front of the main coolant radiator. When charge air temperature is too low, CMV
bypasses the LTR and directs all the coolant through the Charge Air Cooler (CAC). When charge air temperature
increases, the CMV directs a percentage of coolant to the LTR before it enters the CAC to cool the charge air. If
the engine coolant temperature is too high, CMV sends all of the coolant flow through the LTR and through the
ISC to help cool the engine faster.
Coolant flow to the radiator is controlled by two thermostats. When the thermostats are closed, coolant flowing
out of the EGR cooler is directed through a bypass port inside the front cover into the water pump. When the
thermostats are open the bypass port is blocked, and coolant is directed from the engine into the radiator.
Coolant passes through the radiator and is cooled by air flowing through the radiator from ram air and operation
of the coolant fan. The coolant returns to the engine first through the transmission cooler, then through the
engine coolant inlet elbow.
The air compressor is cooled with coolant supplied by a hose from the left side of the crankcase. Coolant passes
through the air compressor cylinder head and returns through a coolant return line to the engine crankcase.
The oil module receives coolant from a passage in the crankcase. Coolant passes between the oil cooler plates
and returns back to the water pump suction passage.
The Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) Valve and DEF Tank Heater Control (DEFTHC) Valve receive
coolant from a supply line running from the lower radiator hose. When DEF tank temperature is too low, the
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) commands the DEFTHV ON allowing coolant to pass through the DEF
tank heating coil. Coolant from the DEF tank heating coil and DEFDC then returns to the water pump inlet
through a coolant return line.
Thermostat Operation
Navistar® N13 engines are fitted with two thermostats in a common housing to ensure sufficient coolant flow in
all operating conditions. The thermostat housing is installed on top of the water distribution housing.
The thermostat housing assembly has two outlets. One directs coolant to the radiator when the engine is at
operating temperature. The second outlet directs coolant to the water pump until the engine reaches operating
temperature. The thermostats begin to open at approximately 83°C (181°F) and are fully open at 91°C (196°F).
When engine coolant is below approximately 83°C (181°F), the thermostats are closed, blocking coolant flow to
the radiator.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2525
When coolant temperature reaches opening temperature, the thermostats open allowing some coolant to flow to
the radiator. When coolant temperature exceeds approximately 91°C (196°F), the lower seat blocks the bypass
port directing full coolant flow to the radiator.
LTR Thermostat
The LTR Thermostat is a wax element thermostat in a housing with one inlet port and two outlet ports. During
cold engine operation (thermostat closed), coolant is directed to the ISC directly, through the bypass port. At
normal operating temperature (thermostat open), coolant is directed to the LTR first and then to the ISC. The
thermostat begins to open at 71°C (160°F) and is fully open at 86°C (187°F). The LTR thermostat is installed on
the water distribution housing on the right side of the engine.
2526 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Here’s how: when the driver releases the accelerator pedal, the forward momentum of the truck continues to
turn the drivetrain and engine. The pistons continue to move up and down. Once activated, the engine brake
opens the exhaust valves near the peak of the compression stroke, releasing the highly compressed air through
the exhaust systems. Little energy is returned to the piston, and as the cycle repeats, the energy of the truck’s
forward motion is now directed toward motoring the diesel engine, thus reducing the forward motion causing the
truck to slow down.
Signal Conditioner
Signal conditioning circuitry in the ECM and ACM convert analog signals to digital signals, squares up sine wave
signals, and amplifies low intensity signals.
Microprocessor
The microprocessor, installed inside the ECM and ACM, process stored operating instructions (control strategies)
and value tables (calibration parameters). The microprocessor compares stored instructions and values with
conditioned input values to determine the correct strategy for all engine operations.
Diagnostic strategies are also programmed into the ECM and ACM. Some strategies monitor inputs continuously
and command the necessary outputs for correct performance of the engine and aftertreatment.
Microprocessor Memory
The ECM and ACM microprocessors includes Read Only Memory (ROM) and Random Access Memory (RAM).
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2529
Actuator Control
The Engine Control Module (ECM) and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) control actuators by applying a low
level signal (low-side driver) or a high level signal (high-side driver). When switched on, both drivers complete
a ground or power circuit to an actuator.
Actuators are controlled in one of the following ways, depending upon type of actuator:
• H-Bridge circuit (switchable high and low circuits)
• Pulse Width Modulated (PWM)
• Switched On or Off
Actuators
The ECM controls engine operation with the following:
• Fuel Injectors
• Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
• Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC)
• Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR)
• Intake Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) valve
• Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV)
• Engine Compression Brake 1 and 2 (ECB1 and ECB2) Valves
• Engine Fan Control (EFC)
The ACM controls aftertreatment system operation with the following:
• Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV)
• Aftertreatment Purge Air Valve (AFTPAV)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) Valve
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater (DEFLH) Relay
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFRV)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Suction Line Heater (DEFSLH)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) and Temperature Sensor
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control (DEFTHC) Valve
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMHR) Relay
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2531
A thermistor sensor changes electrical resistance with changes in temperature. As temperature changes at the
thermistor, voltage at the ECM or ACM will change accordingly. Thermistors work with the control module to
produce a voltage signal proportional to temperature values.
A thermistor sensor has two electrical connectors, signal return and ground. The output of a thermistor sensor
is a non-linear analog signal.
Thermistor type sensors include the following:
• Aftertreatment temperature sensors
• Engine coolant temp sensors
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor
• Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor
• Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor
• Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor
• EGR Gas Temperature (EGRGT) sensor
• Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) Sensor Module
The DEFTLT sensor module is a combination sensor that monitors DEF tank level and temperature, and
communicates to the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through private J1939 Controller Area Network
(CAN) communication.
The DEFTLT sensor module is installed inside the DEF tank.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module
The DOC / DPF temperature sensor module monitors aftertreatment DPF and DOC temperature. The DOC
/ DPF temperature sensor module monitors signals from the DOC Intake Temperature (DOCIT), DPF Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensors, and communicates these signals to the
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through private J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN) communication.
The DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT sensors are not serviceable individually, and are part of the DOC / DPF
temperature sensor module.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2535
The EGRT sensor is installed in the EGR cooler outlet manifold, at the front of the engine.
Variable capacitance sensors measure pressure. The pressure measured is applied to a ceramic material. The
pressure forces the ceramic material closer to a thin metal disk. This action changes the capacitance of the
sensor.
The sensor is connected to the control module through the VREF, signal, and signal ground wires.
The sensor receives the VREF and returns an analog signal voltage to the Engine Control Module (ECM) or
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). The ECM or ACM compares the voltage with pre-programmed values to
determine pressure.
Variable capacitance sensors include the following:
• Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure (AFTFP)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Pressure Absolute (DEFLPA) Sensor
• Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)/Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
sensor
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor
• Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor
• Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor
• Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor
• Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2537
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)/Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
sensor
The DPFDP/DPFOP outlet pressure sensor provides a feedback signal to the ACM indicating the pressure
difference between the inlet and outlet of the DPF. The DPFDP/DPFOP sensor also has an individual signal for
the outlet pressure of the DPF.
The DPFDP/DPFOP outlet pressure sensor is a differential pressure sensor with two tap-offs installed at the
DPF. A tap-off is installed before and after the DPF.
The sensor measures back pressure in the exhaust system. A tap for the TC1TOP is installed in the exhaust,
between the low-pressure turbocharger and Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV).
The TC1TOP sensor is installed on the sensing tube connected to the exhaust on the right side of the engine.
A magnetic pickup sensor contains a permanent magnet core that is surrounded by a coil of wire. The sensor
generates a voltage signal through the collapse of a magnetic field created by a moving metal trigger. The
movement of the trigger then creates Alternate Current (AC) voltage in the sensor coil.
Magnetic pickup sensors used include the following:
• Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor
• Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
• Transmission Output Shaft Speed (TOSS)
• Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) Sensor
The CMP sensor sends a pulsed signal to the ECM as a toothed wheel on the camshaft rotates past the CMP
sensor. The ECM calculates camshaft speed and position from CMP signal frequency.
The CMP sensor is installed in the left rear of the cylinder head.
Potentiometer Sensors
A potentiometer is a variable voltage divider that senses the position of a mechanical component. A reference
voltage is applied to one end of the potentiometer. Mechanical rotary or linear motion moves the wiper along
the resistance material, changing voltage at each point along the resistive material. Voltage is proportional to
the amount of mechanical movement.
The engine has two potentiometers, both contained in the Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2541
Switches
Switch sensors indicate position, level, or status. They operate open or closed, regulating the flow of current. A
switch sensor can be a voltage input switch or a grounding switch. A voltage input switch supplies the control
module with a voltage when it is closed. A grounding switch grounds the circuit when closed, causing a zero
voltage signal. Grounding switches are usually installed in series with a current limiting resistor.
Switches include the following:
• Driveline Disengagement Switch (DDS)
• Engine Coolant Level (ECL)
If engine coolant is low, the switch closes and the red ENGINE lamp on the instrument panel is illuminated.
Additional Sensors
Engine Oil Level (EOL) Sensor
The EOL sensor is part of the EWPS. The EOL sensor is installed in the engine oil pan. The EOL sensor
measures the level of engine engine oil in the oil pan and returns its signal to the ECM. If the level of engine
engine oil is low, the red ENGINE lamp on the instrument panel is illuminated.
Table of Contents
Data Plate
The ECM stores data to help identify the vehicle and engine components. The data plate feature is used to
display text data descriptions in order to assist with reports and make data tracking easier.
The parameters associated with this feature only need to be modified when a related component is replaced,
and can only be updated through your authorized dealer.
2548 7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES
Low idle speed is resumed when engine coolant temperature reaches temperatures above 10 °C (50 °F), or the
100 second period times out.
J1939 Datalink
The vehicle is equipped with an SAE standard J1939 CAN datalink:
• The J1939 datalink is used for diagnostics and calibration communications for the Engine Control Module
(ECM and ACM).
• The J1939 datalink is used for communications between the ECM, Electronic Gauge Cluster (EGC), and
Body Controller (BC).
The J1939 datalink is accessed through the cab diagnostic connector pins C and D. The datalink provides
communication between the ECM and the Electronic Service Tool (EST).
The J1939 datalink supports:
• Transmission of engine parameter data
• Transmission and clearing of Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
• Diagnostics and troubleshooting
• Programming engine and vehicle features
• Programming calibrations and strategies
• Inter-module communications between the:
• Engine Control Module (ECM)
• Body Controller (BC)
• Electronic Gauge Cluster (EGC)
• Automatic Transmission Controller
• Electronic Service Tool (EST)
For additional information, see J1939 Datalink in the “Electronic Control Systems Diagnostics” section in this
manual.
7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES 2551
Password Protection
The ECM allows the vehicle to be configured to help the owner optimize fuel economy and reliability. The
password protection feature provides protection to prevent unauthorized users from changing parameter values
in the ECM. With the password set, the service tool will prompt for the current password and will not allow any
parameter to be changed until that password is entered. The password parameter is customer programmable.
Service Diagnostics
The EST provides diagnostic information using the J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN) datalink.
Faults from sensors, actuators, electronic components, and engine systems are detected by the ECM. The faults
are accessed by the EST through the Diagnostic Connector, and are displayed as Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(DTCs) on the EST. Effective engine diagnostics require and rely on DTCs.
Trip Reporting
The trip reporting feature is designed to monitor, collect, and store engine related operational information. This
information can be downloaded and organized into useful reports using a service tool. Trip reporting operational
data is recorded in two ways; non-resettable cumulative data, which consists of running totals, and resettable
trip data, which consists of data collected since the last trip reset.
Vehicle Setup
The vehicle setup feature consists of various parameters within the ECM, which are based on the vehicle
configuration. Most parameters are pre-programmed by the original equipment manufacturer (OEM) and will
not require any adjustment for the life of the vehicle.
Driver Reward
The driver reward feature is designed to give the operator incentives for driving more efficiently. The feature
accomplishes this by measuring the driver’s habits based on fuel economy, time at idle, or both.
The rewards include higher maximum vehicle speed and higher cruise control speed limit. Lower maximum
vehicle speed or cruise control speed limits may result as a penalty for failing to meet the standards.
Customer programmable parameters within the ECM provide driver reward related options that can be adjusted
to suit the customer’s needs.
2552 7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES
Progressive Shift
The progressive shift feature is designed to limit the engine speed to encourage the driver to up‐shift early,
which in turn improves fuel economy. This feature provides engine speed limit parameters optimized for each
transmission gear, to encourage the use of the higher gears during cruise control and low engine load operations.
Customer programmable parameters within the ECM provide progressive shift related options that can be
adjusted to suit the customer’s needs.
Service Interval
The service interval feature is designed to provide a visual reminder to the operator of service interval information
such as, oil change interval has expired, and that routine maintenance procedures should be performed. The
term “interval” in this case is used to describe the distance, time, or fuel used between the last maintenance
performed on the vehicle and the next maintenance, which is due.
Customer programmable parameters within the ECM provide options that can be adjusted to suit the customer’s
needs. For example, the engine hours, fuel used, and vehicle distance can be used individually or in combination
to determine the service interval.
It is essential that operators are trained to know the maintenance schedules and instructions regarding the
operation and reset functionality of the service interval for the feature to be effective. Refer to Integral Digital
Display in Section 3 – Instruments, Indicators, and Switches of the Navistar® 11 and 13 Engine Operation and
Maintenance Manual for more information.
Traction Control
Traction control is a system that identifies when a wheel is spinning faster than the other wheels during
acceleration.
When a traction control condition occurs, a datalink message is sent to the ECM to limit fuel for the purpose of
reducing engine torque.
Vehicles must have a transmission and an Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) that supports traction control.
Up-Shift Indicator
The up‐shift indicator feature provides an indication to the operator that the transmission should be shifted into
a higher gear. This helps to maintain the engine’s most efficient speed range for fuel economy.
The feature is commonly used on manual transmissions and automated manuals in manual mode.
Table of Contents
C – Celsius
CAC – Charge Air Cooler
CACOT – Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature
2558 8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
DB – Decibel
DC – Direct Current
DCA – Diesel Coolant Additive
DDI – Digital Direct Fuel Injection
DDS – Driveline Disengagement Switch
DEF – Diesel Exhaust Fluid
DEFSMH – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater
DEFD – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Valve
DEFLH Relay – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay
DEFLP – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Pressure
DEFLT – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Temperature
DEFPLH – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater
DEFRLH – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater
DEFRV – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve
DEFSLH – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater
DEFSP – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump
DEFTHC – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control Valve
DEFTL – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level
DEFTLT – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature Sensor
DEFTT – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
DEFSMH Relay – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater Relay
DLC – Data Link Connector
DME – Dimethyl Ether
DMM – Digital Multimeter
8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 2559
F – Fahrenheit
FCV – Fuel Coolant Valve
FDP – Fuel Delivery Pressure
FEL – Family Emissions Limit
fhp – Friction horsepower
FMI – Failure Mode Indicator
FPC – Fuel Pump Control
FPCV – Fuel Pressure Control Valve
fpm – Feet per minute
FPM – Fuel Pump Monitor
fps – Feet per second
FRP – Fuel Rail Pressure
ft – Feet
FVCV – Fuel Volume Control Valve
H2O – Water
HC – Hydrocarbons
HEST – High Exhaust System Temperature
Hg – Mercury
hp – Horsepower
HPCAC – High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler
HPCR – High-Pressure Common Rail
HPFP – High-Pressure Fuel Pump
hr – Hour
Hyd – Hydraulic
IC – Integrated Circuit
ICP – Injection Control Pressure
ICG1 – Injector Control Group 1
ICG2 – Injector Control Group 2
ID – Inside Diameter
IGN – Ignition
ILO – Injector Leak Off
IMP – Intake Manifold Pressure
IMT – Intake Manifold Temperature
in – Inch
inHg – Inch of mercury
inH2O – Inch of water
INJs – Injectors
IPR – Injection Pressure Regulator
IPR PWR – Injection Pressure Regulator Power
ISC – Interstage Cooler
IST – Idle Shutdown Timer
ITP – Internal Transfer Pump
kg – Kilogram
km – Kilometer
km/h – Kilometers per hour
km/l – Kilometers per liter
KOEO – Key-On Engine-Off
KOER – Key-On Engine-Running
kPa – Kilopascal
L – Liter
L/h – Liters per hour
L/m – Liters per minute
L/s – Liters per second
lb – Pound
lbf – Pounds of force
lb/s – Pounds per second
lbf ft – Pounds of force per foot
lb in – Pounds of force per inch
lbm – Pounds of mass
LSD – Low Sulfur Diesel
m – Meter
m/s – Meters per second
MAF – Mass Air Flow
MAF GND – Mass Air Flow Ground
MAG – Magnetic
mep – Mean effective pressure
mi – Mile
MIL – Malfunction Indicator Lamp
2562 8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
mm – Millimeter
mpg – Miles per gallon
mph – Miles per hour
MPR – Main Power Relay
MSDS – Material Safety Data Sheet
MSG – Micro Strain Gauge
MSM – Multiplex System Module
MY – Model Year
qt – Quart
V – Volt
VBAT or B+ – Battery Voltage
VC – Volume Control
VEPS – Vehicle Electronics Programming System
VGT – Variable Geometry Turbo
VIGN – Ignition Voltage
VIN – Vehicle Identification Number
VOP – Valve Opening Pressure
2564 8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
XCS – Transfercase
XMSN – Transmission
9 TERMINOLOGY 2565
Table of Contents
Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2567
2566 9 TERMINOLOGY
9 TERMINOLOGY 2567
Terminology
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor – A potentiometer sensor that indicates the position of the throttle
pedal.
Accessory work – The work per cycle required to drive engine accessories (normally, only those essential to
engine operation).
Actuator – A device that performs work in response to an input signal.
Actuator Control – The ECM controls the actuators by applying a low-level signal (low-side driver) or a high-level
signal (high- side driver). When switched On, both drivers complete a ground or power circuit to an actuator.
Aeration – The entrainment of air or combustion gas in coolant, lubricant, or fuel.
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) – A heat exchanger mounted in the charge air path between the turbocharger and
engine intake manifold. The Charge Air Cooler reduces the charge air temperature by transferring heat from the
charge air to a cooling medium (usually air).
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) – An electronic processor that monitors and controls the aftertreatment
system.
Aftertreatment (AFT) fuel doser module – The AFT fuel doser module controls fuel flow to the AFTFI.
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (FI) – Injects fuel into the exhaust system to increase temperature of the exhaust
gases.
Aftertreatment Purge Air Valve (AFTPAV) – Uses vehicle air to purge the AFT fuel doser module and AFTFI
of fuel following active or parked regeneration of the aftertreatment system.
Aftertreatment (AFT) system – A part of the exhaust system that processes engine exhaust to meet emission
requirements and traps particulate matter (soot) to prevent it from leaving the tailpipe.
Air Control Valve (ACV) – Contains the HP turbocharger wastegate control port and the Exhaust Back Pressure
Valve (EBPV) control port. Although these components are integral to the ACV, each circuit is controlled by the
Engine Control Module (ECM). The ACV controls compressed air for each control valve.
Ambient temperature – The environmental air temperature in which a unit is operating. In general, the
temperature is measured in the shade (no solar radiation) and represents the air temperature for other engine
cooling performance measurement purposes. Air entering the radiator may or may not be the same ambient
due to possible heating from other sources or recirculation. (SAE J1004 SEP81)
Ammonia (NH3) – A chemical found in Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) that combines with Nitrogen Oxides (NOx)
in the Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) system to form Nitrogen gas and water.
Ampere (amp) – The standard unit for measuring the strength of an electrical current. The flow rate of a charge
in a conductor or conducting medium of one coulomb per second. (SAE J1213 NOV82)
Analog – A continuously variable voltage.
Analog to digital converter (A/D) – A device in the ECM that converts an analog signal to a digital signal.
American Trucking Association (ATA) Datalink – A serial datalink specified by the American Trucking
Association and the SAE.
Boost pressure – Pressure of charge air leaving the turbocharger.
Inlet manifold pressure greater than atmospheric pressure. Obtained by turbocharging.
Bottom Dead Center (BDC) – The lowest position of the piston during the stroke.
2568 9 TERMINOLOGY
Brake Horsepower (bhp) – The power output from an engine, not the indicated horsepower. The power output
of an engine, sometimes-called flywheel horsepower, is less than the indicated horsepower by the amount of
friction horsepower consumed in the engine.
Brake Horsepower (bhp) net – Net brake horsepower is measured with all engine components. The power of
an engine when configured as a fully equipped engine. (SAE J1349 JUN90)
Calibration – ECM programming strategy to solve engine performance equations and make decisions.
Calibration values are stored in ROM and put into the processor during programming to allow the engine to
operate within certain parameters.
Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor that provides the ECM with a camshaft speed
and position signal.
Carbon Monoxide (CO) – A colorless, odorless, highly poisonous gas that is formed by the incomplete
combustion of carbon burning diesel engine. It is present in the exhaust gases of diesel engines.
Catalyst – A substance that produces a chemical reaction without undergoing a chemical change itself.
Catalytic converter – An antipollution device in the exhaust system that contains a catalyst for chemically
converting some pollutants in the exhaust gases (carbon monoxide, unburned hydrocarbons, and oxides of
nitrogen) into harmless compounds.
Cavitation – A dynamic condition in a fluid system that forms gas-filled bubbles (cavities) in the fluid.
Cetane number – 1. The auto-ignition quality of diesel fuel.
2. A rating applied to diesel fuel similar to octane rating for gasoline.
3. A measure of how readily diesel fuel starts to burn (self-ignites) at high compression temperature.
Diesel fuel with a high cetane number self-ignites shortly after injection into the combustion chamber. Therefore,
it has a short ignition delay time. Diesel fuel with a low cetane number resists self-ignition. Therefore, it has a
longer ignition delay time.
Charge air – Dense, pressurized, heated air discharged from the turbocharger.
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) – See Aftercooler.
Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that monitors the temperature
of charge air entering the intake air duct.
Closed crankcase – A crankcase ventilation that recycles crankcase gases through a breather, then back to
the clean air intake.
Closed loop operation – A system that uses sensors to provide feedback to the ECM. The ECM uses the
sensor input to continuously monitor variables and adjust actuators to match engine requirements.
Cloud point – The point when wax crystals occur in fuel, making fuel cloudy or hazy. Usually below -12°C
(10°F).
Cold cranking ampere rating (battery rating) – The sustained constant current (in amperes) needed to
produce a minimum terminal voltage under a load of 7.2 volts per battery after 30 seconds.
Cold Start Emissions Reduction (CSER) – A type of monitoring strategy used to monitor emission levels
during engine warm-up.
Controller Area Network (CAN) – A J1939 high-speed communication link.
Coolant – A fluid used to transport heat from one point to another.
Coolant level switch – A switch sensor used to monitor coolant level.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2569
Coolant Flow Valve (CFV) – The CFV is ECM controlled and redirects coolant through the fuel cooler, based
on EFT, when directed.
Coolant Mixer Valve (CMV) – Controls coolant flow through the low-temperature radiator.
Continuous Monitor Test – An ECM function that continuously monitors the inputs and outputs to ensure that
readings are within set limits.
Count – Number of events where a specific SPN / FMI setting criteria are meet. Example: 58 counts of 1000
cycles for misfire on cylinder #5.
Crankcase – The housing that encloses the crankshaft, connecting rods, and allied parts.
Crankcase breather – A vent for the crankcase to release excess interior air pressure.
Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor – The CCOSS sensor sends the ECM information about
the speed of the crankcase oil separator internal components.
Crankcase pressure – The force of air inside the crankcase against the crankcase housing.
Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor that determines crankshaft position and speed.
Current – The flow of electrons passing through a conductor. Measured in amperes.
Damper – A device that reduces the amplitude of torsional vibration. (SAE J1479 JAN85)
Deaeration – The removal or purging of gases (air or combustion gas) entrained in coolant or lubricating oil.
Deaeration tank – A separate tank in the coolant system used for one or more of the following functions:
• Deaeration
• Coolant reservoir (fluid expansion and afterboil)
• Coolant retention
• Filling
• Fluid level indication (visible)
Decomposition reactor tube – Converts DEF to ammonia and CO2 and ensures even evaporation of DEF into
the exhaust stream.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) – 2010 model year vehicles no longer utilize DTC identification by number.
DTCs are now identified using the Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) and Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) identifiers
only.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) – Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is a nontoxic, nonflammable, colorless liquid that
delivers ammonia to the Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) system.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) – Maintains proper temperature and prevents freezing
of DEF in the DEF supply module.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Valve (DEFD) – Injects DEF into the Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) system.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay – Supplies power to the DEF line heaters when commanded ON by
the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Pressure (DEFLP) Sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that measures DEF
pressure from the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP).
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) – Maintains proper DEF temperature and prevents
freezing of the DEF pressure line.
2570 9 TERMINOLOGY
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) – Maintains proper DEF temperature and prevents
freezing of the DEF return line.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Valve (DEFRV) – Regulates DEF flow exiting the DEF supply module.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) – Maintains proper DEF temperature and prevents
freezing of the DEF suction line.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) – Pressurizes outgoing DEF to the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser
Valve (DEFDV).
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control (DEFTHC) Valve – Controls coolant flow to the DEF tank heating
coil.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module – A combinations sensor that
monitors DEF tank level and temperature.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater Relay – Sends power to the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit
Heater (DEFDUH) when commanded ON by the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) – A diesel particulate filter, sometimes called a DPF, is a device designed to
remove diesel particulate matter or soot from the exhaust gas of a diesel engine.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) – A DOC is part of the diesel exhaust Aftertreatment system. DOCs
are devices that use a chemical process to break down pollutants in the exhaust stream into less harmful
components. More specifically, DOCs utilize rare metals such as palladium and platinum to reduce hydrocarbon
based Soluble Organic Fraction (SOF) and carbon monoxide content of diesel exhaust by simple oxidation.
The DOC can be used during an active regeneration to create higher exhaust temperatures, thereby reducing
soot in the DPF.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module – Monitors
signals from the Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor, Diesel Particulate Filter
Inlet Temperature (DPFIT) sensor, and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor and
communicates these signals to the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
Digital Multimeter (DMM) – An electronic meter that uses a digital display to indicate a measured value.
Preferred for use on microprocessor systems because it has a very high internal impedance and will not load
down the circuit being measured.
Disable – A computer decision that deactivates a system and prevents operation of the system.
Displacement – The stroke of the piston multiplied by the area of the cylinder bore multiplied by the number of
cylinders in the engine.
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) / outlet pressure sensor – Measures the pressure differential across the Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) and communicates this back to the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
Downstream Injection (DSI) metering unit – The DSI metering unit provides a metered amount of fuel to the
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (FI).
Driver (high side) – A transistor within an electronic module that controls the power to an actuator circuit.
Driver (low side) – A transistor within an electronic module that controls the ground to an actuator circuit.
Dual Stage Turbocharger – An assembly of two turbochargers (low-pressure and high-pressure) in series to
provide a wide range of charge air pressures efficiently.
Duty cycle – A control signal that has a controlled on/off time measurement from 0 to 100%. Normally used to
control solenoids.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2571
EGR Cooler – A cooler that allows heat to dissipate from the exhaust gasses before they enter the intake
manifold.
Engine Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) – The ECM commands the EBPV to control the Exhaust Brake.
Engine Compression Brake (ECB) valve – The ECB valve controls pressure entering the brake oil gallery
from the high-pressure oil rail gallery. This activates the brake actuator pistons and opens the exhaust valves.
Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) solenoid – The ECB1 solenoid controls pressure entering the brake oil
gallery from the high-pressure oil rail gallery.
Engine Compression Brake 2 (ECB2) solenoid – The ECB2 solenoid controls pressure entering the brake oil
gallery from the high-pressure oil rail gallery.
Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP) sensor – A high-pressure sensor that provides a feedback
signal to the ECM indicating brake control pressure.
Engine Control Module (ECM) – An electronic processor that monitors and controls the engine.
Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor – A switch sensor that monitors coolant level.
Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects engine coolant temperature.
Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects engine coolant temperature.
Engine Fuel Temperature (EFT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that measures fuel temperature.
Engine lamp – An instrument panel lamp that comes on when DTCs are set. DTCs can be read as flash codes
(red and amber instrument panel lamps).
Engine OFF tests – Tests that are done with the ignition switch ON and the engine OFF.
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that measures oil pressure.
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that measures oil temperature.
Engine rating – Engine rating includes Rated hp and Rated rpm.
Engine RUNNING tests – Tests done with the engine running.
Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) and Engine Throttle Position Sensor – The ETV valve is used to control airflow
during a regeneration process of the aftertreatment system. The ETV valve is also used to ensure a smooth
engine shut down by restricting airflow to the engine at shut down.
Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS) – Safeguards the engine from undesirable operating conditions
to prevent engine damage and to prolong engine life.
Event – a condition where a fault threshold has set. Example: cylinder misfire event, an instance when the
cylinder misfired.
Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) – The pressure present in the exhaust system during the exhaust period.
Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) – A valve that regulates the amount of air pressure applied to the EBPV
pneumatic actuator.
Exhaust brake – A brake device using engine exhaust back pressure as a retarding medium.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) – A system used to recirculate a portion of the exhaust gases into the power
cylinder in order to reduce oxides of nitrogen.
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) – The temperature of exhaust gases.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature (EGRT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects the exhaust gas
temperature entering the EGR cooler.
2572 9 TERMINOLOGY
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve – The EGRV controls the flow of exhaust gases to the intake manifold.
The EGRV is integrated with an EGR Position (EGRP) sensor.
Exhaust manifold – Exhaust gases flow through the exhaust manifold to the turbocharger exhaust inlet and
are directed to the EGR cooler.
Fault detection/management – An alternate control strategy that reduces adverse effects that can be caused
by a system failure. If a sensor fails, the ECM substitutes a good sensor signal or assumed sensor value in its
place. A lit amber instrument panel lamp signals that the vehicle needs service.
Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) – Identifies the fault or condition effecting the individual component.
Filter restriction – A blockage, usually from contaminants, that prevents the flow of fluid through a filter.
Flash code – See Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors fuel pressure coming from
the fuel tank and sends a signal to the ECM.
Fuel inlet restriction – A blockage, usually from contaminants, that prevents the flow of fluid through the fuel
inlet line.
Fuel pressure – The force fuel exerts on the fuel system as it is pumped through the fuel system.
Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) – The FPCV controls the fuel pressure to the fuel rails and is controlled
by the ECM. FPCV control depends on fuel pressure and fuel temperature.
Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) – The amount of pressure in the fuel rail.
Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors fuel pressure in the fuel rail
and sends a signal to the ECM.
Fuel strainer – A pre-filter in the fuel system that keeps larger contaminants from entering the fuel system.
Fully equipped engine – A fully equipped engine is an engine equipped with only those accessories necessary
to perform its intended service. A fully equipped engine does not include components that are used to power
auxiliary systems. If these components are integral with the engine or, for any reason are included on the test
engine, the power absorbed may be determined and added to the net brake power. (SAE J1995 JUN90)
Fusible link (fuse link) – A fusible link is a special section of low tension cable designed to open the circuit
when subjected to an extreme current overload. (SAE J1156 APR86)
Gradeability – The maximum percent grade, which the vehicle can transverse for a specified time at a specified
speed. The gradeability limit is the grade upon which the vehicle can just move forward. (SAE J227a)
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) – Maximum combined weight of towing vehicle (including
passengers and cargo) and the trailer. The GCWR indicates the maximum loaded weight that the vehicle is
allowed to tow.
Gross brake horsepower – The power of a complete basic engine, with air cleaner, without fan, and alternator,
and air compressor not charging.
H-Bridge Circuit – An H-Bridge (bipolar) circuit operates like putting a power source on one side of a motor and
connecting the other side of the motor to a ground. This turns the motor. By shifting the leads on the motor, it
will turn in the opposite direction.
Hall effect – The development of a transverse electric potential gradient in a current-carrying conductor or
semiconductor when a magnetic field is applied.
Hall effect sensor – Transducer that varies its output voltage in response to changes in a magnetic field.
Commonly used to time the speed of wheels and shafts.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2573
High-pressure Fuel Pump (HPFP) assembly – The HPFP is a volumetric pump that supplies fuel at
high-pressure. The HPFP is mounted in the rear valley on the top of the engine and is driven by the camshaft.
High-pressure Piezo Common Rail (HPCR) – The HPFP pumps fuel through separate tubes to each fuel rail.
Each fuel rail has four fuel tubes, one for each injector, that maintain constant pressure from the high-pressure
pump to each injector.
High-speed digital inputs – Inputs to the ECM from a sensor that generates varying frequencies (engine speed
and vehicle speed sensors).
Horsepower (hp) – Horsepower is the unit of work done in a given period of time, equal to 33,000 pounds
multiplied by one foot per minute. 1 hp = 33,000 lb x 1 ft. /1 min.
Humidity Sensor (HS) – A sensor that measures the moisture content of filtered air entering the intake system.
Hydrocarbons – Organic compounds consisting of hydrogen and carbon (fuel and oil).
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve – A valve that is used to maintain desired injection control pressure.
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor – Provides a feedback signal to the ECM indicating injection control
pressure.
Inlet Air Heater (IAH) – Heats incoming air to help reduce cold start emissions.
Inlet Air Heater Fuel Igniter (IAHFI) – The IAHFI heats the intake air by vaporizing and igniting fuel in the air
inlet duct.
Inlet Air Heater Fuel Solenoid (IAHFS) – When the engine is cold and cranked, the ECM energizes the IAHFS
valve, allowing fuel into the IAHFI, which ignites and warms air drawn into the engine.
Inlet Air Heater Relay (IAHR) – The IAHR provides voltage to the IAHFI, and is controlled by the ECM.
Intake manifold – Engine component that evenly supplies air to each intake port in the cylinder head(s).
Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor used to indicate air pressure in the
intake manifold.
Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor – A thermistor sensor used to indicate air temperature in the intake
manifold.
Internal Transfer Pump (ITP) – The ITP is part of the HPFP assembly and driven off the same shaft as the
HPFP assembly. The ITP supplies fuel at a slightly higher pressure and flow to the HPFP though the Fuel Volume
Control Valve (FVCV). The ITP also provides fuel for cooling and lubrication of the HPFP. Fuel is rerouted as
pump return flow through the HPFP cooling and lubrication valve. Pressure is maintained at the inlet of the
HPFP piston pump by an ITP regulator.
International NGV Tool Utilized for Next Generation Electronics (INTUNE) – The diagnostics software for
chassis related components and systems.
Interstage Cooler (ISC) – Uses cooled coolant to lower the charged air temperature that exits from the
turbocharger low-pressure compressor and enters the turbocharger high-pressure compressor.
Low speed digital inputs – Switched sensor inputs that generate an on/off (high/low) signal to the ECM. The
input to the ECM from the sensor could be from a high input source switch (usually 5 or 12 volts) or from a
grounding switch that grounds the signal from a current limiting resistor in the ECM that creates a low signal (0
volts).
Low temperature radiator thermostat – Coolant flow to the low temperature radiator is regulated by the low
temperature radiator thermostat.
2574 9 TERMINOLOGY
Lubricity – Lubricity is the ability of a substance to reduce friction between solid surfaces in relative motion
under loaded conditions.
Lug (engine) – A condition when the engine is run at an overly low RPM for the load being applied.
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) – Boost pressure in the manifold that is a result of the turbocharger.
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that measures boost pressure.
Manometer – A double-leg liquid-column gauge, or a single inclined gauge, used to measure the difference
between two fluid pressures. Typically, a manometer records in inches of water.
Mass Air Flow – The intake airflow in an engine.
Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor – The MAF sensor is used for closed loop control of the EGR valve and ITV. The
ECM monitors the MAF signal so that the ECM can control the EGR and intake throttle systems.
Magnehelic Gauge – A gauge that measures pressure in inches of water.
Magnetic Pickup Sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor generates an alternating frequency that indicates speed.
Magnetic pickups have a two-wire connection for signal and ground. This sensor has a permanent magnetic
core surrounded by a wire coil. The signal frequency is generated by the rotation of the gear teeth that disturb
the magnetic field.
Microprocessor – An integrated circuit in a microcomputer that controls information flow.
Micro Strain Gauge (MSG) Sensor – A MSG sensor measures pressure. Pressure exerts force on a pressure
vessel that stretches and compresses to change resistance of strain gauges bonded to the surface of the
pressure vessel. Internal sensor electronics convert the changes in resistance to a ratiometric voltage output.
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) – Nitrogen oxides form by a reaction between nitrogen and oxygen at high temperatures
and pressures in the combustion chamber.
Normally closed – Refers to a switch that remains closed when no control force is acting on it.
Normally open – Refers to a switch that remains open when no control force is acting on it.
NOx IN sensor module – A smart device used to measure the NOx emission at the intake of the aftertreatment
system.
NOx OUT sensor module – A smart device used to measure the NOx emissions at the outlet of the SCR
catalyst.
Ohm (Ω) – The unit of electrical resistance. One ohm is the value of resistance through which a potential of one
volt will maintain a current of one ampere. (SAE J1213 NOV82)
On demand test – A self-test the technician initiates using the EST that is run from a program in the software.
Output Circuit Check (OCC) – An on-demand test done during an Engine OFF self-test to check the continuity
of selected actuators.
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) – Nitrogen oxides formed by a reaction between nitrogen and oxygen at high
temperatures.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) – A sensor that monitors oxygen levels in the exhaust.
pH – A measure of the acidity or alkalinity of a solution.
Particulate matter – Particulate matter includes mostly burned particles of fuel and engine oil.
Power – Power is a measure of the rate at which work (force x distance) is done during a specific time. Compare
with Torque.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2575
Power TakeOff (PTO) – Accessory output, usually from the transmission, used to power a hydraulic pump for
a special auxiliary feature (garbage packing, lift equipment, etc).
Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) – Succession of digital electrical pulses, rather than an analog signal. Efficient
method of providing power between fully on and fully off.
Random Access Memory (RAM) – Computer memory that stores information. Information can be written to and
read from RAM. Input information (current engine speed or temperature) can be stored in RAM to be compared
to values stored in Read Only Memory (ROM). All memory in RAM is lost when the ignition switch is turned off.
Rated gross horsepower – Engine gross horsepower at rated speed as declared by the manufacturer. (SAE
J1995 JUN90)
Rated horsepower – Maximum brake horsepower output of an engine as certified by the engine manufacturer.
The power of an engine when configured as a basic engine. (SAE J1995 JUN90)
Rated net horsepower – Engine net horsepower at rated speed as declared by the manufacturer. (SAE J1349
JUN90)
Rated speed – The speed, as determined by the manufacturer, at which the engine is rated. (SAE J1995
JUN90)
Rated torque – Maximum torque produced by an engine as certified by the manufacturer.
Ratiometric Voltage – In a Micro Strain Gauge (MSG) sensor, pressure to be measured exerts force on a
pressure vessel that stretches and compresses to change resistance of strain gauges bonded to the surface
of the pressure vessel. Internal sensor electronics convert the changes in resistance to a ratiometric voltage
output.
Reference voltage (VREF) – A 5 volt reference supplied by the ECM to operate the engine sensors.
Reserve capacity – Time in minutes that a fully charged battery can be discharged to 10.5 volts at 25 amperes.
Regeneration – Oxidation of accumulated soot (carbon-based particulates) in the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF).
The soot is reduced to ash and stored in the PDF.
Return Fuel System – The return fuel system moves unused fuel from the fuel injectors to the fuel cooler.
Excess fuel out of the FVCV and the FPCV mix with fuel from the fuel injectors on the way to the fuel cooler.
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst – Breaks down DEF into ammonia and CO2 and also converts
ammonia and NOx to Nitrogen gas and water.
Selective Catalyst Reduction Inlet Temperature (SCRIT) sensor – Monitors inlet temperature of the SCR
catalyst and sends a signal to the SCR temperature sensor module.
Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature (SCROT) sensor – Monitors outlet temperature of the SCR
catalyst and sends a signal to the SCR temperature sensor module.
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module – Monitors signals from the Selective
Catalyst Reduction Inlet Temperature (SCRIT) sensor and Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature
(SCROT) sensor, and communicates these signals to the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
ServiceMaxx™ software – Diagnostics software for engine and aftertreatment related components and
systems.
Setting criteria – Conditions required by a monitor to set a fault code. Once the setting criteria is met for the
required amount of time, the fault code will become either active or pending. Example: SPN 168 FMI 18 sets
when battery voltage supplied to the ACM is less than 6.5 volts (setting criteria) for 4 seconds (time required).
2576 9 TERMINOLOGY
Signal Conditioner – The signal conditioner in the internal microprocessor converts analog signals to digital
signals, squares up sine wave signals, or amplifies low-intensity signals to a level that the ECM microprocessor
can process.
Signal ground – The common ground wire to the ECM for the sensors.
Speed Control Command Switches (SCCS) – A set of switches used for cruise control, Power Take Off (PTO),
and remote hand throttle system.
Steady state condition – An engine operating at a constant speed and load and at stabilized temperatures and
pressures. (SAE J215 JAN80)
Strategy – A plan or set of operating instructions that the microprocessor follows for a desired goal. Strategy
is the computer program itself, including all equations and decision making logic. Strategy is always stored in
ROM and cannot be changed during calibration.
Stroke – The movement of the piston from Top Dead Center (TDC) to Bottom Dead Center (BDC).
Substrate – Material that supports the wash coating or catalytic materials.
Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) – A 19-bit number used to identify the item for which diagnostics are being
reported. The SPN is used for multiple purposes, some that are specific to diagnostics are as follows;
• Identify the least repairable subsystem that has failed.
• Identify subsystems or assemblies that may not have hard failures but may be exhibiting abnormal operating
performance.
• Identify a particular event or condition that will be reported.
• Report a component and non-standard failure mode.
System restriction (air) – The static pressure differential that occurs at a given airflow from air entrance through
air exit in a system. Usually measured in inches (millimeters) of water. (SAE J1004 SEP81)
Tachometer output signal – Engine speed signal for remote tachometers.
Thermistor – A semiconductor device. A sensing element that changes resistance as the temperature changes.
Thermistor Sensor – Changes electrical resistance with changes in temperature. Resistance in the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases, and increases as temperature decreases. Thermistors work with a resistor
that limits current to form a voltage signal matched with a temperature value.
Thrust load – A thrust load pushes or reacts through a bearing in a direction parallel to the shaft.
Time required – The amount of time needed for a monitor to set a fault code when the setting criteria is met.
Example: SPN 168 FMI 18 sets when battery voltage supplied to the ACM is less than 6.5 volts (setting criteria)
for 4 seconds (time required).
Top Dead Center (TDC) – The uppermost position of the piston during the stroke.
Torque – A force having a twisting or turning effect. For a single force, the cross product of a vector from some
reference point to the point of application of the force within the force itself. Also known as moment of force or
rotation moment. Torque is a measure of the ability of an engine to do work.
Trip (driving cycle) – Legal definition about what defines a drive cycle or trip to calculate the denominator
in the IUMPR (In-Use Monitoring Performance Ratio). For some faults a trip can be a key cycle (including
housekeeping time to reset the ECM). Example: out of range circuit checks for sensors. For other faults the trip
includes a warm up cycle, driving in certain conditions, etc. Example: thermostat monitor
Trip (MIL illumination and OBD executive) – Amount of trips when the fault must be present to illuminate the
MIL, latch the MIL, and store historic fault information. Most faults are two trip faults.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2577
Truck Computer Analysis of Performance and Economy (TCAPE) – A computer program that simulates the
performance and fuel economy of trucks.
Turbocharger – A turbine driven compressor mounted on the exhaust manifold. The turbocharger increases
the pressure, temperature and density of intake air to charge air.
Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors
exhaust back-pressure.
Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet (TC2CIS) sensor – The TC2CIS sensor includes a thermistor sensor that
monitors the temperature of charge air entering the HP turbocharger. This sensor also monitors boost pressure
for the LP turbocharger.
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC) solenoid – Controls the TC2WC actuator by regulating the
amount of charge air pressure supplied to the wastegate actuator. The TC2WC solenoid is controlled by signals
from the ECM in response to engine speed, required fuel quantity, boost, exhaust back-pressure, and altitude.
The TC2WC actuator is part of the turbocharger assembly.
Variable capacitance sensor – A variable capacitance sensor measures pressure. The pressure forces a
ceramic material closer to a thin metal disc in the sensor, changing the capacitance of the sensor.
Vehicle Electronic System Programming System – The computer system used to program electronically
controlled vehicles.
Vehicle Retarder Enable/Engage – Output from the ECM to a vehicle retarder.
Transmission Output Shaft Speed (TOSS) sensor – Normally a magnetic pickup sensor mounted in the
tailshaft housing of the transmission, used to indicate vehicle speed.
Viscosity – The internal resistance to the flow of any fluid.
Viscous fan – A fan drive that is activated when a thermostat, sensing high air temperature, forces fluid through
a special coupling. The fluid activates the fan.
Volt (v) – A unit of electromotive force that will move a current of one ampere through a resistance of one Ohm.
Voltage – Electrical potential expressed in volts.
Voltage drop – Reduction in applied voltage from the current flowing through a circuit or portion of the circuit
current multiplied by resistance.
Voltage ignition – Voltage supplied by the ignition switch when the key is ON.
Washcoat – A layer of alumina applied to the substrate in a monolith-type converter.
Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor – A switch sensor that measures the amount of water in the fuel.
2578 9 TERMINOLOGY